PC87417/VLA - National Semiconductor

PC87413, PC87414, PC87416, PC87417 LPC ServerI/O for Servers and Workstations

Preliminary

November 2001

Rev 1.1

PC87413, PC87414, PC87416, PC87417

LPC ServerI/O for Serversand Workstations

General Description

The National Semiconductor®PC8741x family of LPC Serv-

erI/O devices (“PC8741x”) comprises highly integrated Ad-

vanced I/O products. The PC8741x is targeted for a wide

range of servers and workstations that use the Low Pin

Count (LPC) bus for the host interface and the serial AC-

CESS.bus or SMBus®for the embedded controller interface.

The PC8741x features an X-Bus extension for read and write

operations over the X-Bus for both LPC and ACCESS.bus

cycles.BootFlashandI/Odevices can be accessed over this

X-Bus.

Embedded controllers can access the PC8741x and its X-Bus

via the ACCESS.bus or SMBus serial interface when VSB

exists, regardless of the LPC bus state. Some of the

PC8741xlogicaldevicescanbedisabled,ortheirpins can be

floated, under control of the VSB-powered serial bus.

The PC8741x provides a VSB-powered high-frequency clock

for on-chip peripherals and for other VSB-powered platform

components.

The PC8741x’s extended wake-up support complements the

chipset’s ACPI controller and the platform embedded control-

lers. The PC8741x can monitor the Power and Sleep buttons

and control the power supply of simple platforms that lack an

embedded controller. The System Wake-Up Control (SWC)

module is powered by VSB and VBAT power supplies. It sup-

ports flexible wake-up and power-off request mechanisms in

any sleep state. It features Main and Standby power-on

elapsed-time counters.

The PC8741x also incorporates a Floppy Disk Controller

(FDC), two serial ports (UARTs), a Keyboard and Mouse

Controller (KBC), a Real-Time Clock (RTC), a fully compliant

IEEE 1284 Parallel Port, General-Purpose Input/Output

(GPIO) for a total of 51 ports and an Interrupt Serializer for

Parallel IRQs.

Outstanding Features

●LPC Interface, based on Intel’s LPC Interface Speciﬁ-

cation, Revision 1.0, September 29th, 1997

●VSB-powered access to modules through ACCESS.bus or

SMBus (PC87413 and PC87417)

●X-Bus Extension for memory and I/O (PC87416 and

PC87417)

●PC01 Revision 0.5 and ACPI Revision 1.0b compliant

●ServerI/O modules: Parallel Port, FDC, two Serial Ports

(UARTs) and a Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC)

●Y2K-compliant RTC with 242 bytes of RAM

●51 GPIO ports with a variety of wake-up events

●Extremely low current consumption in Battery Backup mode

●128-pin PQFP package

Block Diagram

IEEE 1284

Parallel Port Floppy Disk

Controller

Floppy Drive

InterfaceInterface

LPC Bus

Interface

LPC

Interface

Serial

Interface Serial

IRQ

Parallel Port

Interface

VDD

Serial

VBAT

Keyboard &

Mouse Controller

Keyboard

Interface Mouse

Interface

ServerI/O

Clock

I/O

GPIO

SMI

X-Bus

Extension

Wake-Up Control

System

SCI & Ports

VSB ACCESS.bus

Interface

X-Bus

Interface

Power

Control

Wake-Up

Events

RTC

32.768 KHz

Clock

Low-F

Clock

Internal Clocks

XIRQ Clock Serial

Data

High-F

Clock

Generator

National Semiconductor is a registered trademark of National Semiconductor Corporation. All other brand or product

names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.

PC87417(See page 5 for other PC8741x diagrams.)

Port 1 Serial

Port 2

Ports

Power

Timers

Device

Configuration

www.national.com

Features

Bus Interfaces

•LPC Bus Interface

—Based on Intel’s LPC Interface Speciﬁcation Revi-

sion 1.0, September 29, 1997

—Synchronous cycles using up to 33 MHz bus clock

—8-bit I/O and Memory read and write cycles

—Up to four 8-bit DMA channels

—Serial IRQ

—Supports bootable memory

—Reset input

—CLKRUN support

—FWH Transaction support

•ACCESS.bus (ACB) Interface (PC87413 and PC87417)

—Enables a system controller to access the internal

functions and the X-Bus extension

—Supports slave operation compatible with:

❏Intel SMBus

❏ACCESS.bus

—Proprietary commands for read/write byte from/to:

❏Internal register

❏X-Bus I/O device

❏X-Bus memory device

—Slave address:

❏Two values selected by strap

❏Programmable through the LPC bus

❏VBAT backed-up

—Concurrent access with the LPC bus

—VSB powered

—Optional internal pull-up on the ACBDAT and

ACBCLK pins

•X-Bus Extension (PC87416 and PC87417)

—Supports I/O and Memory read/write operations

—8-bit data bus, 28-bit address

—Multiplexed address-data lines:

❏Four direct address lines

❏Partial non-multiplexed option

—Boot conﬁguration selected by straps

—Four chip-select outputs, each supporting multiple

zones:

❏Up to 32 MByte BIOS memory zones

❏Up to 32 MByte user-deﬁned memory zones

❏Four user-deﬁned I/O zones

❏Test port and other I/O ports

—Optional indirect addressing of memory

—XRD-XEN or XWR-XR/W mode support

—Supports both slow and fast devices

—Accessible from both LPC and ACB buses

—Programmable protection control over access from

the LPC bus and the ACCESS.bus

—VSB powered

—External Interrupt support via XIRQ pin

•Configuration Control (via LPC bus)

—Compliant with PC01 Speciﬁcation Revision 0.5,

November 2, 1999

—Plug and Play (PnP) Conﬁguration register structure

—Base Address strap to setup the address of the

Index-Data register pair

—Flexible resource allocation for all logical devices:

❏Relocatable base address

❏15 IRQ routing options to serial IRQ

❏Up to four optional 8-bit DMA channels

—ACCESS.bus control over pin multiplexing, module

disable and output TRI-STATE for all Legacy mod-

ules (PC87413 and PC87417)

Legacy Modules

•Serial Ports 1 and 2

—Software compatib le with the 16550A and the 16450

—Supports shadow register for write-only bit monitoring

—UART data rates up to 1.5 Mbaud

•IEEE 1284-compliant Parallel Port

—ECP, with Level 2 (14 mA sink and source output

buffers)

—Software or hardware control

—Enhanced Parallel Port (EPP) compatible with EPP

1.7 and EPP 1.9

—Supports EPP as mode 4 of the Extended Control

—Selection of internal pull-up or pull-down resistor for

Paper End (PE) pin

—Supports a demand DMA mode mechanism and a

DMA fairness mechanism for improved bus utilization

—Protection circuit that prevents damage to the

parallel port when a printer connected to it powers

up or is operated at high voltages, even if the device

is in power-down state

—Optional outputs TRI-STATE by external pin

•Floppy Disk Controller (FDC)

—Programmable write protect

—Supports FM and MFM modes

—Supports Enhanced mode command for three-mode

Floppy Disk Drive (FDD)

—Perpendicular recording drive support for 2.88 MB

—Burst and Non-Burst modes

—Full support for IBM Tape Drive Register (TDR) im-

plementation of AT and PS/2 drive types

—16-byte FIFO

—Error-free handling of data overrun and underrun

conditions during DMA transactions (i.e., does not

lose data or status bytes and is free of the NEC765A

bug)

—Software compatible with the PC8477, which

contains a superset of the FDC functions in the

µDP8473, NEC µPD765A/B and N82077

—High-performance digital separator

—Supports standard 5.25" and 3.5" FDDs

Features (Continued)

www.national.com

—Supports up to four FDDs

—Supports fast tape drives (2 Mbps) and standard

tape drives (1 Mbps, 500 Kbps and 250 Kbps)

•Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC)

—8-bit microcontroller, software compatible with

8042AH and PC87911

—Standard interface (60h, 64h, IRQ1 and IRQ12)

—Supports two external swapable PS/2 interfaces for

keyboard and mouse

—Five programmable, dedicated, open-drain I/O lines

(Fast GA20/P21, KBRST/P20, P12, P16, P17)

General-Purpose Modules

•General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) Ports

—51 GPIO Ports:

❏Individually assigned to either LPC or ACB con-

trol (PC87413 and PC87417)

❏46 individually conﬁgured as input or output

❏Five output-only

—Programmable features for each output pin:

❏Drive type (open-drain, push-pull or TRI-STATE)

❏TRI-STATE on VDD-fall detection for pins driving

VDD-supplied devices

—Programmable option for internal pull-up resistor on

each input pin

—Lock option for the conﬁguration and data of each

output pin

—16 GPIO ports generate IRQ/SIOSMI/SIOSCI for

wake-up events, with individual:

❏Enable control

❏Polarity and edge/level selection

❏Debounce mechanism

—VSB powered

—Low-cost external GPIO port expansion via X-Bus

(PC87416 and PC87417)

•Real-Time Clock (RTC)

—DS1287, MC146818 and PC87911 compatible

—242-byte battery backed-up CMOS RAM in two

banks (accessed through 70-71h and 72-73h)

—Selective lock mechanisms for the RTC RAM

—Y2K-compliant calendar, including century and

automatic leap-year adjustment

—Time of day in seconds, minutes and hours that al-

lows a 12-hour or 24-hour format with optional

adjustment for daylight saving time

—BCD or binary format for timekeeping

—Four individually maskable interrupt event ﬂags:

❏Periodic rates from 122 µs to 500 ms

❏Day-of-month alarm

❏Time-of-day alarm

❏Once-per-second to once-per-day

—Double-buffer time registers

Power Management

•Supports ACPI Specification Revision 1.0b, Feb. 2,

1999

•System Wake-Up Control (SWC)

—Wake-up request on detection of:

❏Preprogrammed Keyboard or Mouse sequence

❏External modem ring from RI1 or RI2 on serial

ports

❏Predetermined RTC date and time alarm

❏General-Purpose Input Events from up to 16

GPIO pins

❏IRQs of internal logical devices

—Optional routing of power-up request to SERIRQ,

SIOSMI, SIOSCI, PWBTOUT and ONCTL

—Routing control per input/output event combination

—Outputs enable/disable per event and system state

combination (ACPI Sx states)

—Implements bank “b” of the ACPI registers

—Suspend modes via software emulation (control)

—Battery-backed event-logic conﬁguration

—Power button support, featuring:

❏On/Off control

❏Power-off, 4-second override

❏Power button output

—Sleep Button support

•Power Supply On/Off control

—Supports Legacy- and ACPI-compatible Power

button

—Direct power supply control in response to wake-up

events

—Programmable Crowbar time-out for On request

—On/Off control via software emulation

—Power-fail recovery

•Enhanced Power Management (PM), including:

—Special conﬁguration registers for power down

—Reduced current leakage from pins

—Low-power CMOS technology

—Ability to disable all modules

•Keyboard Events

—Wake-up on any key

—Supports programmable 8-byte sequence “pass-

word” for Power Management

—Simultaneous recognition of three programmable

keys (sequences): “Power”, “Sleep” and “Resume”

•Power Active Timers

—Two power-on, elapsed-time counters for the main

(VDD) and standby (VSB) power supplies

—32-bit counters with 1 second LSB

—VBAT backed-up counters

Features (Continued)

www.national.com

•WATCHDOG

—WATCHDOG counter reset by:

❏Serial Ports Interrupts

❏Keyboard and Mouse Interrupts

❏Software control

—8-bit counter with 1 minute LSB

—Generates a 250 ms pulse at WDO pin

—Programmable SIOSMI or SIOSCI events

Clocking, Supply and Package Information

•Strap Input Controlled Operating Modes

—Base Address (BADDR) for the PnP Index-Data

—Input clock presence (CKIN48) select

—X-Bus conﬁguration (XCNF2-0) select (PC87413

and PC87417)

—ACCESS.bus slave address (ACBSA) select

(PC87416 and PC87417)

—TRI-STATE device pins (TRIS)

•Clocks

—LPC clock input (up to 33 MHz)

—ServerI/O modules clock input: 48 MHz or no clock

—Single 32.768 KHz crystal

—On-chip low-frequency clock generator:

❏32.768 KHz for RTC, System Wake-Up Control

(SWC), Power Active timers and the high-fre-

quency clock generator

❏Very low power consumption

❏VBAT powered

—On-chip high-frequency clock generator:

❏Based on the 32.768 KHz clock

❏VSB powered

—Clock outputs:

❏LFCKOUT: 32.768 KHz or 1 Hz

❏HFCKOUT: 48 MHz or 40 MHz (or divided)

•Protection

—All pins are 5V tolerant and back-drive protected

(except the LPC bus pins)

—Separate battery pin that includes an internal UL

protection resistor

—GPIO multiplexing conﬁguration lock

•Power Supply

—3.3V supply operation

—Separate pins for main (VDD) and standby (VSB)

power supplies

—Backup battery input for RTC, SWC and Power

Active timers

—Reduced standby power consumption

—Very low power consumption for RTC and timers

(0.9 µA typical) from backup battery

•Package

—128-pin PQFP

Device-Speciﬁc Information

The following table shows the main features for each device in the PC8741x family.

Function1

1. This datasheet contains notes that are device speciﬁc.

PC87413 PC87414 PC87416 PC87417

LPC Bus Interface YES YES YES YES

X-Bus Extension NO NO YES YES

ACCESS.bus Interface YES NO NO YES

General-Purpose Input/Output Ports (GPIO) YES YES YES YES

Real Time Clock (RTC) YES YES YES YES

System Wake-Up Control (SWC) YES YES YES YES

Legacy Functional Blocks YES YES YES YES

Features (Continued)

www.national.com

Block Diagrams

These are the block diagrams for the remaining PC8741x devices (see page 1 for the PC87417):

PC87413

IEEE 1284

Parallel Port Floppy Disk

Controller

Floppy Drive

InterfaceInterface

LPC Bus

Interface

LPC

Interface

Serial

Interface Serial

IRQ

Parallel Port

Interface

VDD

Serial

VBAT

Keyboard &

Mouse Controller

Keyboard

Interface Mouse

Interface

ServerI/O

Clock

I/O

GPIO

SMI

Wake-Up Control

System

SCI & Ports

VSB ACCESS.bus

Interface

Power

Control

Wake-Up

Events

RTC

32.768 KHz

On Clock

Low-F

Clock

Internal Clocks

Clock Serial

Data

Power

High-F

Clock

Generator

Port 1 Serial

Port 2

Ports

Timers

Device

Configuration

PC87414

IEEE 1284

Parallel Port Floppy Disk

Controller

Floppy Drive

InterfaceInterface

LPC Bus

Interface

LPC

Interface

Serial

Interface Serial

IRQ

Parallel Port

Interface

VDD

Serial

VBAT

Keyboard &

Mouse Controller

Keyboard

Interface Mouse

Interface

ServerI/O

Clock

I/O

GPIO

SMI

Wake-Up Control

System

SCI & Ports

VSB

Power

Control

Wake-Up

Events

RTC

32.768 KHz

Clock

Low-F

Clock

Internal Clocks

High-F

Clock

Generator

Port 1 Serial

Port 2

Ports

Power

Timers

Device

Configuration

PC87416

IEEE 1284

Parallel Port Floppy Disk

Controller

Floppy Drive

InterfaceInterface

LPC Bus

Interface

LPC

Interface

Serial

Interface Serial

IRQ

Parallel Port

Interface

VDD

Serial

VBAT

Keyboard &

Mouse Controller

Keyboard

Interface Mouse

Interface

ServerI/O

Clock

I/O

GPIO

SMI

X-Bus

Extension

Wake-Up Control

System

SCI & Ports

VSB

X-Bus

Interface

Power

Control

Wake-Up

Events

RTC

32.768 KHz

Clock

Low-F

Clock

Internal Clocks

XIRQ

High-F

Clock

Generator

Port 1 Serial

Port 2

Ports

Power

Timers

Device

Configuration

www.national.com

Datasheet Revision Record

Revision Date Status Comments

July 2000 Preliminary Datasheet First issue - Rev 0.12

October 2000 Preliminary Datasheet Second issue - Rev 0.13

March 2001 Preliminary Datasheet Third issue - Rev 1.0

November 2001 Preliminary Datasheet Fourth issue - Rev 1.1

7www.national.com

Table of Contents

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description

1.1 CONNECTION DIAGRAMS ......................................................................................................15

1.2 BUFFER TYPES AND SIGNAL/PIN DIRECTORY ....................................................................19

1.3 PIN MULTIPLEXING .................................................................................................................20

1.4 DETAILED SIGNAL/PIN DESCRIPTIONS ................................................................................22

1.4.1 LPC Interface ..............................................................................................................22

1.4.2 ACCESS.bus (ACB) Interface (PC87413 and PC87417) ...........................................22

1.4.3 X-Bus Extension (PC87416 and PC87417) ................................................................22

1.4.4 Serial Port 1 and Serial Port 2 (UART1 and UART2) .................................................23

1.4.5 Parallel Port ................................................................................................................24

1.4.6 Floppy Disk Controller (FDC) .....................................................................................25

1.4.7 Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC) ......................................................................26

1.4.8 General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) ......................................................................................26

1.4.9 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) ...............................................................................27

1.4.10 Clocks ..........................................................................................................................28

1.4.11 Configuration Straps ...................................................................................................28

1.4.12 Power and Ground ......................................................................................................29

1.5 INTERNAL PULL-UP AND PULL-DOWN RESISTORS ............................................................29

2.0 Power, Reset and Clocks

2.1 POWER .....................................................................................................................................31

2.1.1 Power Planes ..............................................................................................................31

2.1.2 Power States ...............................................................................................................31

2.1.3 Power Connection and Layout Guidelines ..................................................................32

2.2 RESET SOURCES AND TYPES ...............................................................................................33

2.2.1 VPP Power-Up Reset ...................................................................................................33

2.2.2 VSB Power-Up Reset ..................................................................................................33

2.2.3 Controller Software Reset (PC87413 and PC87417) ..................................................34

2.2.4 VDD Power-Up Reset ..................................................................................................34

2.2.5 Hardware Reset ...........................................................................................................34

2.2.6 Host Software Reset ....................................................................................................34

2.3 CLOCK GENERATION ..............................................................................................................35

2.3.1 Clock Domains ............................................................................................................35

2.3.2 Clock Generator ..........................................................................................................35

2.3.3 Low Frequency Clock ..................................................................................................36

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration

3.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................................................................37

3.2 CONFIGURATION STRUCTURE AND ACCESS .....................................................................37

3.2.1 The Index-Data Register Pair ......................................................................................37

3.2.2 Banked Logical Device Registers Structure ................................................................38

3.2.3 Standard Configuration Register Definitions ...............................................................39

3.2.4 Standard Configuration Registers ...............................................................................41

3.2.5 Default Configuration Setup ........................................................................................42

3.3 MODULE CONTROL .................................................................................................................42

Table of Contents (Continued)

www.national.com

3.3.1 Module Enable/Disable ................................................................................................42

3.3.2 Module Lock by ACCESS.bus (PC87413 and PC87417) ...........................................43

3.4 INTERNAL ADDRESS DECODING ..........................................................................................44

3.5 PROTECTION ...........................................................................................................................45

3.5.1 Multiplexed Pins Configuration Lock ...........................................................................45

3.5.2 GPIO Ports Configuration Lock ...................................................................................45

3.5.3 Fast Disable Configuration Lock ..................................................................................45

3.5.4 Clock Generator Configuration Lock ...........................................................................45

3.5.5 GPIO Ports Lock ..........................................................................................................45

3.5.6 X-Bus I/O Map Lock (PC87416 and PC87417) ...........................................................46

3.5.7 X-Bus Memory Map Lock (PC87416 and PC87417) ...................................................46

3.5.8 X-Bus Chip Select Configuration Lock (PC87416 and PC87417) ...............................46

3.5.9 X-Bus Host Protection Lock (PC87416 and PC87417) ...............................................46

3.5.10 SWC Timers Protection Lock ......................................................................................46

3.5.11 SWC Sleep State Configuration Lock ..........................................................................46

3.5.12 CMOS RAM Access Lock ............................................................................................46

3.6 REGISTER TYPE ABBREVIATIONS ........................................................................................47

3.7 SERVERI/O CONFIGURATION REGISTERS ..........................................................................47

3.7.1 ServerI/O ID Register (SID) .........................................................................................48

3.7.2 ServerI/O Configuration 1 Register (SIOCF1) .............................................................48

3.7.3 ServerI/O Configuration 2 Register (SIOCF2) .............................................................49

3.7.4 ServerI/O Configuration 3 Register (SIOCF3) .............................................................50

3.7.5 ServerI/O Configuration 4 Register (SIOCF4) .............................................................51

3.7.6 ServerI/O Configuration 5 Register (SIOCF5) .............................................................52

3.7.7 ServerI/O Configuration 6 Register (SIOCF6) .............................................................53

3.7.8 ServerI/O Revision ID Register (SRID) .......................................................................54

3.7.9 ServerI/O Configuration 8 Register (SIOCF8) .............................................................54

3.7.10 Clock Generator Configuration Register (CLOCKCF) .................................................55

3.7.11 ACCESS.bus Configuration (ACBCF) Register ...........................................................56

3.8 FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER (FDC) CONFIGURATION ........................................................57

3.8.1 General Description .....................................................................................................57

3.8.2 Logical Device 0 (FDC) Configuration .........................................................................57

3.8.3 FDC Configuration Register ........................................................................................58

3.8.4 Drive ID Register .........................................................................................................59

3.9 PARALLEL PORT (PP) CONFIGURATION .............................................................................60

3.9.1 General Description .....................................................................................................60

3.9.2 Logical Device 1 (PP) Configuration ............................................................................60

3.9.3 Parallel Port Configuration Register ............................................................................61

3.10 SERIAL PORT 2 CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................62

3.10.1 General Description .....................................................................................................62

3.10.2 Logical Device 2 (SP2) Configuration ..........................................................................62

3.10.3 Serial Port 2 Configuration Register ............................................................................63

3.11 SERIAL PORT 1 CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................64

3.11.1 General Description .....................................................................................................64

3.11.2 Logical Device 3 (SP1) Configuration ..........................................................................64

Table of Contents (Continued)

9www.national.com

3.11.3 Serial Port 1 Configuration Register ............................................................................65

3.12 SYSTEM WAKE-UP CONTROL (SWC) CONFIGURATION ....................................................66

3.12.1 General Description .....................................................................................................66

3.12.2 Logical Device 4 (SWC) Configuration ........................................................................66

3.13 KEYBOARD AND MOUSE CONTROLLER (KBC) CONFIGURATION ....................................67

3.13.1 General Description .....................................................................................................67

3.13.2 Logical Devices 5 and 6 (Mouse and Keyboard) Configuration ..................................67

3.13.3 KBC Configuration Register ........................................................................................68

3.14 GENERAL-PURPOSE INPUT/OUTPUT (GPIO) PORTS CONFIGURATION .........................69

3.14.1 General Description .....................................................................................................69

3.14.2 Logical Device 7 (GPIO) Configuration .......................................................................70

3.14.3 GPIO Pin Select Register (GPSEL) .............................................................................71

3.14.4 GPIO Pin Configuration Register 1 (GPCFG1) ...........................................................71

3.14.5 GPIO Event Routing Register (GPEVR) ......................................................................73

3.14.6 GPIO Pin Configuration Register 2 (GPCFG2) ...........................................................73

3.15 X-BUS CONFIGURATION ........................................................................................................74

3.15.1 Logical Device F (X-Bus) Configuration ......................................................................74

3.15.2 X-Bus I/O Range Programming ...................................................................................74

3.15.3 X-Bus Memory Range Programming ...........................................................................75

3.15.4 X-Bus I/O Configuration Register (XIOCNF) ...............................................................77

3.15.5 X-Bus I/O Base Address 1 High Byte Register (XIOBA1H) .........................................78

3.15.6 X-Bus I/O Base Address 1 Low Byte Register (XIOBA1L) ..........................................79

3.15.7 X-Bus I/O Size 1 Configuration Register (XIOSIZE1) ..................................................79

3.15.8 X-Bus I/O Base Address 2 High Byte Register (XIOBA2H) .........................................80

3.15.9 X-Bus I/O Base Address 2 Low Byte Register (XIOBA2L) ..........................................80

3.15.10 X-Bus I/O Size 2 Configuration Register (XIOSIZE2) .................................................81

3.15.11 X-Bus Memory Configuration Register 1 (XMEMCNF1) ............................................82

3.15.12 X-Bus Memory Configuration Register 2 (XMEMCNF2) ............................................83

3.15.13 X-Bus Memory Base Address High Byte Register (XMEMBAH) ................................84

3.15.14 X-Bus Memory Base Address Low Byte Register (XMEMBAL) .................................84

3.15.15 X-Bus Memory Size Configuration Register (XMEMSIZE) .........................................85

3.15.16 X-Bus IRQ Mapping Register (XIRQMAP) .................................................................85

3.16 REAL TIME CLOCK (RTC) CONFIGURATION .......................................................................86

3.16.1 General Description .....................................................................................................86

3.16.2 Logical Device 10 (RTC) Configuration .......................................................................86

3.16.3 RAM Lock Register (RLR) ...........................................................................................87

3.16.4 Date-of-Month Alarm Register Offset (DOMAO) .........................................................88

3.16.5 Month Alarm Register Offset (MONAO) ......................................................................88

3.16.6 Century Register Offset (CENO) .................................................................................88

4.0 LPC Bus Interface

4.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................................................................89

4.2 LPC TRANSACTIONS ...............................................................................................................89

4.3 CLKRUN FUNCTIONALITY ......................................................................................................90

4.4 INTERRUPT SERIALIZER ........................................................................................................90

Table of Contents (Continued)

www.national.com

5.0 X-Bus Extension

5.1 OVERVIEW ...............................................................................................................................91

5.2 X-BUS TRANSACTIONS ...........................................................................................................91

5.2.1 Transaction Clock ........................................................................................................92

5.2.2 Programmable Range Chip Select ..............................................................................92

5.2.3 LPC and FWH Address-to-X-Bus Address Translation ...............................................92

5.2.4 Indirect Memory Read and Write Transactions ...........................................................94

5.2.5 Mode 0, Normal Address X-Bus Transactions ............................................................94

5.2.6 Mode 0, Normal Address, Fast X-Bus Transactions ...................................................96

5.2.7 Mode 0, Normal Address, Turbo X-Bus Transactions .................................................98

5.2.8 Mode 1, Normal Address Transactions .......................................................................99

5.2.9 Latched Address Mode X-Bus Transactions .............................................................100

5.3 X-BUS PROTECTION .............................................................................................................104

5.4 X-BUS REGISTERS ................................................................................................................106

5.4.1 X-Bus Register Map ..................................................................................................106

5.4.2 X-Bus Configuration Register (XBCNF) ....................................................................107

5.4.3 X-Bus Select Configuration Registers (XZCNF0 to XZCNF3) ...................................107

5.4.4 X-Bus IRQ Configuration Register (XIRQC) ..............................................................109

5.4.5 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 0 (XIMA0) ................................................110

5.4.6 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 1 (XIMA1) ................................................110

5.4.7 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 2 (XIMA2) ................................................111

5.4.8 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 3 (XIMA3) ................................................111

5.4.9 X-Bus Indirect Memory Data Register (XIMD) ...........................................................111

5.4.10 X-Bus Select Mode Register (XZM0 to XZM3) ..........................................................112

5.4.11 Host Access Protect Register (HAP0 to HAP1) .........................................................113

5.5 USAGE HINTS ........................................................................................................................114

5.6 X-BUS EXTENSION REGISTER BITMAP .............................................................................115

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface

6.1 OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................116

6.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................116

6.2.1 Bus Signals ................................................................................................................116

6.2.2 Data Transactions .....................................................................................................116

6.2.3 Start and Stop Conditions ..........................................................................................117

6.2.4 Acknowledge (ACK) Cycle ........................................................................................117

6.2.5 Acknowledge after Every Byte Rule ..........................................................................118

6.2.6 Addressing Transfer Formats ....................................................................................118

6.2.7 Arbitration on the Bus ................................................................................................119

6.2.8 Packet Error Check (PEC) .........................................................................................119

6.2.9 ACCESS.bus Protocol ...............................................................................................120

6.2.10 Transaction Execution ...............................................................................................124

6.3 ACB REGISTERS (ON ACCESS.BUS ONLY) ........................................................................125

6.3.1 ACB Register Map (on ACCESS.bus Only) ..............................................................125

6.3.2 ACCESS.bus Control/Status Register (ACBCST) .....................................................126

6.3.3 ACCESS.bus Configuration Register (ACBCFG) ......................................................127

Table of Contents (Continued)

11 www.national.com

6.3.4 ACCESS.bus Lock Control Register (ACBLKCTL) ...................................................127

6.3.5 ACCESS.bus Fast Disable Register (ACBFDIS) .......................................................129

6.3.6 ACCESS.bus TRI-STATE Register (ACBTRIS) ........................................................130

6.3.7 Access Lock Configuration 1 Register (ACCLCF1) ...................................................131

6.3.8 Access Lock Configuration 2 Register (ACCLCF2) ...................................................132

6.4 ACB REGISTER BITMAP ........................................................................................................133

7.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports

7.1 OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................134

7.2 BASIC FUNCTIONALITY ........................................................................................................135

7.2.1 Configuration Options ................................................................................................135

7.2.2 Operation ...................................................................................................................136

7.3 EVENT HANDLING AND SYSTEM NOTIFICATION ..............................................................136

7.3.1 Event Configuration ...................................................................................................136

7.3.2 System Notification ....................................................................................................137

7.4 GPIO PORT REGISTERS .......................................................................................................138

7.4.1 GPIO Pin Configuration Registers Structure .............................................................138

7.4.2 GPIO Port Runtime Register Map .............................................................................139

7.4.3 GPIO Data Out Register (GPDO) ..............................................................................139

7.4.4 GPIO Data In Register (GPDI) ..................................................................................139

7.4.5 GPIO Event Enable Register (GPEVEN) ..................................................................140

7.4.6 GPIO Event Status Register (GPEVST) ....................................................................140

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC)

8.1 OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................141

8.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................141

8.2.1 Bus Interface .............................................................................................................141

8.2.2 RTC Clock Generation ..............................................................................................141

8.2.3 Internal Oscillator .......................................................................................................141

8.2.4 External Oscillator .....................................................................................................142

8.2.5 Timing Generation .....................................................................................................143

8.2.6 Timekeeping ..............................................................................................................143

8.2.7 Updating ....................................................................................................................144

8.2.8 Alarms .......................................................................................................................144

8.2.9 Power Supply ............................................................................................................145

8.2.10 System Bus Lockout ..................................................................................................146

8.2.11 Power-Up Detection ..................................................................................................146

8.2.12 Oscillator Activity .......................................................................................................146

8.2.13 Interrupt Handling ......................................................................................................147

8.2.14 Battery-Backed RAMs and Registers ........................................................................147

8.3 RTC REGISTERS ....................................................................................................................148

8.3.1 RTC Configuration Registers Structure .....................................................................148

8.3.2 RTC Runtime Register Map ......................................................................................149

8.3.3 Seconds Register (SEC) ...........................................................................................149

8.3.4 Seconds Alarm Register (SECA) ...............................................................................150

8.3.5 Minutes Register (MIN) ..............................................................................................150

Table of Contents (Continued)

www.national.com

8.3.6 Minutes Alarm Register (MINA) .................................................................................150

8.3.7 Hours Register (HOR) ...............................................................................................151

8.3.8 Hours Alarm Register (HORA) ..................................................................................151

8.3.9 Day-of-Week Register (DOW) ...................................................................................151

8.3.10 Date-of-Month Register (DOM) .................................................................................152

8.3.11 Month Register (MON) ..............................................................................................152

8.3.12 Year Register (YER) ..................................................................................................152

8.3.13 RTC Control Register A (CRA) ..................................................................................153

8.3.14 RTC Control Register B (CRB) ..................................................................................155

8.3.15 RTC Control Register C (CRC) .................................................................................156

8.3.16 RTC Control Register D (CRD) .................................................................................156

8.3.17 Date-of-Month Alarm Register (DOMA) .....................................................................157

8.3.18 Month Alarm Register (MONA) ..................................................................................157

8.3.19 Century Register (CEN) .............................................................................................157

8.3.20 BCD and Binary Formats ...........................................................................................158

8.4 USAGE HINTS ........................................................................................................................158

8.5 RTC REGISTER BITMAP ........................................................................................................159

8.6 RTC GENERAL-PURPOSE RAM MAP ...................................................................................159

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)

9.1 OVERVIEW .............................................................................................................................160

9.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION ................................................................................................161

9.2.1 External Events .........................................................................................................161

9.2.2 Internal Events ...........................................................................................................165

9.2.3 Sleep States ..............................................................................................................166

9.2.4 Interrupt Signals ........................................................................................................166

9.2.5 Power Management Signals ......................................................................................168

9.2.6 Special Power Management Functions .....................................................................170

9.2.7 LED Control ...............................................................................................................172

9.2.8 Power Active Timers ..................................................................................................173

9.2.9 WATCHDOG Function ..............................................................................................173

9.2.10 Miscellaneous Functions ...........................................................................................173

9.3 SWC REGISTERS ...................................................................................................................175

9.3.1 SWC Register Map ....................................................................................................175

9.3.2 Wake-Up Event Select Register (WK_EVT_SEL) .....................................................177

9.3.3 Wake-Up State Enable Register (WK_ST_EN) .........................................................179

9.3.4 GPE1_STS Events to IRQ Enable Low Register (GPE1_2IRQ_LOW) .....................180

9.3.5 GPE1_STS Events to IRQ Enable High Register (GPE1_2IRQ_HIGH) ...................181

9.3.6 GPE1_STS Events to SMI Enable Low Register (GPE1_2SMI_LOW) .....................182

9.3.7 GPE1_STS Events to SMI Enable High Register (GPE1_2SMI_HIGH) ...................183

9.3.8 SWC Fast Disable Register (SWCFDIS) ...................................................................184

9.3.9 SWC TRI-STATE Register (SWCTRIS) ....................................................................185

9.3.10 SWC Miscellaneous Control Register (SWC_CTL) ...................................................186

9.3.11 Power ON Control Register (PWONCTL) ..................................................................187

9.3.12 LED Control Register (LEDCTL) ...............................................................................189

9.3.13 LED Blink Control Register (LEDBLNK) ....................................................................190

Table of Contents (Continued)

13 www.national.com

9.3.14 BIOS General-Purpose Scratch Register (BIOSGPR) ..............................................190

9.3.15 Bank Select Register (BANKSEL) .............................................................................191

9.3.16 Keyboard Wake-Up Control Register (KBDWKCTL) .................................................192

9.3.17 PS2 Protocol Control Register (PS2CTL) ..................................................................193

9.3.18 Keyboard Data Shift Register (KDSR) .......................................................................194

9.3.19 Mouse Data Shift Register (MDSR) ...........................................................................194

9.3.20 PS2 Keyboard Key Data 0 to 7 Registers (PS2KEY0 to PS2KEY7) .........................194

9.3.21 VDD Active Timer 0 Register (VDD_ON_TMR_0) ....................................................195

9.3.22 VDD Active Timer 1 Register (VDD_ON_TMR_1) ....................................................195

9.3.23 VDD Active Timer 2 Register (VDD_ON_TMR_2) ....................................................195

9.3.24 VDD Active Timer 3 Register (VDD_ON_TMR_3) ....................................................196

9.3.25 VSB Active Timer 0 Register (VSB_ON_TMR_0) .....................................................196

9.3.26 VSB Active Timer 1 Register (VSB_ON_TMR_1) .....................................................196

9.3.27 VSB Active Timer 2 Register (VSB_ON_TMR_2) .....................................................197

9.3.28 VSB Active Timer 3 Register (VSB_ON_TMR_3) .....................................................197

9.3.29 Power Active Timers Control Register (PWTMRCTL) ...............................................198

9.3.30 S0 to S5 Sleep Type Encoding Registers (S0_SLP_TYP to S5_SLP_TYP) .............198

9.3.31 Sleep State Configuration Register (SLP_ST_CFG) .................................................199

9.3.32 ACPI Configuration Register (ACPI_CFG) ................................................................200

9.3.33 WATCHDOG Control Register (WDCTL) ..................................................................201

9.3.34 WATCHDOG Time-Out Register (WDTO) ................................................................201

9.3.35 WATCHDOG Configuration Register (WDCFG) .......................................................202

9.4 ACPI REGISTERS ...................................................................................................................203

9.4.1 ACPI Register Map ....................................................................................................203

9.4.2 PM1 Status Low Register (PM1b_STS_LOW) ..........................................................204

9.4.3 PM1 Status High Register (PM1b_STS_HIGH) ........................................................204

9.4.4 PM1 Enable Low Register (PM1b_EN_LOW) ...........................................................205

9.4.5 PM1 Enable High Register (PM1b_EN_HIGH) .........................................................206

9.4.6 PM1 Control Low Register (PM1b_CNT_LOW) ........................................................207

9.4.7 PM1 Control High Register (PM1b_CNT_HIGH) .......................................................207

9.4.8 General-Purpose Status 1 Register 0 (GPE1_STS_0) ..............................................208

9.4.9 General-Purpose Status 1 Register 1 (GPE1_STS_1) ..............................................208

9.4.10 General-Purpose Status 1 Register 2 (GPE1_STS_2) ..............................................209

9.4.11 General-Purpose Status 1 Register 3 (GPE1_STS_3) ..............................................210

9.4.12 General-Purpose Enable 1 Register 0 (GPE1_EN_0) ...............................................212

9.4.13 General-Purpose Enable 1 Register 1 (GPE1_EN_1) ...............................................212

9.4.14 General-Purpose Enable 1 Register 2 (GPE1_EN_2) ...............................................213

9.4.15 General-Purpose Enable 1 Register 3 (GPE1_EN_3) ...............................................214

9.5 SYSTEM WAKE-UP CONTROL REGISTERS BITMAP .........................................................215

10.0 Legacy Functional Blocks

10.1 FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER (FDC) ....................................................................................219

10.1.1 General Description ...................................................................................................219

10.1.2 FDC Bitmap Summary ...............................................................................................220

10.2 PARALLEL PORT ...................................................................................................................221

10.2.1 General Description ...................................................................................................221

Table of Contents (Continued)

www.national.com

10.2.2 Parallel Port Register Map .........................................................................................221

10.2.3 Parallel Port Bitmap Summary ..................................................................................222

10.3 UART FUNCTIONALITY (SP1 AND SP2) ..............................................................................224

10.3.1 General Description ...................................................................................................224

10.3.2 UART Mode Register Bank Overview .......................................................................224

10.3.3 SP1 and SP2 Register Maps for UART Functionality ................................................224

10.3.4 SP1 and SP2 Bitmap Summary for UART Functionality ...........................................226

10.4 KEYBOARD AND MOUSE CONTROLLER (KBC) .................................................................228

10.4.1 General Description ...................................................................................................228

10.4.2 KBC Register Map .....................................................................................................229

10.4.3 KBC Bitmap Summary ...............................................................................................229

11.0 Device Characteristics

11.1 GENERAL DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS ..............................................................230

11.1.1 Recommended Operating Conditions .......................................................................230

11.1.2 Absolute Maximum Ratings .......................................................................................230

11.1.3 Capacitance ..............................................................................................................230

11.1.4 Power Consumption under Recommended Operating Conditions ............................231

11.1.5 Voltage Thresholds ....................................................................................................231

11.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS OF PINS, BY I/O BUFFER TYPES ...............................................232

11.2.1 Input, CMOS Compatible with Schmitt Trigger ..........................................................232

11.2.2 Input, PCI 3.3V ..........................................................................................................232

11.2.3 Input, SMBus Compatible ..........................................................................................232

11.2.4 Input, TTL Compatible ...............................................................................................233

11.2.5 Input, TTL Compatible with Schmitt Trigger ..............................................................233

11.2.6 Output, TTL Compatible Push-Pull Buffer .................................................................233

11.2.7 Output, Open-Drain Buffer .........................................................................................234

11.2.8 Output, PCI 3.3V .......................................................................................................234

11.2.9 Exceptions .................................................................................................................234

11.3 INTERNAL RESISTORS ........................................................................................................235

11.3.1 Pull-Up Resistor .........................................................................................................236

11.3.2 Pull-Down Resistor ....................................................................................................236

11.4 AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS .................................................................................237

11.4.1 AC Test Conditions ....................................................................................................237

11.4.2 Reset Timing .............................................................................................................238

11.4.3 Clock Timing ..............................................................................................................240

11.4.4 LPC Interface Timing ................................................................................................242

11.4.5 X-Bus Extension Timing (PC87416 and PC87417) .................................................244

11.4.6 ACCESS.bus Timing (PC87413 and PC87417) ........................................................245

11.4.7 FDC Timing ...............................................................................................................247

11.4.8 Parallel Port Timing ...................................................................................................249

11.4.9 Serial Ports 1 and 2 Timing ......................................................................................251

11.4.10 SWC Timing .............................................................................................................252

15 www.national.com

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description

1.1 CONNECTION DIAGRAMS

Plastic Quad Flatpack (PQFP), JEDEC

xxx = Three-character identiﬁer for National data, keyboard ROM and/or customer identiﬁcation code.

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

PC87413-xxx/VLA

PD6

GPIO25

GPIO36

INDEX

VSS

DR0

MTR1/P17

DENSEL

STEP

BUSY_WAIT

DIR

WGATE

WDATA

SLCT

DRATE0

MTR0

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

GPIOE40

GPIO37

GPO60

VDD

DR1/P16

GPIOE10

GPIOE12

ACK

TRK0

PD7

STB_WRITE

VSS

AFD_DSTRB

DCD1

PD0

PD5

PD4

PD2

INIT

PD1

ERR

VSS

VDD

GPIOE11

GPIO04/MDAT

32KX2

VDD

VSS

SLIN_ASTRB

PD3

GPIO35

GPIO30

GPIO31

GPIO22

GPIO24

GPIO23

GPIO06

VSS

GPIO20

GPIO21

GPIO07/HFCKOUT

VSB

GPIO03/MCLK

RI1

DCD2

DSR1

CTS1

SIN1

RTS1/TRIS

SOUT1

DTR1_BOUT1/BADDR

RI2

LAD3

DSR2

CTS2

SIN2

RTS2

SOUT2

DTR2_BOUT2

GPO64/WDO/CKIN48

GPIO55/CLKIN

LAD1

LAD2

LAD0

LCLK

GPIOE17

GPIO05

Order Number PC87413-xxx/VLA

See NS Package Number VLA128A

GPIO32

GPIO34

GPIOE14

GPIOE13

HDSEL

RDATA

DSKCHG

GPIOE41

GPIO33

GPIOE16

GPIOE15

GPIOE47/SLPS5

GPIO54/VDDFELL

GPIO26

GPIO27

GPIO51/SIOSMI

GPO62

GPO61

GPIOE42/SLBTIN

GPIO50/PWBTIN

GPIO52/SIOSCI

GPIO00/CLKRUN

KBRST

GA20

P12/PPDIS

LRESET

LDRQ

SERIRQ

LFRAME

GPIO01/KBCLK

GPIO02/KBDAT 32KX1_32KCLKIN

VBAT

ACBDAT

GPO63/ACBSA

GPIO53/LFCKOUT/MSEN0

GPIOE46/SLPS3

GPIOE45/LED2

GPIOE44/LED1

GPIOE43/PWBTOUT

ACBCLK

VSB

ONCTL

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

www.national.com

Plastic Quad Flatpack (PQFP), JEDEC

xxx = Three-character identiﬁer for National data, keyboard ROM and/or customer identiﬁcation code.

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

PC87414-xxx/VLA

PD6

GPIO25

GPIO36

INDEX

VSS

DR0

MTR1/P17

DENSEL

STEP

BUSY_WAIT

DIR

WGATE

WDATA

SLCT

DRATE0

MTR0

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

GPIOE40

GPIO37

GPO60

VDD

DR1/P16

GPIOE10

GPIOE12

ACK

TRK0

PD7

STB_WRITE

VSS

AFD_DSTRB

DCD1

PD0

PD5

PD4

PD2

INIT

PD1

ERR

VSS

VDD

GPIOE11

GPIO04/MDAT

32KX2

VDD

VSS

SLIN_ASTRB

PD3

GPIO35

GPIO30

GPIO31

GPIO22

GPIO24

GPIO23

GPIO06

VSS

GPIO20

GPIO21

GPIO07/HFCKOUT

VSB

GPIO03/MCLK

RI1

DCD2

DSR1

CTS1

SIN1

RTS1/TRIS

SOUT1

DTR1_BOUT1/BADDR

RI2

LAD3

DSR2

CTS2

SIN2

RTS2

SOUT2

DTR2_BOUT2

GPO64/WDO/CKIN48

GPIO55/CLKIN

LAD1

LAD2

LAD0

LCLK

GPIOE17

GPIO05

Order Number PC87414-xxx/VLA

See NS Package Number VLA128A

GPIO32

GPIO34

GPIOE14

GPIOE13

HDSEL

RDATA

DSKCHG

GPIOE41

GPIO33

GPIOE16

GPIOE15

GPIOE47/SLPS5

GPIO54/VDDFELL

GPIO26

GPIO27

GPIO51/SIOSMI

GPO62

GPO61

GPIOE42/SLBTIN

GPIO50/PWBTIN

GPIO52/SIOSCI

GPIO00/CLKRUN

KBRST

GA20

P12/PPDIS

LRESET

LDRQ

SERIRQ

LFRAME

GPIO01/KBCLK

GPIO02/KBDAT 32KX1_32KCLKIN

VBAT

GPO63

GPIO53/LFCKOUT/MSEN0

GPIOE46/SLPS3

GPIOE45/LED2

GPIOE44/LED1

GPIOE43/PWBTOUT

VSB

ONCTL

NC - Not Connected (these pins should be left unconnected)

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

17 www.national.com

Plastic Quad Flatpack (PQFP), JEDEC

xxx = Three-character identiﬁer for National data, keyboard ROM and/or customer identiﬁcation code.

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

PC87416-xxx/VLA

PD6

GPIO25/XA0

GPIO36/XD1

INDEX

VSS

DR0

MTR1/P17

DENSEL

STEP

BUSY_WAIT

DIR

WGATE

WDATA

SLCT

DRATE0

MTR0

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

GPIOE40/XCS3

GPIO37/XD0

GPO60/XSTB2/XCNF2

VDD

DR1/P16

GPIOE10/XA11

GPIOE12/XA9

ACK

TRK0

PD7

STB_WRITE

VSS

AFD_DSTRB

DCD1

PD0

PD5

PD4

PD2

INIT

PD1

ERR

VSS

VDD

GPIOE11/XA10

GPIO04/MDAT

32KX2

VDD

VSS

SLIN_ASTRB

PD3

GPIO35/XD2

GPIO30/XD7

GPIO31/XD6

GPIO22/XA3

GPIO24/XA1

GPIO23/XA2

GPIO06/XIRQ

VSS

GPIO20/XRD_XEN

GPIO21/XWR_XRW

GPIO07/HFCKOUT

VSB

GPIO03/MCLK

RI1

DCD2

DSR1

CTS1

SIN1

RTS1/TRIS

SOUT1

DTR1_BOUT1/BADDR

RI2

LAD3

DSR2

CTS2

SIN2

RTS2

SOUT2

DTR2_BOUT2

GPO64/WDO/CKIN48

GPIO55/CLKIN

LAD1

LAD2

LAD0

LCLK

GPIOE17/XA4

GPIO05/XRDY

Order Number PC87416-xxx/VLA

See NS Package Number VLA128A

GPIO32/XD5

GPIO34/XD3

GPIOE14/XA7

GPIOE13/XA8

HDSEL

RDATA

DSKCHG

GPIOE41/XCS2

GPIO33/XD4

GPIOE16/XA5

GPIOE15/XA6

GPIOE47/SLPS5

GPIO54/VDDFELL

GPIO26/XCS1

GPIO27/XCS0

GPIO51/SIOSMI

GPO62/XSTB0/XCNF0

GPO61/XSTB1/XCNF1

GPIOE42/SLBTIN

GPIO50/PWBTIN

GPIO52/SIOSCI

GPIO00/CLKRUN

KBRST

GA20

P12/PPDIS

LRESET

LDRQ

SERIRQ

LFRAME

GPIO01/KBCLK

GPIO02/KBDAT 32KX1_32KCLKIN

VBAT

GPO63

GPIO53/LFCKOUT/MSEN0

GPIOE46/SLPS3

GPIOE45/LED2

GPIOE44/LED1

GPIOE43/PWBTOUT

VSB

ONCTL

NC - Not Connected (these pins should be left unconnected)

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

www.national.com

Plastic Quad Flatpack (PQFP), JEDEC

xxx = Three-character identiﬁer for National data, keyboard ROM and/or customer identiﬁcation code.

109

110

111

112

113

114

115

116

117

118

119

120

121

122

123

124

125

126

127

128

PC87417-xxx/VLA

PD6

GPIO25/XA0

GPIO36/XD1

INDEX

VSS

DR0

MTR1/P17

DENSEL

STEP

BUSY_WAIT

DIR

WGATE

WDATA

SLCT

DRATE0

MTR0

100

101

102

103

104

105

106

107

108

GPIOE40/XCS3

GPIO37/XD0

GPO60/XSTB2/XCNF2

VDD

DR1/P16

GPIOE10/XA11

GPIOE12/XA9

ACK

TRK0

PD7

STB_WRITE

VSS

AFD_DSTRB

DCD1

PD0

PD5

PD4

PD2

INIT

PD1

ERR

VSS

VDD

GPIOE11/XA10

GPIO04/MDAT

32KX2

VDD

VSS

SLIN_ASTRB

PD3

GPIO35/XD2

GPIO30/XD7

GPIO31/XD6

GPIO22/XA3

GPIO24/XA1

GPIO23/XA2

GPIO06/XIRQ

VSS

GPIO20/XRD_XEN

GPIO21/XWR_XRW

GPIO07/HFCKOUT

VSB

GPIO03/MCLK

RI1

DCD2

DSR1

CTS1

SIN1

RTS1/TRIS

SOUT1

DTR1_BOUT1/BADDR

RI2

LAD3

DSR2

CTS2

SIN2

RTS2

SOUT2

DTR2_BOUT2

GPO64/WDO/CKIN48

GPIO55/CLKIN

LAD1

LAD2

LAD0

LCLK

GPIOE17/XA4

GPIO05/XRDY

Order Number PC87417-xxx/VLA

See NS Package Number VLA128A

GPIO32/XD5

GPIO34/XD3

GPIOE14/XA7

GPIOE13/XA8

HDSEL

RDATA

DSKCHG

GPIOE41/XCS2

GPIO33/XD4

GPIOE16/XA5

GPIOE15/XA6

GPIOE47/SLPS5

GPIO54/VDDFELL

GPIO26/XCS1

GPIO27/XCS0

GPIO51/SIOSMI

GPO62/XSTB0/XCNF0

GPO61/XSTB1/XCNF1

GPIOE42/SLBTIN

GPIO50/PWBTIN

GPIO52/SIOSCI

GPIO00/CLKRUN

KBRST

GA20

P12/PPDIS

LRESET

LDRQ

SERIRQ

LFRAME

GPIO01/KBCLK

GPIO02/KBDAT 32KX1_32KCLKIN

VBAT

ACBDAT

GPO63/ACBSA

GPIO53/LFCKOUT/MSEN0

GPIOE46/SLPS3

GPIOE45/LED2

GPIOE44/LED1

GPIOE43/PWBTOUT

ACBCLK

VSB

ONCTL

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

19 www.national.com

1.2 BUFFER TYPES AND SIGNAL/PIN DIRECTORY

The signal DC characteristics of the pins described in Section 1.4 are denoted by buffer type symbols, which are defined in

Table 1 and described in further detail in Section 11.2. The pin multiplexing information refers to two different types of mul-

tiplexing:

●Multiplexed, denoted by a slash (/) between pins in the diagrams in Section 1.1. Pins are shared between two differ-

ent functions. Each function is associated with different board connectivity. Normally, the function selection is deter-

mined by the board design and cannot be changed dynamically. The multiplexing options must be conﬁgured by the

BIOS upon power-up in order to comply with the board implementation.

●Multiple Mode, denoted by an underscore (_) between pins in the diagrams in Section 1.1. Pins have two or more

modes of operation within the same function. These modes are associated with the same external (board)

connectivity. Mode selection may be controlled by the device driver through the registers of the functional block and

do not require a special BIOS setup upon power-up. These pins are not considered multiplexed pins from the

ServerI/O conﬁguration perspective. The mode selection method (registers and bits), as well as the signal speciﬁca-

tion in each mode, are described within the functional description of the relevant functional block.

Table 1. Buffer Types

Symbol Description

INCS Input, CMOS compatible, with Schmitt Trigger

INOSC Input, from crystal oscillator (not characterized)

INPCI Input, PCI 3.3V

INSM Input, ACCESS.bus and SMBus compatible

INTInput, TTL compatible

INTS Input, TTL compatible, with Schmitt Trigger

INULR Input, power, resistor protected (not characterized)

Op/n Output, push-pull output buffer capable of sourcing pmA and sinking nmA

ODnOutput, open-drain output buffer capable of sinking nmA

OOSC Output, to crystal oscillator (not characterized)

OPCI Output, PCI 3.3V

PWR Power pin

GND Ground pin

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

www.national.com

1.3 PIN MULTIPLEXING

The table below shows only multiplexed pins, their associated functional blocks and the configuration bits for the selection

of the multiplexed options used in the PC8741x. Some PC8741x devices implement a subset of these signals. Refer to

Device-Specific Information on page 4 to identify the functions relevant to a specific device.

Table 2. Pin Multiplexing Conﬁguration

Pin Functional

Block Signal Functional

Block Strap/Wake-up Conﬁguration Select

GPIO

GPIOE10

X-Bus

XA11

SWC

GPIOE10

SIOCF4.NOADDIR

2 GPIOE11 XA10 GPIOE11

3 GPIOE12 XA9 GPIOE12

4 GPIOE13 XA8 GPIOE13

5 GPIOE14 XA7 GPIOE14

6 GPIOE15 XA6 GPIOE15

7 GPIOE16 XA5 GPIOE16

8 GPIOE17 XA4 GPIOE17

9 GPIO05 XRDY SIOCF4.XRDYMUX

10 GPIO06 XIRQ SIOCF5.XIRQMUX

13 GPIO07 CLKGEN HFCKOUT SIOCF4.HFCKMUX

14 GPIO20

X-Bus

XRD_XEN

SIOCF4.NOXBUS

15 GPIO21 XWR_XRW

16 GPIO22 XA3

17 GPIO23 XA2

18 GPIO24 XA1

19 GPIO25 XA0

22 GPIO26 XCS1 SIOCF5.XCS1MUX

23 GPIO27 XCS0 SIOCF5.XCS0MUX

20 GPIOE40 XCS3 SWC GPIOE40 SIOCF5.XCS3MUX

21 GPIOE41 XCS2 GPIOE41 SIOCF5.XCS2MUX

24 GPIO30 XD7

SIOCF4.NOXBUS

25 GPIO31 XD6

26 GPIO32 XD5

27 GPIO33 XD4

28 GPIO34 XD3

29 GPIO35 XD2

30 GPIO36 XD1

31 GPIO37 XD0

32 GPO60 XSTB2

Straps

XCNF2 SIOCF5.XSTB2MUX

33 GPO61 XSTB1 XCNF1 SIOCF5.XSTB1MUX

34 GPO62 XSTB0 XCNF0 SIOCF5.XSTB0MUX

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

21 www.national.com

GPIO

GPIOE42

SWC

SLBTIN SWC GPIOE42 SIOCF3.SLBTIMUX

36 GPIO50 PWBTIN SIOCF3.PWBTIMUX

37 GPIO51 SIOSMI SIOCF3.SMIMUX

38 GPIO52 SIOSCI SIOCF3.SCIMUX

45 GPIO53 CLKGEN LFCKOUT SIOCF4.LFCKMUX

FDC MSEN0

48 GPO63 Straps ACBSA

49 GPIOE43

SWC

PWBTOUT

SWC

GPIOE43 SIOCF3.PWBTOMUX

50 GPIOE44 LED1 GPIOE44 SIOCF3.LED1MUX

51 GPIOE45 LED2 GPIOE45 SIOCF3.LED2MUX

52 GPIOE46 SLPS3 GPIOE46 SIOCF3.EXTSTMUX

53 GPIOE47 SLPS5 GPIOE47 SIOCF3.EXTSTMUX

54 GPIO54 VDDFELL SIOCF2.VDDFLMUX

55 GPO64 WDO Straps CKIN48 SIOCF2.WDOMUX

56 GPIO55 CLKGEN CLKIN CLOCKCF.CKIN48

66 FDC MTR1 KBC P17 SIOCF2.P17MUX

70 DR1 P16 SIOCF2.P16MUX

Serial Port 1

RTS1 Straps TRIS

100 DTR1_BOUT1 BADDR

101 RI1 SWC RI1

109 Serial Port 2 RI2 RI2

121 Parallel Port PPDIS KBC P12 SIOCF2.P12MUX

124

GPIO

GPIO00 LPC I/F CLKRUN SIOCF2.CLKRNMUX

125 GPIO01

KBC

KBCLK

SWC

KBCLK

SIOCF2.NOKBC

126 GPIO02 KBDAT KBDAT

127 GPIO03 MCLK MCLK

128 GPIO04 MDAT MDAT

Table 2. Pin Multiplexing Conﬁguration (Continued)

Pin Functional

Block Signal Functional

Block Strap/Wake-up Conﬁguration Select

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

www.national.com

1.4 DETAILED SIGNAL/PIN DESCRIPTIONS

This section describes all the signals of the PC8741x devices. Some PC8741x devices implement a subset of these sig-

nals. Refer to Device-Specific Information on page 4 to identify the functions relevant to a specific device. Device signals

are organized by functional group.

1.4.1 LPC Interface

1.4.2 ACCESS.bus (ACB) Interface (PC87413 and PC87417)

1.4.3 X-Bus Extension (PC87416 and PC87417)

Signal Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power Well Description

LAD3-0 110-113 I/O INPCI/OPCI VDD LPC Address-Data. Multiplexed command, address bi-directional

data and cycle status.

LCLK 114 I INPCI VDD LPC Clock. Derived from the PCI clock (up to 33 MHz).

LFRAME 117 I INPCI VDD LPC Frame. Low pulse indicates the beginning of a new LPC cy-

cle or termination of a broken cycle.

LDRQ 118 O OPCI VDD LPC DMA Request. Encoded DMA request for LPC Interface.

LRESET 120 I INPCI VDD LPC Reset. Derived from the PCI system reset.

SERIRQ 119 I/O INPCI/OPCI VDD Serial IRQ. The interrupt requests are serialized over a single pin,

where each IRQ level is delivered during a designated time slot.

CLKRUN 124 I/OD INPCI/OD6VDD Clock Run. Indicates that LCLK is going to be stopped and re-

quests full-speed LCLK (same behavior as PCI CLKRUN).

Signal Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power Well Description

ACBCLK 47 I/O INSM/OD6VSB ACCESS.bus Clock. An internal pull-up for this pin is optional.

ACBDAT 46 I/O INSM/OD6VSB ACCESS.bus Serial Data. An internal pull-up for this pin is

optional.

Signal Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well Description

XRD_XEN 14 O O3/6 VSB Read. Active (low) level indicates read cycle on the X-Bus.

Enable. Active (high) level indicates valid data on the X-Bus.

XWR_XRW15 O O

3/6 VSB Write. Active (low) level indicates a write cycle on the X-Bus.

Read/Write. A high level indicates a read cycle on the X-Bus; a

low level indicates a write cycle on the X-Bus.

XD7-0 24-31 I/O INTS/O3/6 VSB Data Bus. 8-bit data multiplexed with the address lines XA27-4.

XA11-4,

XA3-0 1-8

16-19 OO

3/6 VSB Address Bus. The XA27-12 address lines are always multiplexed

with the data lines.

XSTB2-0 32-34 O O3/6 VSB Address Strobes. Control the strobe of up to three external

latches for the multiplexed address lines.

XCS3-0 20-23 O O3/6 VSB Chip Selects. Control the selection of up to four devices residing

on the X-Bus.

XRDY 9 I INTS VSB I/O Ready. Instructs the PC8741x to extend the access cycle.

XIRQ 10 I INTS VSB X-Bus Interrupt. Converted into serial interrupt by the Interrupt

Serializer. The system conﬁguration includes the interrupt number

associated with this signal.

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

23 www.national.com

1.4.4 Serial Port 1 and Serial Port 2 (UART1 and UART2)

Signal Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well Description

CTS1

CTS2 99

107 IIN

TS VDD Clear to Send. When low, indicates that the modem or other data

transfer device is ready to exchange data.

DCD1

DCD2 94

102 IIN

TS VDD Data Carrier Detected. When low, indicates that the modem or

other data transfer device has detected the data carrier.

DSR1

DSR2 95

103 IIN

TS VDD Data Set Ready. When low, indicates that the data transfer device,

e.g., modem, is ready to establish a communications link.

DTR1_

BOUT1

DTR2_

BOUT2

100

108

3/6 VDD Data Terminal Ready. When low, indicates to the modem or other

data transfer device that the UART is ready to establish a

communications link. After a system reset, these pins provide the

DTR function and set these signals to inactive high. Loopback

operation holds them inactive.

Baud Output. Provides the associated serial channel baud rate

generator output signal if Test mode is selected, i.e., bit 7 of the

EXCR1 register is set.

RI1

RI2 101

109 IIN

TS VDD Ring Indicator. When low, indicates that a telephone ring signal

has been received by the modem. These pins are monitored

during VDD power-off for wake-up event detection.

RTS1

RTS2 97

105 OO

3/6 VDD Request to Send. When low, indicates to the modem or other

data transfer device that the corresponding UART is ready to

exchange data. A system reset sets these signals to inactive high,

and loopback operation holds them inactive.

SIN1

SIN2 96

104 IIN

TS VDD Serial Input. Receives composite serial data from the

communications link (peripheral device, modem or other data

transfer device).

SOUT1

SOUT2 98

106 OO

3/6 VDD Serial Output. Sends composite serial data to the communications

link (peripheral device, modem or other data transfer device).

These signals are set active high after a system reset.

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

www.national.com

1.4.5 Parallel Port

Signal Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well Description

ACK 78 I INTVDD Acknowledge. Pulsed low by the printer to indicate that it has

received data from the parallel port.

AFD_DSTRB 90 O OD14,O

14/14 VDD AFD - Automatic Feed. When low, instructs the printer to

automatically feed a line after printing each line. This pin is in

TRI-STATE after a 0 is loaded into the corresponding control

connected to this pin.

DSTRB - Data Strobe (EPP). Active low, used in EPP mode

to denote a data cycle. When the cycle is aborted, DSTRB

becomes inactive (high).

BUSY_WAIT 77 I INTVDD Busy. Set high by the printer when it cannot accept another

character.

Wait. In EPP mode, the parallel port device uses this active

low signal to extend its access cycle.

ERR 88 I INTVDD Error. Set active low by the printer when it detects an error.

INIT 86 O OD14,O

14/14 VDD Initialize. When low, initializes the printer. This signal is in

TRI-STATE after a 1 is loaded into the corresponding control

connected to this pin.

PD7-3

PD2

PD1

PD0

79-83

I/O INT/O14/14 VDD Parallel Port Data. Transfers data to and from the peripheral

data bus and the appropriate parallel port data register. These

signals have a high current drive capability.

PE 76 I INTVDD Paper End. Set high by the printer when it is out of paper. This

pin has an internal weak pull-up or pull-down resistor.

SLCT 75 I INTVDD Select. Set active high by the printer when the printer is

selected.

SLIN_ASTRB 84 O OD14,O

14/14 VDD SLIN - Select Input. When low, selects the printer. This signal

is in TRI-STATE after a 0 is loaded into the corresponding

control register bit. An external 4.7 KΩpull-up resistor must be

connected to this pin.

ASTRB - Address Strobe (EPP). Active low, used in EPP

mode to denote an address or data cycle. When the cycle is

aborted, ASTRB becomes inactive (high).

STB_WRITE 91 O OD14,O

14/14 VDD STB - Data Strobe. When low, Indicates to the printer that

valid data is available at the printer port. This signal is in

TRI-STATE after a 0 is loaded into the corresponding control

connected to this pin.

WRITE - Write Strobe. Active low, used in EPP mode to

denote an address or data cycle. When the cycle is aborted,

WRITE becomes inactive (high).

PPDIS 121 I INTVDD Parallel Port Disable. When high, this input disables (TRI-

STATEs) all the output signals of the parallel port.1

1. If this feature is not used, either select the alternate function (P12 port) at the pin multiplexer (see Section 3.7.3

on page 49) or connect an external 3.3 KΩpull-down resistor to this pin. If the function connected to the pin is

PPDIS and the pin is left unconnected, the output signals of the parallel port will ﬂoat.

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

25 www.national.com

1.4.6 Floppy Disk Controller (FDC)

Signal Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power Well Description

DENSEL 74 O O2/12 VDD Density Select. Indicates that a high FDC density data rate (500

Kbps, 1 Mbps or 2 Mbps) or a low density data rate (250 or 300

Kbps) is selected.

DIR 65 O OD12, O2/12 VDD Direction. Determines the direction of the Floppy Disk Drive

(FDD) head movement (active = step in; inactive = step out)

during a seek operation.

DR1

DR0

OOD

12,O

2/12 VDD Drive Select. Decoded output signals in Two-Drive mode or

encoded signals in Four-Drive mode. Controlled by bits 1 and 0 of

the Digital Output Register (DOR).

DRATE0 73 O O3/6 VDD Data Rate. Reflects the value of bit 0 of the Configuration Control

was written to last.

DSKCHG 57 I INTVDD Disk Change. Indicates if the drive door has been opened.

HDSEL 58 O OD12,O

2/12 VDD Head Select. Determines which side of the FDD is accessed.

Active low selects side 1; inactive selects side 0.

INDEX 72 I INTVDD Index. Indicates the beginning of an FDD track.

MSEN0 45 I INTVDD Automatic Media Sense. Identiﬁes the media type of the ﬂoppy

disk in drives 1 and 0 (if the drives support this protocol).

MTR1

MTR0

OOD

12,O

2/12 VDD Motor Select. Active low, motor enable lines for drives 1 and 0,

controlled by bits D7-4 of the Digital Output Register (DOR). MTR0 is

used to decode DR1 and DR0 in Four-Drive mode.

RDATA59 I IN

TVDD Read Data. Raw serial input data stream read from the FDD.

STEP 64 O OD12,O

2/12 VDD Step. Issues pulses to the disk drive at a software programmable

rate to move the head during a seek operation.

TRK0 61 I INTVDD Track 0. Indicates to the controller that the head of the selected

floppy disk drive is at track 0.

WDATA63 OOD

12,O

2/12 VDD Write Data. Carries out the pre-compensated serial data that is

written to the FDD. Pre-compensation is software selectable.

WGATE 62 O OD12,O

2/12 VDD Write Gate. Enables the write circuitry of the selected FDD.

WGATE is designed to prevent glitches during power-up and

power-down. This prevents writing to the disk when power is

cycled.

WP 60 I INTVDD Write Protected. Indicates that the disk in the selected drive is

write protected.

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

www.national.com

1.4.7 Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC)

1.4.8 General-Purpose I/O (GPIO)

Signal Pin/s I/O Buffer Type Power Well Description

KBCLK 125 I/O INTS/OD14 VDD Keyboard Clock. Keyboard clock signal. External pull-up resistor

is required for PS/2 compliance. This pin is monitored during VDD

power-off for wake-up event detection.

KBDAT 126 I/O INTS/OD14 VDD Keyboard Data. Keyboard data signal. External pull-up resistor is

required for PS/2 compliance. This pin is monitored during VDD

power-off for wake-up event detection.

MCLK 127 I/O INTS/OD14 VDD Mouse Clock. Mouse clock signal. External pull-up resistor is

required for PS/2 compliance. This pin is monitored during VDD

power-off for wake-up event detection.

MDAT 128 I/O INTS/OD14 VDD Mouse Data. Mouse data signal. External pull-up resistor is

required for PS/2 compliance. This pin is monitored during VDD

power-off for wake-up event detection.

KBRST 122 I/O INT/OD2VDD KBD Reset. Keyboard reset (P20) open-drain output.

GA20 123 I/O INT/OD2VDD Gate A20. KBC gate A20 (P21) open-drain output.

P12,

P16, P17 121,

70, 66 I/O INT/OD2,

O2/2

VDD I/O Port. KBC quasi-bidirectional signal for general-purpose input

and output (controlled by KBC ﬁrmware).

Signal Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power Well Description

GPIO01-04 125-128 I/O INTS/

OD14,O

3/14 VSB

General-Purpose I/O Ports. Each pin is configured

independently as input or I/O with or without static pull-up and

with either open-drain or push-pull output type. The GPIOEnn

pins have event detection capability.

GPIOE44, 45 50, 51 I/O INTS/

OD12,O

12/12 VSB

GPIO07 13 I/O INTS/

OD4,O

2/4 VSB

GPIO53 45 I/O INTS/

OD2,O

1/2 VSB

GPIO00,

GPIO05-06,

GPIOE10-17,

GPIO20-25,

GPIO26-27,

GPIO30-37,

GPIOE40-41,

GPIOE42, 43,

GPIOE46, 47,

GPIO50-52,

GPIO54, 55

124

9-10

1-8

14-19

22-23

24-31

2-21

35, 49

52, 53

36-38

54, 56

I/O INTS/

OD6,O

3/6

VSB

GPO60-62,

63, 64 32-34,

48, 55 OOD

6,O

3/6 VSB General-Purpose Output Ports. Each pin is configured

independently for either open-drain or push-pull output type.

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

27 www.national.com

1.4.9 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)

Signal Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power

Well Description

GPIOE10-17,

GPIOE40-41,

GPIOE42,

GPIOE43-47,

1-8

2-21

49-53

IIN

TS VSB Wake-up Inputs. Generate a wake-up event or an interrupt.

These pins have programmable debounce protection.

RI1

RI2 101

109 IIN

TS VSB Ring Indicator Wake-up. When low, generates a wake-up

event or an interrupt, indicating that a telephone ring signal was

received by the modem.

KBCLK 125 I/O INTS/OD14 VSB Keyboard Clock Wake-up. Generates a wake-up event or an

interrupt, indicating a change in the keyboard clock signal.

KBDAT 126 I/O INTS/OD14 VSB Keyboard Data Wake-up. Generates a wake-up event or an

interrupt, indicating a change in the keyboard data signal.

MCLK 127 I/O INTS/OD14 VSB Mouse Clock Wake-up. Generates a wake-up event or an

interrupt, indicating a change in the mouse clock signal.

MDAT 128 I/O INTS/OD14 VSB Mouse Data Wake-up. Generates a wake-up event or an

interrupt, indicating a change in the mouse data signal.

PWBTIN 36 I INTS VSB Power Button In. Active (low) level indicates a user request to

turn the power on or off. This pin has debounce protection.

PWBTOUT 49 O OD6VSB Power Button Out. Output for the chip-set Power button input.

SLBTIN 35 I INTS VSB Sleep Button In. Active (low) level indicates a user request to

enter or exit Sleep mode. This pin has debounce protection.

SLPS3,

SLPS5 52, 53 I INTS VSB Sleep State 3 to 5. Active (low) level indicates the system is in

one of the sleep states S3, S4 or S5. These signals are

generated by an external ACPI controller.

Pins

SLPS3 SLPS5 Functionality

1 1 Working state (S0) or sleep states S1 or S2

0 1 Sleep state S3

0 0 Sleep states S4 or S5

1 0 Illegal combination

SIOSCI 38 O OD6VSB System Control Interrupt. Active (low) level indicates that a

wake-up event occurred, causing the system to exit its current

sleep state. External pull-up resistor to VSB is required.

SIOSMI 37 O OD6VSB System Management Interrupt. Active (low) level indicates

that an SMI occurred. External pull-up resistor to VSB is

required.

ONCTL 39 O OD6VSB Power Supply On/Off Control. Active level (low) indicates that

the power should be turned on. External pull-up resistor is

required

LED1, LED2 50, 51 O O12/12 VSB LED Drive. These outputs can be connected directly to LED

devices. They can be conﬁgured as one dual-colored LED or

two single-colored LEDs with programmable blink rate for all

LEDs.

VDDFELL 54 O O3/6 VSB VDD Power Fell. Active pulse (high) indicates that the VDD

power supply has been turned off. Optionally, this pin can be

used to drive an external circuit that pulses the VSB power to

the Keyboard and Mouse, thus resetting them.

WDO 55 O O3/6 VSB WATCHDOG Out. An active pulse (low) of a ﬁxed width; it is

generated when a WATCHDOG time-out occurs.

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

www.national.com

1.4.10 Clocks

1.4.11 Configuration Straps

Signal Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power Well Description

32KX1_32KCLKIN 42 I INOSC VPP 32.768 KHz Crystal Input. Input from external crystal

oscillator circuitry.

32.768 KHz Clock Oscillator Input. Input from external

clock oscillator device.

32KX2 44 O OOSC VPP 32.768 KHz Crystal Oscillator Output. Output to external

crystal oscillator circuitry.

LFCKOUT 45 O O1/2 VSB Low Frequency Clock Output. The Real-Time Clock

frequency (32.768 KHz) or a 1 Hz clock output.

CLKIN 56 I INTS VSB1

1. The CLKIN signal source can be VDD powered.

Clock Input. 48 MHz for the Legacy functions or no input

clock.

HFCKOUT 13 O O2/4 VSB High Frequency Clock Output. Clock output for system

use.

Signal Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power Well Description

BADDR 100 I INCS VDD Base Address. Sampled at VDD Power-Up reset to determine

the base address of the conﬁguration Index-Data register pair,

as follows:

No pull-up resistor: 2Eh-2Fh

10 KΩexternal pull-up resistor: 4Eh-4Fh

TRIS 97 I INCS VDD TRI-STATE Device. Sampled at VDD Power-Up reset to force

the device to ﬂoat all its output and I/O pins, as follows:

No pull-up resistor: pins active

4.7 KΩexternal pull-up resistor: pins ﬂoating

CKIN48 55 I INCS VSB CLKIN 48 MHz. Sampled at VSB Power-Up reset to determine

the presence of the 48 MHz input clock at the CLKIN pin, as

follows:

No pull-up resistor: no clock

10 KΩexternal pull-up resistor: 48 MHz clock

XCNF2-0

(PC87416,

PC87417)

32-34 I INCS VSB X-Bus Default Conﬁguration. Sampled at VSB Power-Up reset

to set the conﬁguration of the X-Bus transactions.

Pins

2 1 0 Functionality

0 x x No BIOS

1 0 0 With BIOS, XA11-4 multiplexed, XRDY disabled

1 0 1 With BIOS, XA11-4 multiplexed, XRDY enabled

1 1 0 With BIOS, XA11-4 direct, XRDY disabled

1 1 1 With BIOS, XA11-4 direct, XRDY enabled

Pulled to 0 by internal resistor or set to 1 by external 10 KΩpull-

up resistor.

ACBSA

(PC87413,

PC87417)

48 I INCS VSB ACCESS.bus Slave Address. Sampled at VSB Power-Up reset

to determine the slave address of the device on the

ACCESS.bus, as follows

No pull-up resistor: D8h, D9h

10 KΩexternal pull-up resistor: 60h, 61h

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

29 www.national.com

1.4.12 Power and Ground

1.5 INTERNAL PULL-UP AND PULL-DOWN RESISTORS

The signals listed in Table 3 have internal pull-up (PU) and/or pull-down (PD) resistors. The internal resistors are optional

for those signals indicated as “Programmable”. See Section 11.3 on page 235 for the values of each resistor type.

Signal Pin(s) I/O Buffer Type Power

Well Description

VSS 11, 43, 68,

93, 115 I GND Ground. Serves for both on-chip logic, output drivers and back-

up battery circuit.

VDD 69, 92,

116 I PWR Digital 3.3V Power Supply. Serves as power supply for the

legacy peripherals and the LPC Interface.

VSB 12, 40 I PWR Standby Digital 3.3V Power Supply. Used for the ACB and

X-Bus Interfaces, the GPIO ports and the clock generator. When

active, it also powers the RTC and the SWC.

VBAT 41 I INULR Battery Power Supply. When VSB is off, this supply provides

battery back-up to the SWC registers, to the RTC and to the

32 KHz crystal oscillator. The pin is connected to the internal

logic through a series resistor for UL-compliant protection.

Table 3. Internal Pull-Up and Pull-Down Resistors

Signal Pin/s Type Comments

Parallel Port

ACK 78 PU220

AFD_DSTRB 90 PU440

BUSY_WAIT 77 PD120

ERR 88 PU220

INIT 86 PU440

PE 76 PU220/

PD110 Programmable

SLCT 75 PD110

SLIN_ASTRB 84 PU440

STB_WRITE 91 PU440

PPDIS 121 PU25

Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC)

P12, P16, P17 121, 70, 66 PU25

ACCESS.bus (ACB) Interface (PC87413 and PC87417)

ACBCLK 47 PU25 Programmable1

ACBDAT 46 PU25 Programmable1

1.0 Signal/Pin Connection and Description (Continued)

www.national.com

System Wake-Up Control (SWC)

PWBTIN 36 PU25

SLBTIN 35 PU25

PWBTOUT 49 PU25 Note 2

General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports

GPIO00-04, 05-06, 07 124-128, 9-10, 13 PU25 Programmable3

GPIOE10-17 1-8 PU25 Programmable3

GPIO20-25, 26-27 14-19, 22-23 PU25 Programmable3

GPIO30-37 24-31 PU25 Programmable3

GPIOE40-41, 42, 43-47 20-21, 35, 49-53 PU25 Programmable3

GPIO50-52, 53, 54, 55 36-38, 45, 54, 56 PU25 Programmable3

GPO60-62, 63, 64 32-34, 48, 55 PU50 Programmable3,4

Strap Conﬁguration

BADDR 100 PD110 Strap5

TRIS 97 PD60 Strap5

CKIN48 55 PD110 Strap6

XCNF2-0

(PC87416, PC87417)32-34 PD110 Strap6

ACBSA

(PC87413, PC87417)48 PD110 Strap6

1. Default at reset: disabled.

2. Disabled when VDD is off.

3. See Table 26 on page 72 for default value at reset (0 = PU disabled,

1 = PU enabled).

4. Disabled during VSB Power-Up reset.

5. Active only during VDD Power-Up reset.

6. Active only during VSB Power-Up reset.

Table 3. Internal Pull-Up and Pull-Down Resistors (Continued)

Signal Pin/s Type Comments

31 www.national.com

2.0 Power, Reset and Clocks

2.1 POWER

2.1.1 Power Planes

The PC8741x devices have three power planes (wells), as shown in the table below:

Table 4. Power Planes

For correct operation, either VSB or VBAT must be applied whenever VDD is applied.

2.1.2 Power States

The PC8741x devices have four power states:

•Battery Fail - the Main, Standby and Backup power planes are all powered off (VDD, VSB and VBAT are inactive).

•Power Fail - the Main and Standby power planes are powered off; the Backup power plane is on (VDD and VSB are

inactive; VBAT is active).

•Power Off - the Main power plane is powered off; the Standby power plane is on; the Backup power plane is on (VDD

is inactive; VSB is active; VBAT is irrelevant).

•Power On - the Main and Standby power planes are powered on; the Backup power plane may is on (VDD and VSB

are active; VBAT is irrelevant).

The following power state is illegal:

•The Main power plane is powered on, the Standby power plane is off and the Backup power plane is on or off (i.e., VDD

is active, VSB is inactive and VBAT is irrelevant).

The following table summarizes the power states described above.

Power Plane Description Power Pins Ground Pins

Main Powers the Legacy modules (Serial Ports, Parallel Port,

FDC, KBC), the LPC Interface, part of the Conﬁguration

Control and some external signals1

1. See the tables in Section 1.4 (pages 22-29), speciﬁcally the Power Well column.

VDD VSS

Standby Powers the ACCESS.bus and X-Bus Interfaces, the GPIO

ports, the Clock Generator, part of the SWC, part of the

Conﬁguration Control and some external related signals1

VSB VSS

Backup Powers the RTC, the 32.768 KHz clock/crystal oscillator,

part of the SWC and some functions that must be

preserved at all times1

VPP2

2. VPP is an internal power signal derived from VSB or VBAT.V

PP is taken from VSB if it is greater than

the minimum value defined in Section 11.1.5; otherwise it is taken from VBAT. For more details on

switching between them, refer to Section 8.2.9.

VSS

Table 5. Power States and Related Power Planes

Power State Main (VDD) Standby (VSB) Backup (VPP)V

BAT

Battery Fail OFF OFF OFF OFF

Power Fail OFF OFF ON ON

Power Off OFF ON ON ON or OFF

Power On ON ON ON ON or OFF

Illegal1

1. Operation is not guaranteed and register data may be corrupted.

ON OFF ON or OFF ON or OFF

2.0 Power, Reset and Clocks (Continued)

www.national.com

Figure 1 shows the power state transitions:

Figure 1. Power State Transitions

2.1.3 Power Connection and Layout Guidelines

The PC8741x requires a power supply voltage of 3.3V ±10% for both the VDD and the VSB supplies. The device is designed

to operate with a Lithium backup battery supplying up to 3.6V. Therefore, it includes an internal current-limiting resistor on

the VBAT input to prevent the battery from shorting, as required by the UL regulations.

VDD, VSB and VBAT use a common ground return marked VSS.

To obtain the best performance, bear in mind the following recommendations.

Ground Connection. The following items must be connected to the ground layer (VSS) as close to the device as possible:

•The five ground return (VSS) pins.

•The decoupling capacitors of the Main power supply (VDD) pins.

•The decoupling capacitors of the Standby power supply (VSB) pins.

•The decoupling capacitor of the Backup battery (VBAT) pin.

Note that a low-impedance ground layer also improves noise isolation.

Decoupling Capacitors. The following decoupling capacitors must be used in order to reduce EMI and ground bounce:

•Main power supply (VDD): Place one capacitor of 0.1 µFoneach VDD-VSS pin pair as close to the pin as possible. In

addition, place one 10−47 µF tantalum capacitor on the common net as close to the chip as possible.

•Standby power supply (VSB): Place one capacitor of 0.1 µFoneach VSB-VSS pin pair as close to the pin as possible. In

addition, place one 10−47 µF tantalum capacitor on the common net as close to the chip as possible.

•Backup battery (VBAT): Place one capacitor of 0.1 µF on the VBAT pin as close to the pin as possible. In addition, place

one 4.7−10 µF ceramic capacitor on the common net as close to the chip as possible.

VDD, VSB and VBAT Off

Battery Fail

VDD and VSB Off, VBAT On

Power Fail

VDD Off, VSB On

Power Off

VDD and VSB On

Power On

VBAT On,

VPP Power-Up Reset

VSB On,

VDD On,

VBAT Off

VSB Off

VDD Off

VSB On (VBAT Off),

Cold Reset +

VPP Power-Up Reset

VBAT On

VBAT Off

VSB Off (VBAT Off)

VBAT On

VBAT Off

VSB Power-Up Reset

VDD Power-Up Reset

2.0 Power, Reset and Clocks (Continued)

33 www.national.com

2.2 RESET SOURCES AND TYPES

The PC8741x devices have up to six reset sources:

•VPP Power-Up Reset - activated when either VSB or VBAT is powered up after both have been off.

•VSB Power-Up Reset - activated when VSB is powered up.

•VDD Power-Up Reset - activated when VDD is powered up.

•Hardware Reset - activated when the LRESET input is asserted (low).

•Host Software Reset - triggered by the HSWRST bit of the SIOCF1 register (see Section 3.7.2 on page 48); the

HSWRST bit is set by the host through the LPC Interface.

•Controller Software Reset (PC87413 and PC87417) - triggered by the CSWRST bit of the ACBCFG register (see Sec-

tion 6.3.3 on page 127); the CSWRST bit is set by the system controller through the ACCESS.bus Interface.

Unless otherwise noted, reset references throughout the modules of the PC8741x devices default to the following resets:

●For VPP-retained functions (RTC, part of SWC and some other functions): VPP Power-Up reset.

●For VSB-powered functions (ACCESS.bus, X-Bus, GPIO ports, Clock Generator, part of SWC and part of Conﬁgura-

tion Control): VSB Power-Up reset or Controller Software Reset (within the limitations described in Section 2.2.3).

●For VDD-powered functions (Legacy modules, LPC and part of Conﬁguration Control): VDD Power-Up reset,

Hardware Reset or Host Software Reset (within the limitations described in Section 2.2.6).

The following sections detail the sources and effects of the various resets on the PC8741x devices per reset source.

2.2.1 VPP Power-Up Reset

VPP is an internal power signal derived from VSB and VBAT.V

PP Power-Up reset is generated by an internal circuit that de-

tects the status of the VPP power. An active VPP Power-Up reset signal is generated following a rise in the VPP until the VPP

power within the accepted range is detected (see Section 11.1.5 on page 231). When VPP Power-Up reset is active, it resets

the modules and registers whose values are retained by VPP (RTC, part of SWC and some other functions). The VPP Power-

Up reset also activates the 32 KHz internal crystal oscillator.

2.2.2 VSB Power-Up Reset

VSB Power-Up reset is generated by an internal circuit when VSB power is applied. This reset is completed after 8,192 cycles

of the 32 KHz clock (t32KOSC). However, if the 32 KHz on-chip crystal oscillator was disabled before VSB power-up, a delay

of t32KW (see Low Frequency Clock Timing on page 241) is added to tIRST (see VSB Power-Up Reset on page 238) to ac-

count for the time required by the 32 KHz oscillator to stabilize. In addition, if the Hardware reset (LRESET) is de-asserted

in an early stage, only 1,280 clock cycles are required to complete the VSB Power-Up reset.

External devices should wait at least tIRST before accessing the PC8741x device. However, if the system controller accesses

the PC8741x device(through the ACCESS.bus) before tIRST ends, both the ACBDAT and the ACBCLK signals will float until

the end of VSB Power-Up reset, which is when the ACCESS.bus Interface becomes operational. Since these signals are

pulled-up by external resistors, this situation is equivalent to generating a NACK condition in response to the system con-

troller access (see Section 6.2.4 on page 117).

VSB Power-Up reset performs the following actions and all the actions performed by VDD Power-Up reset (if the VDD power

is already active):

•Activates the Clock Generator and sets its output to the default frequency.

•Puts pins with VSB strap options into TRI-STATE and enables their internal pull-down resistors.

•Samples the logic levels of the VSB strap pins.

•Sets up the PC8741x device slave address on the ACCESS.bus (PC87413 and PC87417).

•Resets the VSB-powered lock bits in the Configuration Control and X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417).

•Loads default values to the GPIO Configuration bits: VDDLOAD and BUSCTL.

•Loads default values to the VSB-powered bits in SWC.

•Loads default values to the bits in ACCESS.bus Interface (PC87413 and PC87417).

•Sets up the pull-up option and the default source for the VSB-powered multiplexed output pins.

•Executesall the actions performed by theController Software reset (see Section 2.2.3onpage 34) in all PC8741x devices.

2.0 Power, Reset and Clocks (Continued)

www.national.com

2.2.3 Controller Software Reset (PC87413 and PC87417)

The Controller Software reset is initiated by the system controller through the ACCESS.bus Interface. The system controller

can trigger this reset by setting the CSWRST bit of the ACBCFG register (see Section 6.3.3 on page 127).

The Controller Software reset performs the following actions:

•Updates the VSB-powered strap configuration bits with the strap levels sampled during the VSB Power-Up reset.

•Loads default values to the VSB-powered unlocked bits in the Configuration Control and X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417).

•Loads default values to the unlocked GPIO Configuration and Data bits for those GPIO ports with VDDLOAD = 0. The

VDDLOAD and BUSCTL bits are not affected.

•Loads default values to the bits in the ACBCST, ACBDIS and ACBTRIS registers of the ACCESS.bus Interface

(PC87413 and PC87417).

•Terminates any transaction involving the internal modules of the PC8741x device that were initiated by the ACCESS.bus

Interface.

2.2.4 VDD Power-Up Reset

VDD Power-Up reset is generated by an internal circuit when VDD power is turned on. This reset is completed after 8,192

cycles of the 32 KHz clock (t32KOSC; see Low Frequency Clock Timing on page 241). However, if the Hardware reset (LRE-

SET) is de-asserted in an early stage, tIRST (see VSB Power-Up Reset on page 238) is shortened to only 1,280 clock cycles.

In any condition, the VDD Power-Up reset ends after the VSB Power-Up reset.

External devices must wait at least tIRST before accessing the PC8741x device. If the host processor accesses the device

during this time, the PC8741x device ignores the transaction (that is, it does not return SYNC response).

VDD Power-Up reset performs the following actions:

•Puts pins with VDD strap options into TRI-STATE and enables their internal pull-down resistors.

•Samples the logic levels of the VDD strap pins.

•Executes all the actions performed by the Hardware reset (see Section 2.2.5 on page 34).

2.2.5 Hardware Reset

Hardware reset is activated by the assertion (low) of the LRESET input while VDD is “good”. When the VDD power is OFF,

the PC8741x device ignores the level of the LRESET input. Hardware reset performs the following actions:

•Resets the VSB-powered lock bits in the Configuration Control and X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417), if VSBLOCK = 0 in

the ACBLKCTL register (in PC87414 and PC87416, VSBLOCK is always ‘0’).

•Sets up the pull-up option and the default source for the VDD-powered multiplexed output pins.

•Executes all the actions performed by the Host Software reset (see Section 2.2.6 on page 34).

2.2.6 Host Software Reset

The Host Software reset is triggered by the host setting the HSWRST bit of the SIOCF1 register (see Section 3.7.2 on

page 48) through the LPC Interface. The Host Software reset performs the following actions:

•Updates the VDD-powered strap configuration bits with the strap levels sampled during the VDD Power-Up reset.

•Loads default values to the VDD-powered unlocked bits in the Configuration Control.

•Loads default values to the VSB-powered unlocked GPIO Configuration and Data bits for those GPIO ports with

VDDLOAD = 1. The VDDLOAD and BUSCTL bits are not affected.

•Resets all the VDD-powered Legacy logical devices.

•Loads default values to all the VDD-powered Legacy module registers.

•Terminates any transaction involving the internal modules of the PC8741x device that were initiated by the LPC bus In-

terface.

2.0 Power, Reset and Clocks (Continued)

35 www.national.com

2.3 CLOCK GENERATION

2.3.1 Clock Domains

The PC8741x devices have five clock domains, as shown in Table 6.

The LPC and Legacy clock domains, and the modules using them, are powered by the Main power plane. Therefore, these

two clock domains are only active when the VDD power supply is on; however, if the Legacy clock domain is sourced by the

Clock Generator, it is active also during the time VDD power supply is off.

The Standby and Output clock domains are sourced by the Clock Generator, which is supplied by the Standby power plane.

These two clock domains are active while the VSB power supply is on. Both clock domains require a certain amount of time

to stabilize after VSB becomes active. Moreover, if the 32 KHz on-chip crystal oscillator was disabled before VSB power-up,

the time required for the clocks to stabilize is t32KOSC (see Section 11.4.3 on page 240). The selection of 40 MHz (or its

divisions) or 48 MHz (or its divisions) is set by the CKIN48 strap.

TheRTCclock domain is sourced either by a clock input or by the on-chip crystal oscillator, which are supplied by the Backup

power plane. This clock domain is active while either the VBAT or VSB power supply is on. At VBAT or VSB power-up, the clock

requires t32KOSC to stabilize.

2.3.2 Clock Generator

The Clock Generator is the source of the Standby and Output clock domains; it is also the source of the Legacy clock domain

if the 48 MHz clock input is not available. The Clock Generator is fed by the 32.768 KHz from the on-chip crystal oscillator

and supplied by the Standby power plane. It starts generating clock output either after the VSB power supply is turned on (if

the 32.768 KHz clock is already stable) or after the 32.768 KHz clock stabilizes (if VBAT was inactive previous to VSB power-

on), whichever occurs last.

Operation

Figure 2 shows a simplified diagram of the Clock Generator.

Figure 2. Clock Generator - Simpliﬁed Diagram

Table 6. Clock Domains of the PC8741x

Clock Domain Frequency Source Usage

LPC Up to 33 MHz LPC clock input (LCLK) LPC bus Interface

Legacy 48 MHz Clock input (CLKIN) or Clock

Generator Legacy functions (Serial Ports, Parallel

Port, FDC, KBC)

Output Clock Up to 40 or 48 MHz Clock Generator External Devices

Standby 20 or 24 MHz Clock Generator VSB-powered functions (ACCESS.bus

and X-Bus Interfaces)

RTC 32.768 KHz Clock input or on-chip oscillator

(32KX1, 32KX2)1

1. See Section 8.2 on page 141.

RTC, Clock Generator, SWC, GPIO

Frequency

Multiplier

Crystal

Oscillator

On-chip 32.768 KHz

CKIN48(strap)

Divider

Programmable

CLKIN 48 MHz or no clock

HFCKOUT

LFCKOUT

X-Bus Extension

ACCESS.bus Interface

by 2

Divide 20/24 MHz

Modules

Legacy

48 MHz

40/48 MHz

032.768 KHz / 1 Hz

32.768 KHz

1 Hz

RTC

LFCKSEL

2.0 Power, Reset and Clocks (Continued)

www.national.com

The Frequency Multiplier generates either a 40 MHz or a 48 MHz clock out of the 32.768 KHz clock from the on-chip crystal

oscillator (which is a part of the RTC module; see Section 8.2.2 on page 141). The frequency is selected by the value read

at VSB Power-Up reset from the CKIN48 strap input pin (available for read in the CKIN48 bit of the CLOCKCF register; see

Section 3.7.10 on page 55):

•A strap value of ‘0’ configures the PC8741x device to work without a clock signal that is connected to the CLKIN pin and

to generate a 48 MHz internal clock. This clock is used for the Standby and Output clock domains and is also selected

for the Legacy modules.

•A strap value of ‘1’ configures the PC8741x device to work with a 48 MHz clock signal connected to the CLKIN pin and

to generate a 40 MHz internal clock. This clock is used only for the Standby and Output clock domains. The 48 MHz

input clock is selected for the Legacy modules.

The internal clock generated by the Frequency Multiplier is divided by two and used as the basic clock for the ACCESS.bus Inter-

faceand X-Bus Extension modules. In addition, itisscaled-down by a programmable divider and generates theHFCKOUTsignal.

On power-up, when VSB is applied, the Frequency Multiplier waits for the 32.768 KHz clock to stabilize before it starts

generating the internal clock. The multiplier output clock is frozen to a low level until the multiplier provides a stable clock

signal that meets all requirements. Then the multiplier output clock starts toggling.

The status of the internal clock is indicated by the CKVALID bit of the CLOCKCF register. While either the on-chip crystal

oscillator or the Frequency Multiplier is stabilizing, this bit is 0, indicating an internal clock frozen at low level. When the in-

ternal clock starts toggling, this bit is set to 1. The software must activate (enable) the Legacy modules (Serial Ports, Parallel

Port, FDC, KBC) only after the CKVALID bit is set.

The programmable divider scales down the frequency of the internal clock according to the CKIN48 strap and the HFCKDV

field of the CLOCKCF register (see Section 3.7.10 on page 55), as shown in Table 7.

During frequency transitions caused by software changing the HFCKDIV field value, the output clock is guaranteed to be

glitch free. The high or low level of the clock signal is stable for at least half of the shortest cycle between the previous and

the new frequency.

When the alternate function (GPIO07) is selected for the device pin (see Section 3.7.3 on page 49) or if the HFCKDIS bit in

the CLOCKCF register is set, the programmable divider is disabled to save power. When the programmable divider is dis-

abled by setting the HFCKDIS bit, HFCKOUT is stopped at low level.

Speciﬁcations

Frequency Multiplier wake-up time is 33 msec (maximum). This is measured from a valid VSB or a valid 32.768 KHz clock

until the internal clock is stable. Tolerance (long term deviation) of the multiplier output clock, relative to the 32.768 KHz clock,

is ±110 ppm. Total tolerance is therefore ±(input clock tolerance + 110 ppm). Cycle-by-cycle variance is 0.4 nsec (maximum).

2.3.3 Low Frequency Clock

This clock output is obtained by selecting to the LFCKOUT pin either the 32.768 KHz clock or a 1 Hz signal (generated by

the RTC). The LFCKSEL bit in the CLOCKCF register (see Section 3.7.10 on page 55) is responsible for the selection. The

transition from one clock source to the other is not guaranteed to be glitch free.

Table 7. HFCKOUT Frequency Selection

HFCKOUT Frequency HFCKDIV Field Divisor Default

CKIN48 = 0 CKIN48 = 1 Bit 2 Bit 1 Bit 0

48 MHz 40 MHz1

1. The actual value is 40.004 MHz.

0 0 0 1 40 MHz at CKIN48=1

24 MHz 20 MHz 0 0 1 22

2. The output signal, generated using all the division ratios (divisors), has an accurate 50% duty cycle.

24 MHz at CKIN48=0

16 MHz 13.333 MHz 0 1 0 3

12 MHz 10 MHz 0 1 1 4

8 MHz 6.667 MHz 1 0 0 6

6 MHz 5 MHz 1 0 1 8

4 MHz 3.333 MHz 1 1 0 12

3 MHz 2.5 MHz 1 1 1 16

37 www.national.com

3.0 Device Architecture and Conﬁguration

The PC8741x devices comprise a collection of legacy and proprietary functional blocks. Each functional block is described

in a separate chapter in this document. However, some parameters in the implementation of each functional block may vary

per ServerI/O device. This chapter describes the structure of the PC8741x devices and provides all logical device specific

information, including special implementation of generic blocks, system interface and device configuration.

3.1 OVERVIEW

The PC8741x consists of the following: up to 10 logical devices, the host interface, the system controller interface and a

central set of configuration registers. All these components are built around a central, internal bus. The internal bus is similar

to an 8-bit ISA bus protocol. See the Block Diagram on page 1, which illustrates the blocks and the internal bus.

The host, via the LPC Interface, can access the modules connected to the Internal bus. This interface supports 8-bit I/O

Read/Write, 8-bit Memory Read/Write and 8-bit DMA transactions of the LPC bus (see Section 4.2 on page 89).

The system controller can access these modules via the ACB Interface (PC87413 and PC87417). This interface supports

slave operation for 8-bit I/O Read/Write and 8-bit Memory Read/Write transactions of the ACCESS.bus (see Section 6.2 on

page 116).

Both the host and system controller accesses occur concurrently via the Internal bus.

The central configuration register set is ACPI compliant and supports PnP configuration. The configuration registers are struc-

tured as a subset of the Plug and Play Standard registers, defined in Appendix A of the Plug and Play ISA Specification, Re-

vision 1.0a by Intel and Microsoft®. All system resources assigned to the functional blocks (I/O address space, IRQ numbers

and DMA channels) are configured in and managed by the central configuration register set. In addition, some function-specific

parameters are configurable through the configuration registers and distributed to the functional blocks through special control

signals. Access through the ACB Interface (PC87413 and PC87417) ignores the PnP configuration registers and thus the

system resources assigned through them.

3.2 CONFIGURATION STRUCTURE AND ACCESS

The configuration structure is comprised of a set of banked registers that are accessed via a pair of specialized registers.

3.2.1 The Index-Data Register Pair

Access to the ServerI/O configuration registers is via an Index-Data register pair, using only two system I/O byte locations.

The base address of this register pair is determined during reset, according to the state of the hardware strapping option on

the BADDR pin. Table 8 shows the selected base addresses as a function of BADDR. The I/O location of the Index-Data

Table 8. BADDR Strapping Options

The Index register is an 8-bit read/write register located at the selected base address (Base+0). It is used as a pointer to the

configuration register file and holds the index of the configuration register that is currently accessible via the Data register.

Reading the Index register returns the last value written to it (or the default of 00h after reset).

The Data register is an 8-bit register (Base+1) used as a data path to any configuration register. Accessing the Data register

actually accesses the configuration register that is currently pointed to by the Index register.

The Index, Data and Logical Device Number registers are duplicated to enable concurrent access to the configuration reg-

isters from the LPC bus and ACCESS.bus, without contention (PC87413 and PC87417). Each bus has its own set of reg-

isters (Index/Data/LDN) powered from the VSB well (ACCESS.bus set) or the VDD well (LPC bus set). This power scheme

allows access to the configuration registers of the VSB-powered modules while in Power Off state (VDD off). In this case,

access is possible only through the ACCESS.bus.

BADDR I/O Address

Index Register Data Register

0 2Eh 2Fh

1 4Eh 4Fh

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.2.2 Banked Logical Device Registers Structure

Each functional block is associated with a Logical Device Number (LDN). The configuration registers are grouped into banks,

where each bank holds the standard configuration registers of the corresponding logical device. Table 9 shows the LDN val-

ues of the PC8741x functional blocks. Any value not listed is reserved.

Figure 3 shows the structure of the standard configuration register file. The LDN and ServerI/O Configuration registers are

not banked and are accessed by the Index-Data register pair only, as described above. However, the device control and

device configuration registers are duplicated over 10 banks for the 10 logical devices. Therefore, accessing a specific reg-

ister in a specific bank is performed by two-dimensional indexing, where the LDN register selects the bank (or logical device)

and the Index register selects the register within the bank. Accessing the Data register while the Index register holds a value

of 30h or higher actually accesses the configuration registers of the logical device selected by the LDN register and pointed

to by the Index register.

Figure 3. Structure of Standard Conﬁguration Register File

Table 9. Logical Device Number (LDN) Assignments

Write accesses to unimplemented registers (i.e., accessing the Data register while the Index register points to a non-existing

which returns 04h (indicating no DMA channel). The configuration registers are accessible immediately after reset.

LDN Functional Block

00h Floppy Disk Controller (FDC)

01h Parallel Port (PP)

02h Serial Port 2 (SP2)

03h Serial Port 1 (SP1)

04h System Wake-Up Control (SWC)

05h Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC) - Mouse Interface

06h Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC) - Keyboard Interface

07h General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) Ports

0Fh X-Bus Extension (PC87416 and PC87417)

10h Real Time Clock (RTC)

07h

20h

30h

60h

75h

FEh

Logical Device Number Register

ServerI/O Configuration Registers

Logical Device Control Register

Standard Logical Device

Special (Vendor-defined)

Configuration Registers

Banks

2Fh

F0h Bank Select

63h

74h

70h

71h Configuration Registers

(One per Logical Device)

Logical Device

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

39 www.national.com

3.2.3 Standard Configuration Register Definitions

In the registers below, any undefined bit is reserved. Unless otherwise noted, the following definitions also hold true:

•All registers are read/write.

•All reserved bits return 0 on reads, except where noted otherwise. To prevent unpredictable results, do not modify these

bits. Use read-modify-write to prevent the values of reserved bits from being changed during write.

•Write-only registers must not use read-modify-write during updates.

Table 10. Standard General Conﬁguration Registers

Table 11. Logical Device Activate Register

Table 12. I/O Space Conﬁguration Registers

Index Register Name Description

07h Logical Device

Number This register selects the current logical device. See Table 9 for valid numbers. All

other values are reserved.

20h - 2Fh ServerI/O

Conﬁguration ServerI/O conﬁguration registers and ID registers.

Index Register Name Description

30h Activate Bit 0 - Logical device activation control (see Section 3.3 on page 42)

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

Bits 7-1 - Reserved

Index Register Name Description

60h I/O Port Base

Address Bits (15-8)

Descriptor 0

Indicates selected I/O lower limit address bits 15-8 for I/O Descriptor 0.

61h I/O Port Base

Address Bits (7-0)

Descriptor 0

Indicates selected I/O lower limit address bits 7-0 for I/O Descriptor 0.

62h I/O Port Base

Address Bits (15-8)

Descriptor 1 Indicates selected I/O lower limit address bits 15-8 for I/O Descriptor 1.

63h I/O Port Base

Address Bits (7-0)

Descriptor 1 Indicates selected I/O lower limit address bits 7-0 for I/O Descriptor 1.

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

Table 13. Interrupt Conﬁguration Registers

Table 14. DMA Conﬁguration Registers

Index Register Name Description

70h Interrupt Number

and Wake-Up on

IRQ Enable

Indicates selected interrupt number.

Bits 7-5 - Reserved.

Bit 4 - Enables a Power Management event (SCI or wake-up) from the IRQ of the

logical device. When enabled, IRQ assertion sets the respective XXX_IRQ_STS bit

(XXX is MOD, MS or KBD) in the GPE1_STS_3 register (see Section 9.4.11 on

page 210).

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

Note: If the BIOS routine that sets IRQ does not use a Read-Modify-Write

sequence, it might reset bit 4. To ensure that the system wakes up, the BIOS must

set bit 4 before the system goes to sleep.

Bits 3-0 select the interrupt number. A value of 1 selects IRQ1. A value of 15

selects IRQ15. IRQ0 is not a valid interrupt selection and represents no interrupt

selection.

Note: Avoid selecting the same interrupt number (except 0) for different Logical

Devices, as it causes the PC8741x device to behave unpredictably.

71h Interrupt Request

Type Select Indicates the type and polarity of the interrupt request number selected in the

previous register. If a logical device supports only one type of interrupt, the

corresponding bit is read-only.

Bits 7-2 - Reserved.

Bit 0 - Type of interrupt request selected in previous register

0: Edge

1: Level

Bit 1 - Polarity of interrupt request selected in previous register

0: Low polarity

1: High polarity

Index Register Name Description

74h DMA Channel

Select 0 Indicates selected DMA channel for DMA 0 of the logical device (0 - The ﬁrst DMA

channel in case of using more than one DMA channel).

Bits 7-3 - Reserved.

Bits 2-0 select the DMA channel for DMA 0. The valid choices are 0-3, where:

- A value of 0 selects DMA channel 0, 1 selects channel 1, etc.

- A value of 4 indicates that no DMA channel is active.

- The values 5-7 are reserved.

Note: Avoid selecting the same DMA channel (except 4) for different Logical

Devices, as it causes the PC8741x device to behave unpredictably.

75h DMA Channel

Select 1 Indicates selected DMA channel for DMA 1 of the logical device (1 - The second

DMA channel in case of using more than one DMA channel).

Bits 7-3 - Reserved.

Bits 2-0 select the DMA channel for DMA 1. The valid choices are 0-3, where:

- A value of 0 selects DMA channel 0, 1 selects channel 1, etc.

- A value of 4 indicates that no DMA channel is active.

- The values 5-7 are reserved.

Note: Avoid selecting the same DMA channel (except 4) for different Logical

Devices, as it causes the PC8741x device to behave unpredictably.

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

41 www.national.com

Table 15. Special Logical Device Conﬁguration Registers

3.2.4 Standard Configuration Registers

Figure 4. Conﬁguration Register Map

ServerI/O Control and Conﬁguration Registers

The ServerI/O configuration registers at indexes 20h (ServerI/O ID) and 27h (ServerI/O Revision ID) are used for part iden-

tification. The other configuration registers are used for global power management and selecting pin multiplexing options.

For details, see Section 3.7 on page 47.

Logical Device Control and Conﬁguration Registers

Asubsetofthese registers is implemented for each logical device. See functional block descriptions in the following sections.

Index Register Name Description

F0h-FEh Logical Device

Conﬁguration Special (vendor-deﬁned) conﬁguration options.

ServerI/O Control and

Conﬁguration Registers

Logical Device Control and

one per Logical Device

Conﬁguration Registers -

Index Register Name

07h Logical Device Number

20h ServerI/O ID

21h ServerI/O Conﬁguration 1

22h ServerI/O Conﬁguration 2

23h ServerI/O Conﬁguration 3

24h ServerI/O Conﬁguration 4

25h ServerI/O Conﬁguration 5

26h ServerI/O Conﬁguration 6

27h ServerI/O Revision ID

28h ServerI/O Conﬁguration 8

29h Clock Generator Configuration

2Ah ACCESS.bus Configuration

2Bh - 2Fh Reserved for National use

30h Logical Device Control (Activate)

60h I/O Base Address Descriptor 0 Bits 15-8

61h I/O Base Address Descriptor 0 Bits 7-0

62h I/O Base Address Descriptor 1 Bits 15-8

63h I/O Base Address Descriptor 1 Bits 7-0

70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable

71h IRQ Type Select

74h DMA Channel Select 0

75h DMA Channel Select 1

F0h - FFh Device Speciﬁc Logical Device Conﬁguration

(some are optional)

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

Control

The only implemented control register for each logical device is the Activate register at index 30h. Bit 0 of the Activate

register controls the activation of the associated functional block. Activation enables access to the functional block’s runtime

registers and attaches its system resources, which are unassigned as long as it is not activated. Other effects may apply on

a function-specific basis (such as clock enable and active pinout signaling). Access to the configuration register of the logical

device is enabled even when the logical device is not activated.

Standard Conﬁguration

The standard configuration registers manage the PnP resource allocation to the functional blocks. The I/O port base address

descriptor 0 is a pair of registers at Index 60-61h that hold the first 16-bit base address for the register set of the functional

block. An optional 16-bit second base-address (descriptor 1) at index 62-63h is used for logical devices with more than one

continuousregisterset.Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable (index 70h) and IRQ Type Select (index 71h) allocate

an IRQ line to the block and control its type. DMA Channel Select 0 (index 74h) allocates a DMA channel to the block, where

applicable. DMA Channel Select 1 (index 75h) allocates a second DMA channel, where applicable.

Special Conﬁguration

The vendor-defined registers, starting at index F0h, control function-specific parameters such as operation modes, power

saving modes, pin TRI-STATE, clock rate selection and non-standard extensions to generic functions.

3.2.5 Default Configuration Setup

The default configuration setup of the PC8741x device is determined by the six reset types described in Section 2.2 on

page 33. See the specific register descriptions for the bits affected by each reset source.

In the event of a VDD Power-Up (also induced by VSB Power-Up reset) or Hardware reset, the PC8741x device wakes up

with the following default configuration setup:

•The configuration base address is 2Eh or 4Eh, according to the BADDR strap pin value, as shown in Table 8 on page 37.

•If the VSBLOCK bit in the ACBLKCTL register is ‘0’ (see Section 6.3.4 on page 127; in PC87414 and PC87416, VS-

BLOCK is always ‘0’), all lock bits in the Configuration Control registers are reset (the protected bits are unlocked).

•All the actions performed by the Host Software reset are executed.

If a Host software reset occurs, the PC8741x device wakes up with the following default configuration setup:

•All logical devices are disabled (the Activation bit is reset) and the VSB-powered logical devices (X-Bus, GPIO, RTC and

SWC) remain functional but their registers cannot be accessed by the Host.

•Standard configuration registers of all logical devices are set to their default values.

•National proprietary functions are not assigned with any default resources and the default values of their base addresses

are all 00h.

•All Legacy devices are reset. Default values are loaded into the Legacy module runtime registers.

3.3 MODULE CONTROL

Module control is performed primarily through the Activation bit (bit 0 of index 30h) of each logical device. The operation of

each module can be controlled either by the host through the LPC bus or by the Embedded Controller through the

ACCESS.bus (PC87413 and PC87417). This dual control is supported by two interacting mechanisms: a dual enable/dis-

able and an access lock (the access lock is available only through the ACCESS.bus).

3.3.1 Module Enable/Disable

LPC Control. Module enable/disable by the host through the LPC bus is controlled by the following bits (see Figure 5 on

page 44):

●Activation bit (bit 0) in index 30h of the Standard configuration registers (see Section 3.2.3 on page 39).

●Fast Disable bit in the SIOCF6 register (see Section 3.7.7 on page 53) - only for the FDC, Parallel Port and Serial

Port 1 and 2 modules.

●Fast Disable bit in the SWCFDIS register (see Section 9.3.8 on page 184) - only for the KBC, FDC, Parallel Port and

Serial Port 1 and 2 modules.

●Global Enable bit (GLOBEN) in the SIOCF1 register (see Section 3.7.2 on page 48).

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

43 www.national.com

A module is enabled only if all these bits are set to their “enable” value and the module’s enable/disable is not controlled by

the Embedded Controller as described in the next paragraph. Although possible, changing the above bits by the Embedded

Controller through the ACCESS.bus (PC87413 and PC87417) is not recommended.

ACCESS.bus Control. Module enable/disable by the Embedded Controller through the ACCESS.bus (PC87413 and

PC87417) is controlled by the following bits:

●Access lock bit (xxxALOK) in the ACCLCF1 and ACCLCF2 registers (see Sections 6.3.7 and 6.3.8 on pages 131ff.)

- for the FDC, Parallel Port, Serial Port 1 and 2, KBC, X-Bus, RTC and SWC modules.

●Fast Disable bit in the ACBFDIS register (see Section 6.3.5 on page 129) - only for the KBC, FDC, Parallel Port and

Serial Port 1 and 2 modules.

A module is enabled if both the Access lock bit is set to “lock” and the Fast Disable bit is set to “enable”. When the module

enable/disable is controlled by the Embedded Controller, the setting of the Activation, Fast Disable (in both SIOCF6 and

SWCFDIS) or Global Enable bits is ignored (see Figure 5 on page 44).

When a VDD-powered module (FDC, Parallel Port and Serial Port 1 and 2 and KBC) is disabled, the following takes place:

●The host system resources of the logical device (IRQ, DMA and runtime address range) are unassigned.

●Access to the standard- and device-speciﬁc Logical Device conﬁguration registers, through LPC bus or ACCESS.bus,

remains enabled.

●Access to the module’s runtime registers through the LPC bus is disabled (transactions are ignored; SYNC cycle is

not generated).

●Access to the module’s runtime registers through the ACCESS.bus causes unpredictable results, and therefore is not

allowed.

•The module’s internal clock is disabled (the module is not functional) to lower power consumption.

When a VSB-powered module (X-Bus, GPIO, RTC and SWC) is disabled, the following takes place:

●The host system resources of the logical device (IRQ, DMA and runtime address range)) are unassigned, with the

exception of the XIRQ interrupt, which is not a resource of the X-Bus Extension and therefore remains operational.

●Access to the standard- and device speciﬁc Logical Device conﬁguration registers, through the LPC bus or

ACCESS.bus, remains enabled.

●Access to the module’s runtime registers through the LPC bus is disabled (transactions are ignored; SYNC cycle is

not generated).

●Access to the module’s runtime registers through the ACCESS.bus causes unpredictable results, and therefore is not

allowed.

•The module is functional.

3.3.2 Module Lock by ACCESS.bus (PC87413 and PC87417)

A module can be locked to allow only ACCESS.bus control over its registers. In this case, only the setting of the Fast Disable

bit in the ACBFDIS register controls the enable/disable of the module (see Figure 5 on page 44). The setting of the Activation,

Fast Disable (in both SIOCF6 and SWCFDIS) or Global Enable bits is ignored. Module locking is controlled by the bits of

the ACCLCF1 and ACCLCF2 registers (see Sections 6.3.7 and 6.3.8 on pages 131ff.).

When a module is locked for sole use by ACCESS.bus, the following takes place:

●The system resources of the logical device (IRQ, DMA) are forced to their inactive level, with the exception of the

XIRQ interrupt, which is not a resource of the X-Bus Extension and therefore remains operational.

●Host read access to the Logical Device Standard and Device Speciﬁc conﬁguration registers (through the LPC bus)

remains enabled. Host write access to these registers is ignored.

●Host access to the module’s runtime registers (through the LPC bus) is disabled and the transaction is performed ac-

cording to the setting of the ACCLMD ﬁeld, as described in the next paragraph.

•The module is functional.

If, the host tries to access the runtime registers of a locked module, the LPC transaction is performed according to the value

of the ACCLMD field in the ACBCFG register (see Section 6.3.3 on page 127). In addition, the ACCLVIOL bit in the ACBCST

Since a locked module and a disabled module behave similarly, the ACTSTAT bit in the ACBCFG register (see Section 6.3.3

on page 127) allows the software to control the behavior of the Activation bit when read through the LPC bus. When a mod-

ule is locked or disabled by the Fast Disable bit in the ACBFDIS register, the ACTSTAT bit selects the value the host reads

from the Activation bit. This value is either the actual value of the Activation bit or ‘0’ (module disabled).

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

Figure 5. Module Enable and Access Control

3.4 INTERNAL ADDRESS DECODING

A full 16-bit address decoding is applied when accessing the configuration I/O space as well as the registers of the functional

blocks. However, the number of configurable bits in the base address registers varies for each logical device.

The lower 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 address bits are decoded in the functional block to determine the offset of the accessed register

within the logical device’s I/O range of 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 bytes, respectively. The rest of the bits are matched with the base

address register to decode the entire I/O range allocated to the logical device. Therefore, the lower bits of the base address

register are forced to 0 (read only), and the base address is forced to be 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 byte-aligned, according to the size

of the I/O range.

The base address of the FDC, Serial Port 1, Serial Port 2, KBC and RTC are limited to the I/O address range of 00h to 7FXh

only (bits 11-15 are forced to 0). The Parallel Port base address is limited to the I/O address range of 00h to 3F8h. The

addresses of the non-legacy logical devices, including the SWC, GPIO and X-Bus, are configurable within the full 16-bit ad-

dress range (up to FFFXh).

In some special cases, other address bits are used for internal decoding (such as bit 2 in the KBC and bit 10 in the Parallel

Port). The KBC has two I/O base addresses with some implied dependency between them. For more details, see the de-

scription of the base address register for each logical device.

The X-Bus extension (PC87416 and PC87417) serves as a bridge from the LPC to the X-Bus. For module control and se-

curity function registers, the 16-bit base address is applied through the configuration address space. The lower five address

bits are decoded in the X-Bus to access each register. The address ranges in the LPC I/O space and the LPC or FWH mem-

ory space that are bridged to the X-Bus are defined in the configuration section of the X-Bus bridge. The number of address

bits used for this bridge decoding varies according to the specified zones and their sizes. See Sections 3.15.2 and 3.15.3

on pages 74ff. for details of the address range specifications.

Access

Lock

LPC Bus

Fast

Disable

xxxALOK

ACCLCF2 Registers

ACCLCF1,

xxxDIS

ACBFDIS

Fast

Disable

xxxDIS

SIOCF6

Fast

Disable

xxxDIS

SWCFDIS

Global

Enable

GLOBEN

SIOCF1

Activation

Bit

Index 30h

Device Conﬁguration

SWC Module

ACCESS.bus

Interface

Registers

Runtime

ACCESS.bus

Module

Enable

Module

(PC87413, PC87417)

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

45 www.national.com

3.5 PROTECTION

The PC8741x devices provide features to protect the hardware configuration from changes made by application software

running on the host.

The protection is activated by the software setting a “sticky” lock bit. Each lock bit protects a group of configuration bits lo-

cated either in the same register or in different registers. When the lock bit is set, the lock bit and all the protected bits be-

come read only and cannot be further modified by the host through the LPC bus. However, for each lock bit there is an unlock

bit in the ACCESS.bus Interface (ACBLKCTL register; see Section 6.3.4 on page 127). Setting an unlock bit through the

ACCESS.bus resets the corresponding lock bit, thus releasing the locked configuration bits, which again become read/write

bits (PC87413 and PC87417).

In addition, all the lock bits are reset by power-up reset, thus unlocking the protected configuration bits. The VSBLOCK bit

in the ACBLKCTL register (see Section 6.3.4 on page 127; in PC87414 and PC87416, VSBLOCK is always ‘0’) selects

which power-up reset clears the lock bits: VDD Power-Up reset (or Hardware reset) or VSB Power-Up reset. Note that the

locked configuration bits are not reset by the selected power-up reset, unless the selected power-up reset corresponds with

the default reset defined for the power well of the locked configuration bits (see Section 2.2 on page 33).

The bit locking protection mechanism can be used optionally.

The protected groups of configuration bits are described below.

3.5.1 Multiplexed Pins Configuration Lock

Protects the configuration of all the multiplexed device pins.

Lock bit: LOCKMCF in SIOCF1 register (Device Configuration).

Unlock bit: UNLOCKM in ACBLKCTL register (ACCESS.bus Interface - PC87413 and PC87417).

Protected bits: DMAWAIT, IOWAIT in SIOCF1 register and all bits of the SIOCF2, SIOCF3, SIOCF4 and SIOCF5 registers

(Device Configuration).

3.5.2 GPIO Ports Configuration Lock

Protects the configuration (but not the data) of all the GPIO Ports.

Lock bit: LOCKGCF in SIOCF1 register (Device Configuration).

Unlock bit: UNLOCKG in ACBLKCTL register (ACCESS.bus Interface - PC87413 and PC87417).

Protected bits for each GPIO Port: All bits of the GPCFG1, GPEVR and GPCFG2 registers except the LOCKCFP bit (Device

Configuration).

3.5.3 Fast Disable Configuration Lock

Protects the Fast Disable bits for all the Legacy modules.

Lock bit: LOCKFDS in SIOCF6 register (Device Configuration).

Unlock bit: UNLOCKF in ACBLKCTL register (ACCESS.bus Interface - PC87413 and PC87417).

Protected bits: All bits of the SIOCF6 register, except the General-Purpose Scratch bits (Device Configuration).

3.5.4 Clock Generator Configuration Lock

Protects the Clock Generator configuration bits.

Lock bit: LOCKCCF in CLOCKCF register (Device Configuration).

Unlock bit: UNLOCKC in ACBLKCTL register (ACCESS.bus Interface).

Protected bits: All bits of the CLOCKCF register (Device Configuration).

3.5.5 GPIO Ports Lock

Protects the configuration and data of all the GPIO Ports.

Lock bit: LOCKCFP in GPCFG1 register, for each GPIO Port (Device Configuration).

Unlock bit: UNLOCKG in ACBLKCTL register (ACCESS.bus Interface - PC87413 and PC87417).

Protected bits for each GPIO Port: PUPCTL, OUTTYPE and OUTENA in GPCFG1 register; all bits of the GPCFG2 register

(Device Configuration); the corresponding bit (to the port pin) in the GPDO register (GPIO Ports).

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.5.6 X-Bus I/O Map Lock (PC87416 and PC87417)

Protects the configuration of the X-Bus I/O address mapping.

Lock bit: LOCKIOMP in XIOCNF register (Device Configuration).

Unlock bit: UNLOCKX in ACBLKCTL register (ACCESS.bus Interface - PC87417).

Protected bits: All bits of the XIOCNF, XIOBA1H, XIOBA1L, XIOSIZE1, XIOBA2H, XIOBA2L and XIOSIZE2 registers (De-

vice Configuration).

3.5.7 X-Bus Memory Map Lock (PC87416 and PC87417)

Protects the configuration of the X-Bus memory address mapping.

Lock bit: LOCKMMP in XMEMCNF2 register (Device Configuration).

Unlock bit: UNLOCKX in ACBLKCTL register (ACCESS.bus Interface - PC87417).

Protected bits: All bits of the XMEMCNF1, XMEMCNF2, XMEMBAH, XMEMBAL and XMEMSIZE registers (Device Config-

uration).

3.5.8 X-Bus Chip Select Configuration Lock (PC87416 and PC87417)

Protects the configuration of the four X-Bus chip selects.

Lock bit: LOCKXSCF in XZM0 to XZM3 register (X-Bus Extension).

Unlock bit: UNLOCKX in ACBLKCTL register (ACCESS.bus Interface - PC87417).

Protected bits: All bits of the XBCNF, XZCNF0 to XZCNF3 and XZM0 to XZM3 registers, except the WRSTAT bit of the

XZM0-XZM3 registers (X-Bus Extension).

3.5.9 X-Bus Host Protection Lock (PC87416 and PC87417)

Protects the Host Protection configuration bits for each memory block of XCS0 and XCS1 chip selects.

Lock bit: LOCKXHP in all 16 indexes of the HAP0 and HAP1 registers (X-Bus Extension).

Unlock bit: UNLOCKX in ACBLKCTL register (ACCESS.bus Interface - PC87417).

Protected bits: HWRP and HRDP bits of all 16 indexes of the HAP0 and HAP1 registers (X-Bus Extension).

3.5.10 SWC Timers Protection Lock

Protects the access to the reset of the Power Active timers in the SWC module.

Lock bit: LOCK_TMRRST in PWTMRCTL register (System Wake-Up Control).

Unlock bit: UNLOCKS in ACBLKCTL register (ACCESS.bus Interface - PC87413 and PC87417).

Protected bits: All bits of the PWTMRCTL register (System Wake-Up Control).

3.5.11 SWC Sleep State Configuration Lock

Protects the Sleep Type encoding configuration in the SWC module.

Lock bit: LOCK_SLP_ENC in SLP_ST_CFG register (System Wake-Up Control).

Unlock bit: UNLOCKS in ACBLKCTL register (ACCESS.bus Interface - PC87413 and PC87417).

Protected bits: All bits of the SLP_ST_CFG and S0_SLP_TYP to S5_SLP_TYP registers (System Wake-Up Control).

3.5.12 CMOS RAM Access Lock

Protects access lock configuration bits of the CMOS Standard and Extended RAM.

Lock bits: BLSTR, BLRWR, BLEXRWR, BLEXRRD and BLEXR in RLR register (Real-Time Clock).

Unlock bit: UNLOCKR in ACBLKCTL register (ACCESS.bus Interface - PC87413 and PC87417).

Protected bits: Standard and Extended CMOS RAM bits for read and/or write access by the host (Real-Time Clock; see Sec-

tion 3.16.3 on page 87).

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

47 www.national.com

3.6 REGISTER TYPE ABBREVIATIONS

The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:

●R/W = Read/Write.

●R = Read from a speciﬁc register (write to the same address is to a different register).

●W = Write (see above).

●RO = Read Only.

●WO = Write Only. Reading from the bit returns 0.

●R/W1C= Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.

●R/W1S = Read/Write 1 to Set. Writing 1 to a bit sets its value to 1. Writing 0 has no effect.

In the registers below, use one of the following methods to handle the Reserved bits:

●Write 0 to reserved bits, unless another “required value” is speciﬁed. This method can be used for registers contain-

ing bits of all types.

●Use read-modify-write to preserve the values of the reserved bits. This method can be used only for registers con-

taining bits of R/W, RO, R/W1C and R/W1S types.

3.7 SERVERI/O CONFIGURATION REGISTERS

This section describes the ServerI/O configuration and ID registers (those registers with first level indexes in the range of

20h - 2Eh). See Table 16 for a summary and directory of these registers.

Table 16. ServerI/O Conﬁguration Registers

Index Mnemonic Register Name Power Well Type Section

20h SID ServerI/O ID VSB RO 3.7.1

21h SIOCF1 ServerI/O Conﬁguration 1 VSB Varies per bit 3.7.2

22h SIOCF2 ServerI/O Conﬁguration 2 VSB R/W or RO 3.7.3

23h SIOCF3 ServerI/O Conﬁguration 3 VSB R/W or RO 3.7.4

24h SIOCF4 ServerI/O Conﬁguration 4 VSB R/W or RO 3.7.5

25h SIOCF5 ServerI/O Conﬁguration 5 VSB R/W or RO 3.7.6

26h SIOCF6 ServerI/O Conﬁguration 6 VSB Varies per bit 3.7.7

27h SRID ServerI/O Revision ID VSB RO 3.7.8

28h SIOCF8 ServerI/O Conﬁguration 8 VSB R/W 3.7.9

29h CLOCKCF Clock Generator Configuration VSB Varies per bit 3.7.10

2Ah ACBCF ACCESS.bus Configuration VPP R/W or RO 3.7.11

2Bh -

2Fh Reserved for National use

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.7.1 ServerI/O ID Register (SID)

This register contains the identity number of the device family. The PC8741x family is identified by the value EEh.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index 20h

Type: RO

3.7.2 ServerI/O Configuration 1 Register (SIOCF1)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index 21h

Type: Varies per bit

Bit 76543210

Name Family ID

Reset EEh

Bit Description

7-0 Family ID. These bits identify a family of devices with similar functionality but with different implemented

options.

Bit 76543210

Name LOCKMCF LOCKGCF Reserved IOWAIT HSWRST GLOBEN

Reset 0 0 0 10001

Bit Type Description

7 R/W1S LOCKMCF (Lock Multiplexing Configuration). When set to 1, this bit locks the conﬁguration of

registers SIOCF1, SIOCF2, SIOCF3, SIOCF4 and SIOCF5 by disabling writing to all bits in these

registers (including the LOCKMCF bit itself), except for the LOCKGCF, HSWRST and GLOBEN bits of

SIOCF1. Once set, this bit can be cleared either by VDD Power-Up reset (or Hardware reset) or by VSB

Power-Up reset, according to the VSBLOCK bit in the ACBLKCTL register (see Section 6.3.4 on

page 127). In addition, this bit is cleared by setting the UNLOCKM bit in the ACBLKCTL register

(PC87413 and PC787417).

0: R/W bits are enabled for write (default)

1: All bits are RO

6 R/W1S LOCKGCF (Lock GPIO Pins Configuration). When set to 1, this bit locks the conﬁguration registers

of all the GPIO pins (see Section 3.14.2 on page 70) by disabling writing to all their bits (including the

LOCKGCF bit itself). Once set, this bit can be cleared either by VDD Power-Up reset (or Hardware

reset) or by VSB Power-Up reset, according to the VSBLOCK bit in the ACBLKCTL register (see

Section 6.3.4 on page 127). In addition, this bit is cleared by setting the UNLOCKG bit in the

ACBLKCTL register (PC87416 and PC87417).

0: R/W bits are enabled for write (default)

1: All bits are RO

5-4 Reserved (must be ‘01’)

3-2 R/W or

RO IOWAIT (Number of I/O Wait States). These bits set the number of wait states for I/O transactions

through the LPC bus.

Bits

5 4 Number of wait states

0 0 0 (Zero - default)

0 1 2

1 0 6

1 1 12

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

49 www.national.com

3.7.3 ServerI/O Configuration 2 Register (SIOCF2)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index 22h

Type: R/W or RO

1 R/W HSWRST (Host Software Reset). When set to 1, this bit triggers the Host Software reset sequence

(see Section 2.2.6 on page 34), after which it returns to 0. Read always returns 0. This bit is not

inﬂuenced by the value of LOCKMCF.

0: Inactive (default)

1: Trigger the Host Software reset sequence

0 R/W or

RO GLOBEN (Global Device Enable). When set to 1, this bit allows the operation of all the logical devices

of the PC8741x device (see Table 9 on page 38). The behavior of the different devices is explained in

Section 3.3. When cleared, this bit forces all logical devices to be disabled simultaneously by writing to

a single bit.

0: All logical devices in the PC8741x device are forced to be disabled and their resources are released

1: Each logical device may be enabled; see Section 3.3.1 on page 42 (default)

Bit 76543210

Name WDOMUX Reserved NOKBC VDDFLMUX P17MUX P16MUX P12MUX CLKRNMUX

Reset 0 0 1 00000

Bit Description

7WDOMUX (WATCHDOG Out Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 55.

0: GPO64 port - GPIO (default)

1: WDO - SWC

6Reserved.

5NOKBC (Keyboard and Mouse Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pins 125-128.

0: GPIO01-GPIO04 ports - GPIO

1: KBCLK, KBDAT, MCLK, MDAT - KBC (default)

4VDDFLMUX (VDDFELL Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 54.

0: GPIO54 - GPIO (default)

1: VDDFELL - SWC

3P17MUX (P17 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 66.

0: MTR1 - FDC (default)

1: P17 port - KBC

2P16MUX (P16 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 70.

0: DR1 - FDC (default)

1: P16 port - KBC

1P12MUX (P12 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 121.

0: PPDIS - Parallel Port (default)1

1: P12 port - KBC (internally, PPDIS is set to 0; Parallel Port enabled)

1. If this feature is not used, either select the P12 port or connect an external 3.3 KΩpull-down resistor to pin 121.

If the function connected to the pin is PPDIS and the pin is left unconnected, the output signals of the parallel

port will ﬂoat.

0CLKRNMUX (CLKRUN Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 124.

0: GPIO00 port - GPIO (default)

1: CLKRUN - LPC Interface

Bit Type Description

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.7.4 ServerI/O Configuration 3 Register (SIOCF3)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index 23h

Type: R/W or RO

Bit 76543210

Name EXTSTMUX SCIMUX SMIMUX PWBTOMUX PWBTIMUX SLBTIMUX LED2MUX LED1MUX

Reset EXT_ST

_SELECT1

1. The reset value is the same as the value set to the EXT_ST_SELECT bit in the SLP_ST_CFG register (see

Section 9.3.31 on page 199).

0000000

Bit Description

7EXTSTMUX (External PM State Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pins 52 and 53.

0: GPIOE46, GPIOE47 ports - GPIO (internally, SLPS3 and SLPS5 are both set to 1; not in S3-S5 states)

1: SLPS3, SLPS5 - SWC

6SCIMUX (SIOSCI Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 38.

0: GPIO52 port - GPIO (default)

1: SIOSCI - SWC

5SMIMUX (SIOSMI Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 37.

0: GPIO51 port - GPIO (default)

1: SIOSMI - SWC

4PWBTOMUX (PWBTOUT Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 49.

0: PWBTOUT - SWC (default)

1: GPIOE43 port - GPIO

3PWBTIMUX (PWBTIN Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 36.

0: PWBTIN - SWC (default)

1: GPIO50 port - GPIO (internally, PWBTIN is set to 1; Power button not active)

2SLBTIMUX (SLBTIN Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 35.

0: GPIOE42 port - GPIO (default; internally, SLBTIN is set to 1; Sleep button not active)

1: SLBTIN - SWC

1LED2MUX (LED2 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 51.

0: GPIOE45 port - GPIO (default)

1: LED2 - SWC

0LED1MUX (LED1 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 50.

0: GPIOE44 port - GPIO (default)

1: LED1 - SWC

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

51 www.national.com

3.7.5 ServerI/O Configuration 4 Register (SIOCF4)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index 24h

Type: R/W or RO

Bit 76543210

Name HFCKMUX LFCKMUX Reserved SMI2IRQ2 NOXBUS NOADDIR XRDYMUX

Reset 0 0 0 0 0 Strap Strap Strap

Bit Description

7HFCKMUX (HFCKOUT Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 13.

0: HFCKOUT - Clock Generator (default)

1: GPIO07 port - GPIO

6-5 LFCKMUX (LFCKOUT Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 45.

Bits

6 5 Function

0 0 GPIO53 port - GPIO (default; internally, MSEN0 is set to 1)

0 1 LFCKOUT - Clock Generator (internally, MSEN0 is set to 1)

1 0 MSEN0 - FDC

1 1 Reserved

4Reserved.

3SMI2IRQ2 (SMI to IRQ2 Enable). This bit enables the SMI interrupt to the IRQ2 slot of the SERIRQ.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled (the SMI interrupt is shared with the interrupt source selected to IRQ2 - see Table 13 on page 40)

2NOXBUS (Basic X-Bus Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pins 14-19 and 24-31. The

default value is set according to the XCNF2 strap, sampled at VSB Power-Up reset.

0: GPIO20-GPIO25, GPIO30-GPIO37 ports - GPIO

1: XRD_XEN, XWR_XRW, XA3-XA0, XD7-XD0 - X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417)

1NOADDIR (XA11-4 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pins 1-8. The default value is set by

the XCNF1 strap if XCNF2 = 1 or to 0 if XCNF2 = 0. The XCNF2 and XCNF1 straps are sampled at VSB

Power-Up reset.

0: GPIOE10-GPIOE17 ports - GPIO

1: XA11-XA4 - X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417)

0XRDYMUX (XRDY Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 9. The default value is set by the

XCNF0 strap if XCNF2 = 1 or to 0 if XCNF2 = 0. The XCNF2 and XCNF0 straps are sampled at VSB Power-

Up reset.

0: GPIO05 port - GPIO (internally, XRDY is set to 1; device ready)

1: XRDY - X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417)

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.7.6 ServerI/O Configuration 5 Register (SIOCF5)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index 25h

Type: R/W or RO

Bit 76543210

Name XIRQMUX XSTB2MUX XSTB1MUX XSTB0MUX XCS3MUX XCS2MUX XCS1MUX XCS0MUX

Reset 0 Strap Strap Strap 0 0 0 Strap

Bit Description

7XIRQMUX (XIRQ Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 10.

0: GPIO06 port - GPIO (default; internally, XIRQ is set to 0; Interrupt not active)

1: XIRQ - X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417)

6XSTB2MUX (XSTB2 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 32. The default value is set to 0

if XCNF2 = 1 or to 1 if XCNF2 = 0. The XCNF2 strap is sampled at VSB Power-Up reset.

0: XSTB2 - X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417)

1: GPO60 port - GPIO

5XSTB1MUX (XSTB1 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 33. The default value is set to 0

if XCNF2 = 1 or to 1 if XCNF2 = 0. The XCNF2 strap is sampled at VSB Power-Up reset.

0: XSTB1 - X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417)

1: GPO61 port - GPIO

4XSTB0MUX (XSTB0 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 34. The default value is set to 0

if XCNF2 = 1 or to 1 if XCNF2 = 0. The XCNF2 strap is sampled at VSB Power-Up reset.

0: XSTB0 - X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417)

1: GPO62 port - GPIO

3XCS3MUX (XCS3 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 20.

0: GPIOE40 port - GPIO (default)

1: XCS3 - X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417)

2XCS2MUX (XCS2 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 21.

0: GPIOE41 port - GPIO (default)

1: XCS2 - X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417)

1XCS1MUX (XCS1 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 22.

0: GPIO26 port - GPIO (default)

1: XCS1 - X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417)

0XCS0MUX (XCS0 Multiplex Control). Selects the function connected to pin 23. The default value is set to 0 if

XCNF2 = 1 or to 1 if XCNF2 = 0. The XCNF2 strap is sampled at VSB Power-Up reset.

0: XCS0 - X-Bus (PC87416 and PC87417)

1: GPIO27 port - GPIO

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

53 www.national.com

3.7.7 ServerI/O Configuration 6 Register (SIOCF6)

This register provides a fast way to disable one or more modules, without having to access the Activate register of each (see

Section 3.3.1 on page 42).

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index 26h

Type: Varies per bit

Bit 76543210

Name LOCKFDS General-Purpose

Scratch Reserved SER1DIS SER2DIS PARPDIS FDCDIS

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Type Description

7 R/W1S LOCKFDS (Lock Fast Disable Configuration). When set to 1, this bit locks itself, the SER1DIS,

SER2DIS, PARPDIS and FDCDIS bits in this register and the GLOBEN bit in the SIOCF1 register by

disabling writing to all these bits. Once set, this bit can be cleared either by VDD Power-Up reset (or

Hardware reset) or by VSB Power-Up reset, according to the VSBLOCK bit in the ACBLKCTL register

(see Section 6.3.4 on page 127). In addition, this bit is cleared by setting the UNLOCKF bit in the

ACBLKCTL register (PC87413 and PC87417).

0: R/W bits are enabled for write (default)

1: All bits are RO

6-5 R/W General-Purpose Scratch.

4-Reserved.

3 R/W or

RO SER1DIS (Serial Port 1 Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Serial Port 1 module to be disabled

(and its resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

2 R/W or

RO SER2DIS (Serial Port 2 Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Serial Port 2 module to be disabled

(and its resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

1 R/W or

RO PARPDIS (Parallel Port Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Parallel Port module to be disabled

(and its resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

0 R/W or

RO FDCDIS (Floppy Disk Controller Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Floppy Disk Controller

module to be disabled (and its resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit

(index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.7.8 ServerI/O Revision ID Register (SRID)

This register contains the ID number of the specific family member (Chip ID) and the chip revision number (Chip Rev).

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index 27h

Type: RO

3.7.9 ServerI/O Configuration 8 Register (SIOCF8)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index 28h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Chip ID (N/A) Chip Rev

Reset XXXXXXXX

Bit Description

7-5 Chip ID (N/A). These bits identify a specific device of a family. Note: Not applicable for the PC8741x family

4-0 Chip Rev. These bits identify the device revision. The value is incremented on each revision.

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved MIRQ2SMI KIRQ2SMI KBCP12SMI GPIO2SMI Reserved

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-5 Reserved.

4MIRQ2SMI (Mouse IRQ to SMI Enable). Controls the routing of the Mouse interrupt to the SIOSMI pin.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

3KIRQ2SMI (Keyboard IRQ to SMI Enable). Controls the routing of the Keyboard interrupt to the SIOSMI pin.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

2KBCP12SMI (KBC P12 to SMI Enable). Controls the routing of the P12 port of the KBC to the SIOSMI pin.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

1GPIO2SMI (GPIO IRQ to SMI Enable). Controls the routing of the GPIO event (see Section 7.3.2 on page 137)

to the SIOSMI pin.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

0Reserved.

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

55 www.national.com

3.7.10 Clock Generator Configuration Register (CLOCKCF)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index 29h

Type: Varies per bit

Bit 76543210

Name LOCKCCF LFCKSEL HFCKDIS CKVALID CKIN48 HFCKDIV

Reset 0 0 0 0 Strap 0 0 See Table

Bit Type Description

7 R/W1S LOCKCCF (Lock Clock Configuration). When set to 1, this bit locks the conﬁguration register

CLOCKCF by disabling writing to all its bits (including to the LOCKCCF bit itself). Once set, this bit can

be cleared either by VDD Power-Up reset (or Hardware reset) or by VSB Power-Up reset, according to

the VSBLOCK bit in the ACBLKCTL register (see Section 6.3.4 on page 127). In addition, this bit is

cleared by setting the UNLOCKC bit in the ACBLKCTL register (PC87413 and PC87417).

0: R/W bits are enabled for write (default)

1: All bits are RO

6 R/W or

RO LFCKSEL (Low Frequency Clock Select). Selects the frequency generated at the LFCKOUT pin.

0: 32.768 KHz (default)

1: 1 Hz

5 R/W or

RO HFCKDIS (High Frequency Clock Disable). Disables both the HFCKOUT output and the

programmable divider to save power.

0: Enabled (default)

1: Disabled (set low)

4ROCKVALID (Valid Multiplier Clock Status). This bit indicates the status of output from the Frequency

Multiplier (the internal clock signal).

0: Internal clock frozen (default)

1: Internal clock active (stable and toggling)

3ROCKIN48 (Clock Input Available). This bit indicates the value of the CKIN48 strap input, sampled at VSB

Power-Up reset.

0: No clock is available at the CLKIN pin (pin 56 connected to GPIO55 )

1: A 48 MHz clock is available at the CLKIN pin (pin 56 connected to CLKIN)

2-0 R/W or

RO HFCKDIV (High Frequency Clock Divisor). These bits deﬁne the value by which the 48 MHz or 40

MHz internal clock frequency is divided to generate the HFCKOUT signal. The resulting frequency

depends on the value of the CKIN48 bit (see Table 7 on page 36).

Bits

2 1 0 Function

0 0 0 Divide by 1 (default for CKIN48 = 1)

0 0 1 Divide by 2 (default for CKIN48 = 0)

0 1 0 Divide by 3

0 1 1 Divide by 4

1 0 0 Divide by 6

1 0 1 Divide by 8

1 1 0 Divide by 12

1 1 1 Divide by 16

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.7.11 ACCESS.bus Configuration (ACBCF) Register

This register is relevant only for the PC87413 and PC87417. In the PC87414 and PC87416, all bits are held at their

default value.

This register may be written only once. All eight bits must be updated in a single write operation, after which the data in the

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 2Ah

Type: R/W or RO

Bit 76543210

Name ACBPUEN ACBSADD

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7ACBPUEN (ACCESS.bus Signals Pull-Up Enable). This bit controls the internal pull-up resistors connected to

the ACBCLK and ACBDAT signals (see Section 1.5 on page 29).

0: Disconnected (default)

1: Connected

6-0 ACBSADD (ACCESS.bus Slave Address). This ﬁeld deﬁnes the slave address on the ACCESS.bus for the

PC8741x devices. This address, once programmed by the host, is preserved as long as the VPP power is active

(VSB or VBAT). The 7-bit slave address is used to access the PC8741x devices (see Section 6.2.6 on page 118).

A non-zero value read from this ﬁeld indicates that ACBSADD contains a valid slave address.

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

57 www.national.com

3.8 FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER (FDC) CONFIGURATION

3.8.1 General Description

The generic FDC is a standard FDC with a digital data separator and is DP8473 and N82077 software compatible. The

PC8741x FDC supports 14 of the 17 standard FDC signals described in the generic Floppy Disk Controller (FDC) chapter,

including (see Section 10.1 on page 219):

•FM and MFM modes are supported. To select either mode, set bit 6 of the first command byte when writing to/reading

from a diskette, where:

0 = FM mode

1 = MFM mode

•A logic 1 is returned during LPC I/O read cycles by all register bits reflecting the state of floating (TRI-STATE) FDC pins.

Exceptions to standard FDC are:

•Automatic media sense using the MSEN1 signal is not supported

•DRATE1 is not supported.

The FDC functional block registers are shown in Section 10.1 on page 219. All these registers are VDD powered.

3.8.2 Logical Device 0 (FDC) Configuration

Table 17 lists the configuration registers that affect the FDC. Only the last two registers (F0h and F1h) are described here.

See Section 3.2.3 on page 39 for descriptions of the other configuration registers. All these registers are VDD powered.

Table 17. FDC Conﬁguration Registers

Index Conﬁguration Register or Action Type Power Well Reset

30h Activate (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42). R/W VDD 00h

60h Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b. R/W VDD 03h

61h Base Address LSB register. Bits 2 and 0 (for A2 and A0) are read only, 00b. R/W VDD F2h

70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register. R/W VDD 06h

71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write; other bits are read only. R/W VDD 03h

74h DMA Channel Select. R/W VDD 02h

75h Report no second DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

F0h FDC Conﬁguration register. R/W VDD 24h

F1h Drive ID register. R/W VDD 00h

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.8.3 FDC Configuration Register

This register is reset by hardware to 24h.

Power Well: VDD

Location: Index F0h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Four-Drive

Encode

Enable

TDR

Mode

DENSEL

Polarity

Control

FDC 2Mbps

Enable Write

Protect

PC-AT or

PS/2 Drive

Mode Select Reserved TRI-STATE

Control

Reset 00100100

Bit Description

7Four-Drive Encode Enable.

0: Two floppy drives are directly controlled by DR1-0, MTR1-0 (default)

1: Four floppy drives are controlled with the aid of an external decoder

6TDR Register Mode.

0: PC-AT-Compatible Drive mode; i.e., bits 7-2 of the TDR are 111111b (default)

1: Enhanced Drive mode

5DENSEL Polarity Control.

0: Active low for 500 Kbps or 1 or 2 Mbps data rates

1: Active high for 500 Kbps or 1 or 2 Mbps data rates (default)

4FDC 2Mbps Enable. This bit is set only when a 2 Mbps drive is used.

0: 2 Mbps disabled and the FDC clock is 24 MHz (default)

1: 2 Mbps enabled and the FDC clock is 48 MHz

3Write Protect. This bit enables forcing of write protect functionality by software. When set, writes to the floppy

disk drive are disabled. This effect is identical to an active WP signal.

0: Write protected according to WP signal (default)

1: Write protected regardless of value of WP signal

2PC-AT or PS/2 Drive Mode Select.

0: PS/2 Drive mode

1: PC-AT Drive mode (default)

1Reserved.

0TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42), the logical device

output pins are in TRI-STATE.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

59 www.national.com

3.8.4 Drive ID Register

This register is reset by hardware to 00h. This register controls bits 5 and 4 of the TDR register in Enhanced mode.

Power Well: VDD

Location: Index F1h

Type: R/W

Usage Hints: Some BIOS implementations support automatic media sense FDDs, in which case bit 5 of the TDR register

in the Enhanced mode is interpreted as valid media sense when it is cleared to 0. If drive 0 and/or drive 1 do not support

automatic media sense, bits 1 and/or 3 of the Drive ID register must be set to 1 (to indicate non-valid media sense). When

Drive 0 or Drive 1 is selected, the Drive ID bit is reflected on bit 5 of the TDR register in Enhanced mode.

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved Drive 1 ID Drive 0 ID

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-4 Reserved.

3-2 Drive 1 ID. When drive 1 is accessed, these bits are reﬂected on bits 5-4 of the TDR register, respectively.

1-0 Drive 0 ID. When drive 0 is accessed, these bits are reﬂected on bits 5-4 of the TDR register, respectively.

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.9 PARALLEL PORT (PP) CONFIGURATION

3.9.1 General Description

The PC8741x Parallel Port supports all IEEE1284 standard communication modes: Compatibility (also known as Standard

or SPP), Bi-directional (known also as PS/2), FIFO, EPP (also known as mode 4) and ECP (with an optional Extended ECP

mode).

The Parallel Port includes two groups of runtime registers, as follows (see Section 10.2 on page 221):

•A group of 21 registers at first level offset, sharing 14 entries. Three of this registers (at offsets 403h, 404h and 405h)

are used only in the Extended ECP mode.

•A group of four registers, used only in the Extended ECP mode, accessed by a second level offset.

The desired mode is selected by the ECR runtime register (offset 402h). The selected mode determines which runtime reg-

isters are used and which address bits are used for the base address. The FDC functional block registers are shown in

Section 10.2 on page 221. All these registers are VDD powered.

3.9.2 Logical Device 1 (PP) Configuration

Table 18 lists the configuration registers that affect the Parallel Port. Only the last register (F0h) is described here. See Sec-

tion 3.2.3 on page 39 for descriptions of the other configuration registers. All these registers are VDD powered.

Table 18. Parallel Port Conﬁguration Registers

Index Conﬁguration Register or Action Type Power Well Reset

30h Activate (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42). R/W VDD 00h

60h Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b. Bit 2

(for A10) must be 0b. R/W VDD 02h

61h Base Address LSB register. Bits 1 and 0 (A1 and A0) are read only, 00b. For ECP

mode 4 (EPP) or when using the Extended registers, bit 2 (A2) must also be 0b. R/W VDD 78h

70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register. R/W VDD 07h

71h Interrupt Type:

Bits 7-2 are read only.

Bit 1 is a read/write bit.

Bit 0 is read only. It reﬂects the interrupt type dictated by the Parallel Port

operation mode. This bit is set to 1 (level interrupt) in Extended mode and

cleared (edge interrupt) in all other modes.

R/W VDD 02h

74h DMA Channel Select. R/W VDD 04h

75h Report no second DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

F0h Parallel Port Conﬁguration register. R/W VDD F2h

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

61 www.national.com

3.9.3 Parallel Port Configuration Register

This register is reset by hardware to F2h.

Power Well: VDD

Location: Index F0h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Parallel Port Mode Select Extended

Access Reserved Power

Mode

Control

TRI-STATE

Control

Reset 11110010

Bit Description

7-5 Parallel Port Mode Select.

000: SPP-Compatible mode. PD7-0 are always output signals

001: SPP Extended mode. PD7-0 direction is controlled by software

010: EPP 1.7 mode

011: EPP 1.9 mode

100: ECP mode (IEEE1284 register set), with no support for EPP mode

101: Reserved

110: Reserved

111: ECP mode (IEEE1284 register set), with EPP mode selectable as mode 4 (default)

Selection of EPP 1.7 or 1.9 in ECP mode 4 is controlled by bit 4 of the Control2 conﬁguration register of the

parallel port at offset 02h.

Note: Before setting bits 7-5, enable the parallel port and set CTR/DCR (at base address + 2) to C4h.

4Extended Register Access.

0: Registers at base (address) + 403h, base + 404h and base + 405h are not accessible (reads and writes are

ignored)

1: Registers at base (address) + 403h, base + 404h and base + 405h are accessible. This option supports run-

time configuration within the Parallel Port address space (default).

3-2 Reserved.

1Power Mode Control. When the logical device is active:

0: Parallel port clock disabled. ECP modes and EPP time-out are not functional when the logical device is active.

Registers are maintained.

1: Parallel port clock enabled. All operation modes are functional when the logical device is active (default).

0TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42), the logical device

output pins are in TRI-STATE.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.10 SERIAL PORT 2 CONFIGURATION

3.10.1 General Description

Serial Port 2 provides UART functionality by supporting serial data communication with remote peripheral device or modem.

The functional blocks can function as a standard 16450 or 16550 or as an Extended UART.

Serial Port 2 includes four register banks, each containing eight runtime registers, as shown in Section 10.3 on page 224.

All these registers are VDD powered.

3.10.2 Logical Device 2 (SP2) Configuration

Table 19 lists the configuration registers that affect Serial Port 2. Only the last register (F0h) is described here. See Section

3.2.3 on page 39 for descriptions of the other configuration registers. All these registers are VDD powered.

Table 19. Serial Port 2 Conﬁguration Registers

Index Conﬁguration Register or Action Type Power Well Reset

30h Activate (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42). R/W VDD 00h

60h Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b. R/W VDD 02h

61h Base Address LSB register. Bit 2-0 (for A2-0) are read only, 000b. R/W VDD F8h

70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register. R/W VDD 03h

71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is R/W; other bits are read only. R/W VDD 03h

74h Report no DMA Assignment. RO VDD 04h

75h Report no DMA Assignment. RO VDD 04h

F0h Serial Port 2 Conﬁguration register. R/W VDD 02h

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

63 www.national.com

3.10.3 Serial Port 2 Configuration Register

This register is reset by hardware to 02h.

Power Well: VDD

Location: Index F0h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Bank

Select

Enable

Fast

TRI-STATE Reserved Busy

Indicator

Power

Mode

Control

TRI-STATE

Control

Reset 00000010

Bit Description

7Bank Select Enable. Enables bank switching for Serial Port 2.

0: All attempts to access the extended registers in Serial Port 2 are ignored (default)

1: Enables bank switching for Serial Port 2

6Fast TRI-STATE. When set, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE and the input pins are internally

held at inactive level (high), regardless of the device activation (Activation bit - Section 3.3.1 on page 42;

SER2DIS - Section 3.7.7 on page 53; GLOBEN - Section 3.7.2 on page 48; SER2DIS - Section 9.3.8 on

page 184; SER2ALOK - Section 6.3.7 on page 131; SER2DIS - Section 6.3.5 on page 129).

0: Device pins active (default)

1: Device pins disabled

5-3 Reserved.

2Busy Indicator. This read only bit can be used by power management software to decide when to power-down

the Serial Port 2 logical device.

0: No transfer in progress (default)

1: Transfer in progress

1Power Mode Control. When the logical device is active in:

0: Low-Power mode

Serial Port 2 clock disabled. The output signals are set to their default states. The RI input signal can be pro-

grammed to generate an interrupt. Registers are maintained (unlike Active bit in index 30 that also prevents

access to Serial Port 2 registers).

1: Normal Power mode

Serial Port 2 clock enabled. Serial Port 2 is functional when the logical device is active (default).

0TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42), the logical device

output pins are in TRI-STATE.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.11 SERIAL PORT 1 CONFIGURATION

3.11.1 General Description

Serial Port 1 provides UART functionality by supporting serial data communication with remote peripheral device or modem.

The functional blocks can function as a standard 16450 or 16550 or as an Extended UART.

Serial Port 1 includes the same register banks and runtime registers as Serial Port 2 (see Section 10.3 on page 224). All the

registers are VDD powered.

3.11.2 Logical Device 3 (SP1) Configuration

Table 20 lists the configuration registers that affect Serial Port 1. Only the last register (F0h) is described here. See Section

3.2.3 on page 39 for descriptions of the other configuration registers. All these registers are VDD powered.

Table 20. Serial Port 1 Conﬁguration Registers

Index Conﬁguration Register or Action Type Power Well Reset

30h Activate (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42). R/W VDD 00h

60h Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b. R/W VDD 03h

61h Base Address LSB register. Bit 2-0 (for A2-0) are read only, 000b. R/W VDD F8h

70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register. R/W VDD 04h

71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is R/W; other bits are read only. R/W VDD 03h

74h Report no DMA Assignment. RO VDD 04h

75h Report no DMA Assignment. RO VDD 04h

F0h Serial Port 1 Conﬁguration register. R/W VDD 02h

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

65 www.national.com

3.11.3 Serial Port 1 Configuration Register

This register is reset by hardware to 02h.

Power Well: VDD

Location: Index F0h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Bank

Select

Enable

Fast

TRI-STATE Reserved Busy

Indicator

Power

Mode

Control

TRI-STATE

Control

Reset 00000010

Bit Description

7Bank Select Enable. Enables bank switching for Serial Port 1.

0: All attempts to access the extended registers in Serial Port 1 are ignored (default)

1: Enables bank switching for Serial Port 1

6Fast TRI-STATE. When set, the logical device output pins are in TRI-STATE and the input pins are internally

held at inactive level (high), regardless of the device activation (Activation bit - Section 3.3.1 on page 42;

SER1DIS - Section 3.7.7 on page 53; GLOBEN - Section 3.7.2 on page 48; SER1DIS - Section 9.3.8 on

page 184; SER1ALOK - Section 6.3.7 on page 131; SER1DIS - Section 6.3.5 on page 129).

0: Device pins active (default)

1: Device pins disabled

5-3 Reserved.

2Busy Indicator. This read only bit can be used by power management software to decide when to power-down

the Serial Port 1 logical device.

0: No transfer in progress (default)

1: Transfer in progress

1Power Mode Control. When the logical device is active in:

0: Low-Power mode

Serial Port 1 clock disabled. The output signals are set to their default states. The RI input signal can be pro-

grammed to generate an interrupt. Registers are maintained (unlike Active bit in Index 30;s which also prevents

access to Serial Port 1 registers).

1: Normal Power mode

Serial Port 1 clock enabled. Serial Port 1 is functional when the logical device is active (default).

0TRI-STATE Control. When enabled and the device is inactive (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42), the logical device

output pins are in TRI-STATE.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.12 SYSTEM WAKE-UP CONTROL (SWC) CONFIGURATION

3.12.1 General Description

System Wake-up Control provides wake-up and power management functionality according to ACPI specification (see Sec-

tion 9.1 on page 160). Its registers are VPP or VSB powered.

3.12.2 Logical Device 4 (SWC) Configuration

Table 21 lists the configuration registers that affect the SWC. See Section 3.2.3 on page 39 for a detailed description of

these registers. All these registers are VDD powered.

Table 21. System Wake-Up Control (SWC) Conﬁguration Registers

Index Conﬁguration Register or Action Type Power Well Reset

30h Activate. When bit 0 is cleared, the runtime registers of this logical device are

not accessible (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42).1

1. The logical device runtime registers are maintained and all wake-up detection mechanisms are functional.

R/W VDD 00h

60h SWC Base Address MSB register. R/W VDD 00h

61h SWC Base Address LSB register. Bits 4-0 (for A4-0) are read only, 00000b. R/W VDD 00h

62h PM1b_EVT_BLK Base Address MSB register. R/W VDD 00h

63h PM1b_EVT_BLK Base Address LSB register. Bits 1-0 (for A1-0) are read only,

00b. R/W VDD 00h

64h PM1b_CNT_BLK Base Address MSB register. R/W VDD 00h

65h PM1b_CNT_BLK Base Address LSB register. Bits 1-0 (for A1-0) are read only,

00b. R/W VDD 00h

66h GPE1_BLK Base Address MSB register. R/W VDD 00h

67h GPE1_BLK Base Address LSB register. Bits 2-0 (for A2-0) are read only, 000b. R/W VDD 00h

70h Interrupt Number. R/W VDD 00h

71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only. R/W VDD 03h

74h Report no DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

75h Report no DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

67 www.national.com

3.13 KEYBOARD AND MOUSE CONTROLLER (KBC) CONFIGURATION

3.13.1 General Description

The KBC is implemented physically as a single hardware module and houses two separate logical devices: a Mouse con-

troller (Logical Device 5) and a Keyboard controller (Logical Device 6). The KBC is functionally equivalent to the industry

standard 8042A Keyboard controller. Technical references for the standard 8042A Keyboard Controller may serve as de-

tailed technical references for the KBC.

The Keyboard and Mouse Controller runtime registers are described in Section 10.4 on page 228. All the registers are VDD

powered.

3.13.2 Logical Devices 5 and 6 (Mouse and Keyboard) Configuration

Tables 22 and 23 list the configuration registers that affect the Mouse and the Keyboard logical devices, respectively. Only

the last register (F0h) is described here. See Section 3.2.3 on page 39 for descriptions of the other configuration registers.

All these registers are VDD powered.

Table 22. Mouse Conﬁguration Registers

Table 23. Keyboard Conﬁguration Registers

Index Mouse Conﬁguration Register or Action Type Power Well Reset

30h Activate (see Section 3.2.3 on page 39). When the Mouse of the KBC is

inactive, the IRQ selected by the Mouse Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ

Enable register (index 70h) are not asserted. This register has no effect on host

KBC commands handling the PS/2 Mouse.

R/W VDD 00h

70h Mouse Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register. R/W VDD 0Ch

71h Mouse Interrupt Type. Bits 1,0 are read/write; other bits are read only. R/W VDD 02h

74h Report no DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

75h Report no DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

Index Keyboard Conﬁguration Register or Action Type Power Well Reset

30h Activate (see Section 3.2.3 on page 39). When the Keyboard of the KBC is

inactive, the IRQ selected by the Keyboard Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on

IRQ Enable register (index 70h) are not asserted.

R/W VDD 00h

60h Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only, 00000b. R/W VDD 00h

61h Base Address LSB register. Bits 2-0 (for A2-0) are read-only 000b. R/W VDD 60h

62h Command Base Address MSB register. Bits 7-3 (for A15-11) are read only,

00000b. R/W VDD 00h

63h Command Base Address LSB. Bits 2-0 (for A2-0) are read-only 100b. R/W VDD 64h

70h KBD Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register. R/W VDD 01h

71h KBD Interrupt Type. Bits 1,0 are read/write; others are read only. R/W VDD 02h

74h Report no DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

75h Report no DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

F0h KBC Conﬁguration register. R/W VDD 40h

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.13.3 KBC Configuration Register

This register is reset by hardware to 40h.

Power Well: VDD

Location: Index F0h

Type: R/W

Usage Hints:

1. To change the clock frequency of the KBC:

a. Disable the KBC logical devices.

b. Change the frequency setting.

c. Enable the KBC logical devices.

2. Before swapping between the Keyboard and Mouse Interface pins, disable the KBC logical devices and both pin sets.

After swapping, the software must issue a synchronization command to the Keyboard and Mouse through the KBC to

regain synchronization with these devices.

Bit 76543210

Name KBC Clock Source Reserved Swap Reserved TRI-STATE

Control

Reset 01000000

Required 0

Bit Description

7-6 KBC Clock Source. The clock source can be changed only when the KBC is inactive (disabled).

Bits

7 6 Source

0 0 8 MHz

0 1 12 MHz (default)

1 0 16 MHz

1 1 Reserved

5-4 Reserved.

3Swap. This bit swaps between the Keyboard and Mouse Interface pins.

0: KBCLK and KBDAT are Keyboard Interface; MCLK and MDAT are Mouse Interface (default)

1: KBCLK and KBDAT are Mouse Interface; MCLK and MDAT are Keyboard Interface

2-1 Reserved.

0TRI-STATE Control. If the keyboard is inactive (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42) when this bit is set, the KBD pins

(KBCLK and KBDAT) are in TRI-STATE. If the mouse is inactive (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42) when this bit is set,

the mouse pins (MCLK and MDAT) are in TRI-STATE.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

69 www.national.com

3.14 GENERAL-PURPOSE INPUT/OUTPUT (GPIO) PORTS CONFIGURATION

3.14.1 General Description

The GPIO functional block includes 51 pins arranged in seven ports:

●Ports 1 and 4 contain eight GPIOE pins each.

●Ports 0, 2 and 3 contain eight GPIO pins each.

●Port 5 contains six GPIO pins.

●Port 6 contains ﬁve GPO pins (see Section 1.4.8 on page 26).

All the pins of Ports 1 and 4 and have full event detection capability (see Section 1.3 on page 20), enabling them to trigger

the assertion of IRQ or SIOSMI signals. In addition, through the SWC functional block, the pins of Ports 1 and 4 can trigger

the SIOSCI, control the ONCTL signal or enable the generation of a pulse in the PWBTOUT signal. The pins of Ports 0-5

are I/O, however the five pins of Port 6 are output only.

All 51 GPIO pins are powered from the VSB well. The 17 runtime registers associated with the seven ports are arranged in

the GPIO address space as shown in Table 24. The GPIO ports with wake-up event detection capability (such as Ports 1

and 4) have four runtime registers; the other ports have only 2. Port 6 contains only GPO pins and therefore has only one

runtime register. The GPIO base address is 32-byte aligned. Address bits 4-0 are used to indicate the register offset.

The specific runtime registers implemented in the PC8741x devices are shown in Table 24. All these registers are VSB pow-

ered.

Table 24. Runtime Registers in GPIO Address Space

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Port Power Well Type

00h GPDO0 GPIO Data Out 0 0 VSB R/W

01h GPDI0 GPIO Data In 0 VSB RO

02h GPDO1 GPIO Data Out 1 1 VSB R/W

03h GPDI1 GPIO Data In 1 VSB RO

04h GPEVEN1 GPIO Event Enable 1 VSB R/W

05h GPEVST1 GPIO Event Status 1 VSB R/W1C

06h GPDO2 GPIO Data Out 2 2 VSB R/W

07h GPDI2 GPIO Data In 2 VSB RO

08h GPDO3 GPIO Data Out 3 3 VSB R/W

09h GPDI3 GPIO Data In 3 VSB RO

0Ah GPDO4 GPIO Data Out 4 4 VSB R/W

0Bh GPDI4 GPIO Data In 4 VSB RO

0Ch GPEVEN4 GPIO Event Enable 4 VSB R/W

0Dh GPEVST4 GPIO Event Status 4 VSB R/W1C

0Eh GPDO5 GPIO Data Out 5 5 VSB R/W

0Fh GPDI5 GPIO Data In 5 VSB RO

10h GPDO6 GPIO Data Out 6 6 VSB R/W

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.14.2 Logical Device 7 (GPIO) Configuration

Table 25 lists the configuration registers that affect the GPIO. Only the last three registers (F0h - F2h) are described here.

See Section 3.2.3 on page 39 for a detailed description of the other configuration registers. The standard configuration reg-

isters are powered by VDD, however the specific configuration registers are powered by VSB.

Table 25. GPIO Conﬁguration Register

Figure 6 shows the organization of these registers:

Figure 6. Organization of GPIO Pin Registers

Index Conﬁguration Register or Action Type Power Well Reset

30h Activate (see Section 3.2.3 on page 39). R/W VDD 00h

60h Base Address MSB register. R/W VDD 00h

61h Base Address LSB register. Bits 4-0 (for A4-0) are read-only 00000b. R/W VDD 00h

70h Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register. R/W VDD 00h

71h Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write. Other bits are read only. R/W VDD 03h

74h Report no DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

75h Report no DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

F0h GPIO Pin Select register (GPSEL). R/W VSB 00h

F1h GPIO Pin Conﬁguration register 1 (GPCFG1). R/W VSB See text

F2h GPIO Pin Event Routing register (GPEVR). R/W VSB 01h

F3h GPIO Pin Conﬁguration register 2 (GPCFG2). R/W VSB 00h

Port 4, Pin 0

Port 5, Pin 0

Port 6, Pin 0

GPIO Pin

Conﬁguration Registers

Pin Select

Port Select

Port 0, Pin 0

GPIO Pin Select Register

GPIO Pin Event

Routing Register

Port 0, Pin 7

Port 0

Port 6

Pin 0

Pin 7

Port 1, Pin 0

Port 2, Pin 0

Port 3, Pin 0

Port 1

Pin 0

Pin 7

Port 4

Port 1, Pin 0

Port 4, Pin 0

Port 1, Pin 7

(Index F0h)

(Index F1h)

(Index F2h)

(Index F3h)

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

71 www.national.com

3.14.3 GPIO Pin Select Register (GPSEL)

This register selects the GPIO pin (port number and bit number) to be configured (i.e., which register is accessed via the

GPIO configuration registers). Since access to the pin configuration requires two transactions (first to GPSEL, then to the

configuration register) and since the LPC bus and ACCESS.bus concurrently access the module (PC87413 and PC87417),

the GPSEL register is duplicated (one GPSEL register is accessed by the host and one by the ACCESS.bus). This register

is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F0h

Type: R/W

3.14.4 GPIO Pin Configuration Register 1 (GPCFG1)

This register reflects, for both read and write, the register currently selected by the GPIO Pin Select register. All the GPIO

Pin Configuration registers have a common bit structure, as shown below. Ports 1 and 4 are reset by hardware to

01000X00b. Ports 0, 2, 3, 5 and 6 are reset to 00000X00b (see Table 26 on page 72 for the value of ‘X’).

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F1h

Type: Varies per bit

Ports 1 and 4 (With Wake-Up Event Detection Capability)

Ports 0, 2, 3, 5 and 6 (Without Wake-Up Event Detection Capability)

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved PORTSEL Reserved PINSEL

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7Reserved.

5-4 PORTSEL (Port Select). These bits select the GPIO port to be configured:

000: Port 0 (default)

001 to 110: Binary value of port numbers 1-6, respectively (all other values are reserved)

3Reserved.

2-0 PINSEL (Pin Select). These bits select the GPIO pin of the selected port, to be conﬁgured:

000: Pin 0 (default)

001 to 111: Binary value of pin number 1-7, respectively

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved EVDBNC EVPOL EVTYPE LOCKCFP PUPCTL OUTTYPE OUTENA

Reset 01000seeTable2600

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved LOCKCFP PUPCTL OUTTYPE OUTENA

Reset 00000seeTable2600

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

Table 26. Reset Values for PUPCTL Bit

Bit Type Description

7-Reserved (note that for Ports 0, 2, 3, 5, and 6, bits 7-4 are reserved).

R/W Reserved for Ports 0, 2, 3, 5, and 6.

For Ports 1 and 4: EVDBNC (Event Debounce Enable). This bit enables the debounce circuit in the

event input path of the selected GPIO pin. The event is detected after a predetermined debouncing

period of time (see Section 7.3 on page 136).

0: Disabled

1: Enabled (default)

R/W Reserved for Ports 0, 2, 3, 5, and 6.

For Ports 1 and 4: EVPOL (Event Polarity). This bit deﬁnes the polarity of the wake-up signal that

issues an event from the selected GPIO pin (see Section 7.3 on page 136).

0: Falling edge or low level input (default)

1: Rising edge or high level input

R/W Reserved for Ports 0, 2, 3, 5, and 6.

For Ports 1 and 4: EVTYPE (Event Type). This bit deﬁnes the type of the wake-up signal that issues

an event from the selected GPIO pin (see Section 7.3 on page 136).

0: Edge input (default)

1: Level input

3 R/W1S LOCKCFP (Lock Configuration of Pin). When set to 1, this bit locks the GPIO pin conﬁguration and

data (see also Section 7.4 on page 138) by disabling writing to itself, to GPCFG1 register bits PUPCTL,

OUTTYPE and OUTENA, to all the bits of the GPCFG2 register and to the corresponding bit in the

GPDO register. Once set, this bit can be cleared by VDD Power-Up reset (or Hardware reset) or by VSB

Power-Up reset, according to the VSBLOCK bit in the ACBLKCTL register (see Section 6.3.4 on

page 127). In addition, this bit is cleared by setting the UNLOCKG bit in the ACBLKCTL register

(PC87413 and PC87417).

0: R/W bits are enabled for write (default)

1: All bits are RO

2 R/W or

RO PUPCTL (Pull-Up Control). This bit controls the internal pull-up resistor of the selected GPIO pin (see

Section 7.2 on page 135).

0: Disabled (for default value, see Table 26)

1: Enabled (for default value, see Table 26)

1 R/W or

RO OUTTYPE (Output Type). This bit controls the output buffer type of the selected GPIO pin (see Section

7.2 on page 135).

0: Open-drain (default)

1: Push-pull

0 R/W or

RO OUTENA (Output Enable). This bit controls the output buffer of the selected GPIO pin (see Section 7.2

on page 135).

0: TRI-STATE (default)

1: Output buffer enabled

GP(I)O(E)nn 00-07,10-17 20,21 22-25 26,27,30-37,40-42 43-47,50 51-53 54,55,60-63 641

1. The pull-up resistor is disabled during VSB Power-Up reset.

PUPCTL 010 1 0101

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

73 www.national.com

3.14.5 GPIO Event Routing Register (GPEVR)

This register enables the routing of the GPIO event (see Section 7.3.2 on page 137) to IRQ and/or SIOSMI signals. It is

implemented only for Ports 1 and 4, which have wake-up event detection capability. This register is reset by hardware to 01h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F2h

Type: R/W

3.14.6 GPIO Pin Configuration Register 2 (GPCFG2)

This register controls the access to the GPIO pin from one of the two buses. This register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F3h

Type: R/W or RO

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved EV2SMI EV2IRQ

Reset 00000001

Bit Description

7-2 Reserved.

1EV2SMI (Event to SMI Routing). Controls the routing of the event from the selected GPIO pin to SIOSMI (see

Section 7.3 on page 136).

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

0EV2IRQ (Event to IRQ Routing). Controls the routing of the event from the selected GPIO pin to IRQ (see

Section 7.3 on page 136).

0: Disabled

1: Enabled (default)

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved BUSCTL VDDLOAD Reserved

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7Reserved.

6-5 BUSCTL (Bus Control). These bits select the bus (ACCESS.bus or LPC bus) that controls the configuration and

data of the selected GPIO pin. The bus not selected has read-only access to the GPCFG1, GPCFG2 and GPEVR

registers and to the corresponding bit in the GPDO, GPEVEN and GPEVST registers (see Section 7.4.2 on

page 139). In the PC87414 and PC87416, these bits are irrelevant because only the LPC bus is available.

Bits

1 0 Function

0 0 Access from ACCESS.bus and LPC bus (default)

0 1 Access from ACCESS.bus only

1 0 Access from LPC bus only

1 1 Reserved

4VDDLOAD (VDD-Powered Load). This bit indicates that the selected GPIO pin is connected to a device

VDD power to the PC8741x device falls below a certain value (see Section 11.1.5 on page 231).

0: GPIO pin connected to a VSB-powered load (default)

1: GPIO pin connected to a VDD-powered load

3-0 Reserved.

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.15 X-BUS CONFIGURATION

This section is relevant only for the PC87416 and PC87417.

3.15.1 Logical Device F (X-Bus) Configuration

Table 27 lists the configuration registers that affect the X-Bus functional block. The X-Bus base address registers point to

the X-Bus runtime registers described in Section 5.4 on page 106. The memory space to which the X-Bus responds is de-

fined by the configuration registers described in the sections below. See Section 3.2.3 on page 39 for a detailed description

of the other configuration registers. The standard configuration registers are powered by VDD, however the specific config-

uration registers are powered by VSB.

Table 27. X-Bus Conﬁguration Registers

3.15.2 X-Bus I/O Range Programming

LPC I/O transactions can be forwarded to the X-Bus of the PC8741x device. The X-Bus I/O configuration registers define

the map of I/O addresses to be forwarded. The PC8741x provides five individually enabled I/O zones. Each zone generates

an internal select signal that is sent to the X-Bus functional block. The mapping of the internal select signals to the XCS0-3

signals of the PC8741x device is controlled by the X-Bus functional block. See Section 5.2 on page 91 for further details.

The supported I/O zones are:

●User-Deﬁned I/O Zone 0 through 3 (UDIZ0-3) - speciﬁed using the zone size (2nwhere n is 0 through 8) and start

address (must be aligned with the zone size).

●Debug Port Address (TST) - This zone is for debug use only.

Index Conﬁguration Register or Action Type Power Well Reset

30h Activate (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42). When bit 0 is cleared, the

registers of this logical device are not accessible. R/W VDD 00h

60h Base Address MSB register. R/W VDD 00h

61h Base Address LSB register. Bits 4-0 (for A4-A0) are read only, 00000b. Varies per bit VDD 00h

70h Interrupt Number and wake-up on IRQ enable. RO VDD 00h

71h Interrupt Type. RO VDD 00h

74h Report no DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

75h Report no DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

F0h X-Bus I/O Conﬁguration register (XIOCNF). Varies per bit VSB 00h

F1h X-Bus I/O Base Address 1 High Byte register (XIOBA1H). R/W or RO VSB 00h

F2h X-Bus I/O Base Address 1 Low Byte register (XIOBA1L). R/W or RO VSB 00h

F3h X-Bus I/O Size 1 Conﬁguration register (XIOSIZE1). R/W or RO VSB 00h

F4h X-Bus I/O Base Address 2 High Byte register (XIOBA2H). R/W or RO VSB 00h

F5h X-Bus I/O Base Address 2 Low Byte register (XIOBA2L). R/W or RO VSB 00h

F6h X-Bus I/O Size 2 Conﬁguration register (XIOSIZE2). R/W or RO VSB 00h

F7h X-Bus Memory Conﬁguration register 1 (XMEMCNF1). R/W or RO VSB 00h

F8h X-Bus Memory Conﬁguration register 2 (XMEMCNF2). Varies per bit VSB 00h

F9h X-Bus Memory Base Address High Byte register (XMEMBAH). R/W or RO VSB 00h

FAh X-Bus Memory Base Address Low Byte register (XMEMBAL). R/W or RO VSB 00h

FBh X-Bus Memory Size Conﬁguration register (XMEMSIZE). R/W or RO VSB 00h

FCh X-Bus IRQ Mapping register (XIRQMAP). R/W VSB 00h

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

75 www.national.com

These decoded I/O zones are determined by the following seven registers: X-Bus I/O Configuration, X-Bus I/O Zone Base

Address 1/2 High and Low Byte and X-Bus I/O Size 1/2 Configuration. When a zone is enabled but is not associated with

any XCS0-3 select signal in the X-Bus Interface, the X-Bus does not respond to LPC transactions accessing that zone.

The I/O Address Map Lock bit (LOCKIOMP) in XIOCNF register enables protecting the contents of the I/O mapping by pre-

venting modifications to them that would cause access rights violation through aliasing.

Figure 7 illustrates the mapping of the User-Defined I/O zones to the host I/O space. The order between Base Address 1

and 2 is an example only and may be reversed.

3.15.3 X-Bus Memory Range Programming

LPC memory transactions or LPC-FWH transactions can be forwarded to the X-Bus Extension of the PC8741x device.

X-Bus Memory Configuration Register 1 defines the address space to which the device responds. The XCNF2 strap input

controls the default setting of the XMEMCNF1 register to enable booting from memories connected on the X-Bus. Two mem-

ory areas may be individually enabled: a user-defined zone and a BIOS memory zone (either BIOS-LPC, or BIOS-FWH

spaces).

To enable BIOS support, set the XCNF2 strap input to select the BIOS mode (see Section 1.4.11 on page 28 for details).

The PC8741x devices respond to LPC memory read and write transactions to/from the BIOS address spaces (see Table 28)

as long as the BIOLPCEN bit of XMEMCNF1 register is set (see Section 3.15.11 on page 82).

Table 28. BIOS-LPC Memory Space Deﬁnition

The PC8741x devices respond to LPC-FWH read transactions from the high memory address range (’386’ mode BIOS

range), shown in Table 28, as long as BIOFWHEN = 1 in the XMEMCNF1 register.

Memory Address Range Description

000E 0000h - 000E FFFFh Extended BIOS Range (Legacy)

Only when BIOEXTEN = 1 in XMEMCNF1 register

000F 0000h - 000F FFFFh BIOS Range (Legacy)

FFFC 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FFF8 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FFF0 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FFE0 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FFC0 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FF80 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FF00 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FE00 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

386 mode BIOS Range.

This is the upper 256 Kbytes to 32 Mbytes of the memory

space, depending on the setting of BIOSIZE and SEL2BIOS

in XMEMCNF2 (see Section 3.15.12 on page 83).

Figure 7. User-Deﬁned I/O Block Mapping

Host I/O Space

0000h

FFFFh

Base Address 1 (High, Low)

Base Address 2 (High, Low)

Zone Size 1

User-Deﬁned I/O Zone 2 (UDIZ2)

User-Deﬁned I/O Zone 3 (UDIZ3)

User-Deﬁned I/O Zone 0 (UDIZ0)

User-Deﬁned I/O Zone 1 (UDIZ1)

Zone Size 2

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

Table 29. BIOS-FWH Memory Space Deﬁnition

Upon reset in BIOS mode, both the BIOLPCEN and the BIOFWHEN bits in the XMEMCNF1 register are set. The PC8741x

device automatically detects the type of host boot protocol in use via the first completed BIOS read transaction after reset.

If the first read is an LPC memory read, the BIOFWHEN bit is cleared. If the first read is an LPC-FWH read, the BIOLPCEN

bit is cleared. The succeeding LPC or LPC-FWH transactions do not influence the BIOLPCEN and BIOFWHEN bits. The

software can later enable the response to both address spaces by setting the cleared bit. Figure 8 illustrates this behavior.

Figure 8. BIOS Mapping Enable Scheme

The two User-Defined Memory Zones (MEM0 and MEM1) are specified via a 32-bit base address. This address is formed

by eight bits of the XMEMBAL register, eight bits of the XMEMBAH register and 16 least significant bits of 0. The size of

each zone is specified through the XMEMSIZE register. The base address must be aligned to the block size. Figure 9 and

Figure 10 illustrate the mapping of the LPC and FWH spaces to the different memory zones.

The Memory Address Map Lock bit in X-Bus Memory Configuration Register 2 enables protection of the contents of the

memory mapping, thus preventing modifications to them that may cause access rights violation through aliasing.

The address used for the X-Bus transaction is the 28 least significant bits of the address bus. In read transactions, the data

read from the X-Bus is passed to the LPC bus. In write transactions, the data from the LPC is passed to the X-Bus.

Memory Address Range Description

FFFC 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FFF8 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FFF0 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FFE0 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FFC0 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FF80 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FF00 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

FE00 0000h - FFFF FFFFh

386 mode BIOS Range.

This is the upper 256 Kbytes to 32 Mbytes of the memory

space, depending on the setting of BIOSIZE and SEL2BIOS

in XMEMCNF2 (see Section 3.15.12 on page 83). The

PC8741x devices use the ID field and address bits A18-A27

to A25-A27, respectively, to identify FWH access to the BIOS

memory.

Only hardware controlled transitions are shown.

Other transitions are possible via software

writing to the bits.

Note: BIOFWHEN = 1

BIOLPCEN = 0

BIOFWHEN = 0

BIOLPCEN = 1

BIOFWHEN = 0

BIOLPCEN = 0

VSB Power-Up Reset XCNF2 = Disable BIOS

XCNF2 = Enable BIOS

First Memory Read

is LPC First Memory Read

is FWH

BIOFWHEN = 1

BIOLPCEN = 1

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

77 www.national.com

3.15.4 X-Bus I/O Configuration Register (XIOCNF)

This register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F0h

Type: Varies per bit

Bit 76543210

Name LOCKIOMP Reserved TSTADEN UDIOZEN3 UDIOZEN2 UDIOZEN1 UDIOZEN0

Reset 00000000

Figure 9. Memory Block Mapping

Host Memory Space

0000 0000h

FFFF FFFFh

Memory Base Address (High, Low)

Memory Zone Size

BIOS Size

User-Deﬁned Memory Zone 0 (MEM 0)

BIOS Zone 1 (BIOS 1)

BIOS Zone 0 (BIOS 0)

Legacy BIOS Address space

Memory Zone Size User-Deﬁned Memory Zone 1 (MEM 1)

Figure 10. FWH Memory Mapping

FWH Space

0000 0000h

FFFF FFFFh

BIOS Size

BIOS Size BIOS Zone 1 (BIOS 1)

BIOS Zone 0 (BIOS 0)

FWH ID Match

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.15.5 X-Bus I/O Base Address 1 High Byte Register (XIOBA1H)

This register describes the high byte of the Base Address for user-defined I/O zone blocks 0 and 1, which are mapped to

the X-Bus. This register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F1

Type: R/W or RO

Bit Type Description

7 RW1L LOCKIOMP (Lock I/O Address Map). When set to 1, this bit locks the conﬁguration of registers

XIOCNF, XIOBA1H, XIOBA1L, XIOSIZE1, XIOBA2H, XIOBA2L and XIOSIZE2 by disabling writing to all

their bits (including to the LOCKIOMP bit itself). Once set, this bit can be cleared either by VDD Power-

Up reset (or Hardware reset) or by VSB Power-Up reset, according to the VSBLOCK bit in the

ACBLKCTL register (see Section 6.3.4 on page 127). In addition, this bit is cleared by setting the

UNLOCKX bit in the ACBLKCTL register (PC87417).

0: R/W bits are enabled for write (default)

1: All bits are RO

6-5 - Reserved.

4 R/W or

RO TSTADEN (TST Debug Port Address Enable). When set, enables the mapping of I/O address 80h to

the X-Bus space.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

3 R/W or

RO UDIOZEN3 (User-Defined I/O Zone Enable 3). This bit enables the mapping of the User-Deﬁned I/O

zone 3 to the X-Bus space. The zone base address and size are deﬁned by the XIOBA2H/XIOBA2L

and XIOSIZE2 registers, respectively.

The base address for this Zone is: (Base Address 2) + (Size 2)

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

2 R/W or

RO UDIOZEN2 (User-Defined I/O Zone Enable 2). This bit enables the mapping of the User-Deﬁned I/O

zone 2 to the X-Bus space. The zone base address and size are deﬁned by the XIOBA2H/XIOBA2L

and XIOSIZE2 registers, respectively.

The base address for this Zone is: (Base Address 2)

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

1 R/W or

RO UDIOZEN1 (User-Defined I/O Zone Enable 1). This bit enables the mapping of the User-Deﬁned I/O

zone 1 to the X-Bus space. The zone base address and size are deﬁned by the XIOBA1H/XIOBA1L

and XIOSIZE1 registers, respectively.

The base address for this Zone is: (Base Address 1) + (Size 1)

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

0 R/W or

RO UDIOZEN0 (User-Defined I/O Zone Enable 0). This bit enables the mapping of the User-Deﬁned I/O

zone 0 to the X-Bus space. The zone base address and size are deﬁned by the XIOBA1H/XIOBA1L

and XIOSIZE1 registers, respectively.

The base address for this Zone is: (Base Address 1)

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

Bit 76543210

Name IOBA1H

Reset 00000000

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

79 www.national.com

3.15.6 X-Bus I/O Base Address 1 Low Byte Register (XIOBA1L)

This register describes the low byte of the Base Address for User-Defined I/O zone blocks 0 and 1, which are mapped to

the X-Bus. This register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F2h

Type: R/W or RO

3.15.7 X-Bus I/O Size 1 Configuration Register (XIOSIZE1)

This register defines the size of User-Defined I/O zone blocks 0 and 1, which are mapped to the X-Bus. The two blocks are

contiguous and both have the same size. The User-Defined I/O Zone 1 address does not depend on Zone 0 being enabled.

This register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F3h

Type: R/W or RO

Bit Description

7-0 IOBA1H (I/O User-Defined Zone Base Address 1 High). Deﬁnes the upper eight bits of the user-deﬁned I/O

blocks 0 and 1 base address. The base address must be aligned on the selected block size.

Bit 76543210

Name IOBA1L

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 IOBA1L (I/O User-Defined Zone Base Address 1 Low). Deﬁnes the lower eight bits of the user-deﬁned I/O

blocks 0 and 1 base address. The base address must be aligned on the selected block size.

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved IOSIZE1

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-4 Reserved.

3-0 IOSIZE1 (User-Defined I/O Zone Size 1). Deﬁnes the size in bytes of the zone window. The size is deﬁned as

a power of two using the equation: NumOfBytes = 2n(where n = the value of the IOSIZE1 ﬁeld). The zone must

always be aligned to the window size (i.e., for a 128-byte window, the seven LSBs of the base address are zero).

Bits

3 2 1 0 Size (Bytes)

0000 1(2

0- default)

...

1 0 0 0 256 (28)

Other Reserved

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.15.8 X-Bus I/O Base Address 2 High Byte Register (XIOBA2H)

This register describes the high byte of the Base Address for User-Defined I/O zone blocks 2 and 3, which are mapped to

the X-Bus. This register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F4

Type: R/W or RO

3.15.9 X-Bus I/O Base Address 2 Low Byte Register (XIOBA2L)

This register describes the low byte of the Base Address for User-Defined I/O zone blocks 2 and 3, which are mapped to

the X-Bus. This register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F5h

Type: R/W or RO

Bit 76543210

Name IOBA2H

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 IOBA2H (I/O User-Defined Zone Base Address 2 High). Deﬁnes the upper eight bits of the User-Deﬁned I/O

blocks 2 and 3 base address. The base address must be aligned on the selected block size.

Bit 76543210

Name IOBA2L

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 IOBA2L (I/O User-Defined Zone Base Address 2 Low). Deﬁnes the lower eight bits of the user-deﬁned I/O

blocks 2 and 3 base address. The base address must be aligned on the selected block size.

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

81 www.national.com

3.15.10 X-Bus I/O Size 2 Configuration Register (XIOSIZE2)

This register defines the size of User-Defined I/O zone blocks 2 and 3, which are mapped to the X-Bus. The two blocks are

contiguous and have the same size. The User-Defined I/O Zone 3 address does not depend on Zone 2 being enabled. This

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F6h

Type: R/W or RO

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved IOSIZE2

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-4 Reserved.

3-0 IOSIZE2 (User-Defined I/O Zone Size 2). Deﬁnes the size in bytes of the zone window. The size is deﬁned as

a power of two using the equation: NumOfBytes = 2n(where n = the value of bits 3-0). The zone must always

be aligned to the window size (i.e., for a 128-byte window, the seven LSBs of the base address are zero).

Bits

3 2 1 0 Size (Bytes)

0000 1(2

0- default)

...

1 0 0 0 256 (28)

Other Reserved

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.15.11 X-Bus Memory Configuration Register 1 (XMEMCNF1)

This register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F7h

Type: R/W or RO

Bit 76543210

Name FWHID BIOFWHEN UDMEMEN BIOEXTEN BIOLPCEN

Reset 0000Strap00Strap

Bit Description

7-4 FWHID (BIOS FWH ID). These four bits correspond to the Device Select nibble that is part of a FWH transaction

(see Section 4.2 on page 89 for details).

3BIOFWHEN (BIOS FWH Enable). When set, this bit enables the PC8741x device to respond to LPC-FWH

transactions to the BIOS-FWH space. The default value is set according to the XCNF2 strap, sampled at VSB

Power-Up reset. The value of this bit is later updated based on the detected host BIOS scheme (see Section

3.15.3 on page 75 for details).

0: Disabled (default when XCNF2 = 0 - disables BIOS configuration)

1: Enabled (default when XCNF2 = 1 - enables BIOS configuration)

2UDMEMEN (User-Defined Memory Space Enable). When set, this bit enables the PC8741x device to respond

to LPC memory read and write transactions in the user-deﬁned memory range. The base address and size of

the user-deﬁned range is speciﬁed by the XMEMBAH/XMEMBAL and XMEMSIZE registers, respectively.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

1BIOEXTEN (BIOS Extended Space Enable). Expands the BIOS address space to which the PC8741x device

responds, to include the Extended BIOS address range.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

0BIOLPCEN (BIOS LPC Enable). Enables the PC8741x device to respond to LPC memory transactions to the

BIOS-LPC space. The default value is set according to the XCNF2 strap, sampled at VSB Power-Up reset. The

value of this bit is later updated, based on the detected host BIOS scheme (see Section 3.15.3 on page 75 for

details).

0: Disabled (default when XCNF2 = 0 - disables BIOS configuration)

1: Enabled (default when XCNF2 = 1 - enables BIOS configuration)

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

83 www.national.com

3.15.12 X-Bus Memory Configuration Register 2 (XMEMCNF2)

This register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F8h

Type: Varies per bit

Bit 76543210

Name LOCKMMP Reserved SEL2UDM SEL2BIOS BIOSIZE

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7LOCKMMP (Lock Memory Address Map). When set to 1, this bit locks the conﬁguration of registers

XMEMCNF1, XMEMCNF2, XMEMBAH, XMEMBAL and XMEMSIZE by disabling writing to all their bits

(including to the LOCKMAP bit itself). Once set, this bit can be cleared either by VDD Power-Up reset (or

Hardware reset) or by VSB Power-Up reset, according to the VSBLOCK bit in the ACBLKCTL register (see

Section 6.3.4 on page 127). In addition, this bit is cleared by setting the UNLOCKX bit in the ACBLKCTL register

(PC87417).

0: R/W bits are enabled for write (default)

1: All bits are RO

6-5 Reserved.

4SEL2UDM (Dual User-Defined Memory Select Enable). Enables the PC8741x device to control two memory

devices for data storage. The second zone (MEM Zone 1) is mapped on top of the ﬁrst zone (MEM Zone 0).

Both zones are the same size. The base address of MEM Zone 0 is speciﬁed by the XMEMBAH and XMEMBAL

registers. The size of both memory zones is speciﬁed by the XMEMSIZE register. The base address of MEM

Zone 1 is: (Base Address Memory Zone) + (Size Memory Zone).

0: Disabled - Use only MEM Zone 0, if enabled (default)

1: Enabled - If the user-defined memory is enabled, use both MEM Zone 0 and MEM Zone 1

3SEL2BIOS (Dual BIOS Select Enable). Enables the PC8741x device to control two ﬂash devices for BIOS

storage. The ﬁrst device (BIOS Zone 0) is used for legacy and the upper 386 zone. BIOS zone 1 is on the next

“BIOS Size” block in the 386 address range (addresses lower than these of Block 1). When FWH is enabled,

BIOS Zone 0 responds to the upper addresses and BIOS Zone 1, if enabled, responds to the group below Zone

0, as deﬁned by BIOS Size. Both zones use the same FWHID value.

0: Disabled - Use BIOS Zone 0 only, if enabled (default)

1: Enabled - If either the LPC BIOS or the FWH BIOS is enabled, use both BIOS Zone 0 and BIOS Zone 1

2-0 BIOSIZE (BIOS Size). Define the Size of one BIOS Zone in the 386 range. Note that by setting the Dual BIOS

Select Enable, two equal-sized BIOS Zones are available.

Bits

2 1 0 Size (Bytes)

0 0 0 256 Kbytes (default)

0 0 1 512 Kbytes

010 1Mbyte

0 1 1 2 Mbytes

1 0 0 4 Mbytes

1 0 1 8 Mbytes

1 1 0 16 Mbytes

1 1 1 Reserved

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.15.13 X-Bus Memory Base Address High Byte Register (XMEMBAH)

This register describes the high byte for the user-defined memory zones mapped to the X-Bus (decoded as bits 31 to 24 of

the 32-bit address range; bits 15-0 are 0). This register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F9h

Type: R/W or RO

3.15.14 X-Bus Memory Base Address Low Byte Register (XMEMBAL)

This register describes the low byte for the user-defined memory zones mapped to the X-Bus (decoded as bits 23 to 16 of

the 32-bit address range; bits 15 to 0 are 0). This register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index FAh

Type: R/W or RO

Bit 76543210

Name MEMBAH

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 MEMBAH (User-Defined Memory Zone Address High). Deﬁnes the upper eight bits of the user-deﬁned

memory block base address. The base address must be aligned on the selected block size.

Bit 76543210

Name MEMBAL

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 MEMBAL (User-Defined Memory Zone Address Low). Deﬁnes the lower eight bits of the user-deﬁned

memory block base address. The base address must be aligned on the selected block size.

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

85 www.national.com

3.15.15 X-Bus Memory Size Configuration Register (XMEMSIZE)

This register defines the size of each user-defined memory zone mapped to the X-Bus. This register is reset by hardware

to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index FBh

Type: R/W or RO

3.15.16 X-Bus IRQ Mapping Register (XIRQMAP)

This register defines the mapping of the XIRQ signal.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index FCh

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved MEMSIZE

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-4 Reserved.

3-0 MEMSIZE (User-Defined Memory Zone Size). Deﬁnes the size of one zone window (in bytes). The size is

deﬁned as a power of two using the equation: NumOfBytes = 2n(where n = the value of the MEMSIZE ﬁeld

+16). The zone must always be aligned to the window size (i.e., for a 128 Kbyte window, the 17 LSBs of the

address must be zero).

Bits

3 2 1 0 Size (Bytes)

0 0 0 0 64K (216 - default)

...

1 0 0 0 16M (224)

Other Reserved

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved IRQMAP

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-4 Reserved.

3-0 IRQMAP (XIRQ Mapping). Deﬁnes to which host IRQ the XIRQ input is routed.

Bits

3 2 1 0 Function

0000 IRQDisabled (default)

0001 IRQ1

...

1 1 1 1 IRQ 15

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.16 REAL TIME CLOCK (RTC) CONFIGURATION

3.16.1 General Description

The RTC provides timekeeping and calendar management capabilities. It uses a 32.768 KHz signal as the basic clock for

timekeeping. The RTC also includes 242 bytes of battery-backed RAM for general-purpose use.

The RTC runtime registers are shown in Section 8.3.2 on page 149. These registers are VPP powered.

3.16.2 Logical Device 10 (RTC) Configuration

Table 30 lists the configuration registers that affect the Real Time Clock. The standard configuration registers (see Section

3.2.3 on page 39) are powered by VDD. The specific configuration registers are powered by VSB.

Table 30. RTC Conﬁguration Registers

Index RTC Conﬁguration Register or Action Type Power Well Reset

30h Activate (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42). When bit 0 is cleared, the runtime

registers of this logical device are not accessible. R/W VDD 00h

60h Standard Base Address MSB register. R/W VDD 00h

61h Standard Base Address LSB register. Bit 0 (for A0) is read only 0b. R/W VDD 70h

62h Extended RAM Base Address MSB register. R/W VDD 00h

63h Extended RAM Base Address LSB register. Bit 0 (for A0) is read only 0b. R/W VDD 72h

70h RTC Interrupt Number and Wake-Up on IRQ Enable register. R/W VDD 08h

71h RTC Interrupt Type. Bit 1 is read/write; other bits are read only. R/W VDD 00h

74h Report no DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

75h Report no DMA assignment. RO VDD 04h

F0h RAM Lock Register (RLR). R/W1S VSB 00h

F1h Date-of-Month Alarm Register Offset (DOMAO). R/W VSB 00h

F2h Month Alarm Register Offset (MONAO). R/W VSB 00h

F3h Century Register Offset (CENO). R/W VSB 00h

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

87 www.national.com

3.16.3 RAM Lock Register (RLR)

Once a non-reserved bit is set to 1, it can be cleared either by VDD Power-Up reset (or Hardware reset) or by VSB Power-Up

reset, according to the VSBLOCK bit in the ACBLKCTL register (see Section 6.3.4 on page 127). In addition, all the bits are

cleared by setting the UNLOCKR bit in the ACBLKCTL register (see Section 6.3.4 on page 127 - PC87413 and PC87417).

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F0h

Type: R/W1S

Bit 76543210

Name BLSTR BLRWR BLEXRWR BLEXRRD BLEXR Reserved

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7BLSTR (Block Standard RAM). Disables both read and write access to locations 38h-3Fh of the Standard RAM

(writes are ignored; reads return FFh).

0: Normal access (default)

1: Read and write to locations 38h-3Fh of the Standard RAM are blocked

6BLRWR (Block RAM Write). Disables write access to both the Standard and Extended RAM (writes are

ignored).

0: Normal access (default)

1: Writes to RAM (Standard and Extended) are blocked

5BLEXRWR (Block Extended RAM Write). Disables write access to bytes 00h-1Fh of the Extended RAM (writes

are ignored).

0: Normal access (default)

1: Writes to bytes 00h-1Fh of the Extended RAM are blocked

4BLEXRRD (Block Extended RAM Read). Disables read access from bytes 00h-1Fh of the Extended RAM

(reads return FFh).

0: Normal access (default)

1: Reads from bytes 00h-1Fh of the Extended RAM are blocked

3BLEXR (Block Extended RAM). Disables both read and write access to the Extended RAM (writes are ignored;

reads return FFh).

0: Normal access (default)

1: Read and write to the Extended RAM are blocked

2-0 Reserved.

3.0 Device Architecture and Configuration (Continued)

www.national.com

3.16.4 Date-of-Month Alarm Register Offset (DOMAO)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F1h

Type: R/W

3.16.5 Month Alarm Register Offset (MONAO)

Power Well:VSB

Location:Index F2h

Type: R/W

3.16.6 Century Register Offset (CENO)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Index F3h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved DOMAO

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7Reserved.

6-0 DOMAO (Date of Month Alarm Register Offset Value). Sets the offset value of the Date-of-Month Alarm

(DOMA) runtime register.

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved MONAO

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7Reserved.

6-0 MONAO (Month Alarm Register Offset Value). Sets the offset value of the Month Alarm (MONA) runtime

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved CENO

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7Reserved.

6-0 CENO (Century Register Offset Value). Sets the offset value of the Century (CEN) runtime register.

89 www.national.com

4.0 LPC Bus Interface

With the exception of the ACCESS.bus Interface, the host can access all the functional blocks of the PC8741x device

through the LPC bus.

4.1 OVERVIEW

The LPC host Interface supports 8-bit I/O Read, 8-bit I/O Write and 8-bit DMA transactions, as defined in Intel’s LPC Inter-

face Speciﬁcation, Revision 1.0.

4.2 LPC TRANSACTIONS

The LPC Interface of the PC8741x devices can respond to the following LPC transactions as part of the standard ServerI/O

implementation:

• 8-bit I/O read and write cycles.

• 8-bit DMA read and write cycles.

• DMA request cycles.

In addition, the X-Bus bridge uses the following transactions (PC87416 and PC87417):

• 8-bit I/O read and write cycles.

• 8-bit memory read and write.

• 8-bit FWH read

LPC-FWH Cycles: The LPC bus and the ACCESS.bus (PC87413 and PC87417) use the internal bus of the PC8741x de-

vice to access the internal modules or to bridge transactions to the X-Bus (see the Block Diagrams on pages 1 and 5). In

case both the LPC and the ACCESS.bus try to access targets (same or different) through the internal bus simultaneously,

the LPC transaction is deferred until the end of the ACCESS.bus transaction. This is achieved by generating Long Wait

SYNC cycles on the LPC bus. The amount of time the LPC bus waits depends on the duration of the ACCESS.bus transac-

tion (see Section 6.2.10 on page 124). An LPC transaction that starts before an ACCESS.bus transaction is performed nor-

mally (i.e., without interference).

The LPC-FWH read cycle is similar to the LPC memory read cycle, as shown below. The DATA, TAR and SYNC fields are

as specified for LPC memory read cycle. The START field is similar to the equivalent field in the LPC memory read cycle

but differs in the data placed on the LAD signals (see details in the cycle description). The Address field contains only seven

nibbles (A27-A0), starting with the most significant. The IDSEL and MSIZE fields are specific to LPC-FWH transactions.

FWH Read Cycle

1. START FWH Memory Read cycle type = 1101 (0Dh).

2. IDSEL FWH Device Select ID nibble (compared with the FWHID field in the XMEMCNF1 register,

Section 3.15.11 on page 82).

3. MADDR Memory Address: seven address nibbles, MS nibble first (see LPC-FWH Address Translation:, below).

4. MSIZE Memory Size, single byte = 0000 (00h).

5. TAR (two cycles).

6. SYNC.

7. DATA Data: two nibbles, LS nibble first (D3-D0, D7-D4).

8. TAR (two cycles).

The IDSEL field is compared with the FWHID field in the XMEMCNF1 register, described in Section 3.15.11 on page 82. If

the two match, the PC8741x device continues handling the transaction; if not, the current LPC-FWH transaction is ignored.

The MSIZE field is ignored by the PC8741x devices.

LPC-FWH Address Translation: The address field in the LPC-FWH transaction is constructed of seven nibbles, containing

the 28 LS address bits (A27-A0), as follows: the first incoming nibble corresponds to addresses A27-A24, the second to A23-

A20, and so forth, until the seventh nibble, which corresponds to A3-A0. The MS bits of the 32-bit addresses (A31-A28) are

assumed to be ‘1111’.

4.0 LPC Bus Interface (Continued)

www.national.com

4.3 CLKRUN FUNCTIONALITY

The PC8741x devices support the CLKRUN I/O signal, which is implemented according to the specification in PCI Mobile

Design Guide,Revision 1.1, December 18, 1998. The PC8741x devices support operation with both a slow and stopped

clock in ACPI state S0 (the system is active but is not being accessed). In the following cases, the PC8741x device drives

the CLKRUN signal low to force the LPC bus clock into full speed operation:

●An IRQ is pending internally, waiting to be sent through the serial IRQ.

●A DMA request is pending internally, waiting to be sent through the serial DMA.

Note: When the CLKRUN signal is not in use, the PC8741x devices assume a valid clock on the LCLK pin.

4.4 INTERRUPT SERIALIZER

The Interrupt Serializer translates parallel interrupt request (PIRQ) signals received from external devices, via the XIRQ pin

(PC87416 and PC87417) and from internal IRQ sources, into serial interrupt request data transmitted over the SERIRQ bus.

This enables devices that support only parallel IRQs to be integrated into a system that supports only serial IRQs.

The external XIRQ signal and the internal IRQs are fed into a Mapping, Enable and Polarity Control block, which maps them

to their associated IRQ slots. The IRQs are then fed into the Interrupt Serializer, where they are translated into serial data

and transmitted over the SERIRQ bus.

The XIRQ input value is routed to the Interrupt Serializer as the IRQn value to be driven onto IRQ slot n.

The same slot cannot be shared among different interrupt sources in the device.

When a transition is sensed on an IRQ source, the new value of the IRQ source is transmitted over the SERIRQ bus during

the corresponding IRQ slot. For example, when a transition on XIRQ is sensed, the new value of XIRQ is transmitted during

slot n of the SERIRQ bus.

Figure 11 shows the mechanism for both interrupt serialization and wake-up.

Figure 11. Interrupt Serialization and Wake-Up Mechanism

IRQ Mapping

and Polarity

Control

Internal

IRQ

Sources

Control

Signals

XIRQ

Interrupt

Serializer

Bus Interface

SERIRQ

IRQ1

IRQ15

Wake-Up

Enable

Control SWC

(PC87416 and PC87417)

91 www.national.com

5.0 X-Bus Extension

This section is relevant only for the PC87416 and PC87417. In the PC87413 and PC87414, all X-Bus Extension bits

and signals that influence other modules are at their default value.

5.1 OVERVIEW

The PC8741x provides an X-Bus extension to the LPC bus or ACCESS.bus to enable the connection of external 8-bit

memories or peripherals through the X-Bus’s ISA-like interface. A single read/write line and an enable pin replace the ISA-

like protocol. The decode logic, described in Section 3.15 on page 74, defines the addresses for which the X-Bus generates

transactions that occur in the I/O address space and memory address space or in the FWH memory address space. Using

the X-Bus Interface, the PC8741x serves as a bridge for such transactions over the X-Bus. Figure 12 is a block diagram of

the X-Bus bridging function. For details on the decoder functions, see Section 3.15 on page 74. All other functions are de-

scribed in detail in this section.

Figure 12. X-Bus Extension Block Diagram

The PC8741x supports one IRQ input: XIRQ. This pin may be used to support external legacy devices that are connected

on the X-Bus. The interrupt from this pin can be routed to any one of 15 host IRQs. The IRQ input is mapped by the X-Bus

XIRQ Mapping register at FCh. The XIRQC register enables the user to define the interrupt as active high or low and to route

it to a wake-up event.

5.2 X-BUS TRANSACTIONS

The X-Bus extension supports 8-bit I/O or Memory read/write cycles.

The zone mapping of the chip-select signals determines how X-Bus read and write cycles correspond to memory and I/O

LPC bus cycles. The zone mapping to a select signal (XCS3-0) must be enabled in order for the zone to respond to LPC

transactions. However, when the chip-select signal is not required by an off-chip device, multiplexing the chip select to a pin

is not necessary.

LPC

Bus

LPC Interface

Internal Bus

X-Bus

Configuration

I/O

Address

Memory

Address

Decoder

Bus

Cycle

Generator

MUX

XCS0

XCS2

XA11-0

X-Bus Interface

Device Architecture Module

XWR_XRW

XSTB2-0

XRDY

XD7-0

IRQ Router

IRQ

Serializer XIRQ

XCNF2-0

XRD_XEN

MUX

XCS3

MUX

XCS1

ACCESS.bus

ACCESS.bus Interface

SERIRQ

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

www.national.com

There are two X-Bus address modes:

●Normal Address mode - A signal is assigned for each address line (only XA11-XA0 are available at the device pins)

and a non-multiplexed address data bus is used. In this mode, only address signals 0 through 19 are generated.

●Latched Address mode - The number of pins used for outputting the address is reduced. The address lines are mul-

tiplexed with the data bus. External latches may be used to generate address signals from the multiplexed bus. These

address signals are required to access memory and I/O devices. In this mode address, signals 0 through 27 are gen-

erated, allowing access to memory in excess of 1 Mbyte.

There are two X-Bus transaction modes:

●Mode 0 - The X-Bus transactions are ISA-like, using separate read and write signals. XWR_XRW functions as the

write signal (XWR); XRD_XEN functions as the read signal (XRD). The following speed levels are available for

Mode 0, X-Bus transactions:

—Normal

—Fast

—Turbo

●Mode 1 - The X-Bus transactions are read/write and enable controlled transactions, using XWR_XRW as the read

and write signal (XRW) and XRD_XEN as the enable signal (XEN). When XWR_XRW is high, it identiﬁes a read

transaction; when low, it identiﬁes a write transaction.

5.2.1 Transaction Clock

X-Bus access timing is referenced to an internal clock referred to as CLK or “the clock”. Transactions are described in terms

of this clock and the AC speciﬁcations are also deﬁned relative to it. This provides an easy way for calculating the timing

during system design. Note that the system interface is optimized for an asynchronous interface. For hints on how to use the

asynchronous interface, refer to the usage hints in Section 5.5 on page 114.

X-Bus Clock:

●For transactions triggered by the LPC bus, the clock is an internal version of the LPC clock (i.e., it has the same fre-

quency but may have some phase delay).

●For transactions driven by the ACCESS.bus (PC87417), the clock is the Standby clock as deﬁned in Section 2.3.1 on

page 35.

5.2.2 Programmable Range Chip Select

The PC8741x has four chip-select signals (XCS3-0) to control the X-Bus accesses to off-chip devices. The PC8741x X-Bus

functional block enables flexible association of these chip selects with I/O and memory address ranges in the LPC address

space. The Zone Mapping field of the X-Bus Select Configuration registers defines the decoded address range(s) to which

the specific XCSn signal responds. In addition, the X-Bus Configuration register enables specifying the access time for each

select signal via bits that control the fixed wait and variable wait cycles (using the XRDY input).

If the chip-select signal setting results in a conflict in which one or more selects are configured for the same zone, XCS0 has

the highest priority and XCS3 has the lowest. The XCSn signal with the lower priority remain inactive and their Select Con-

figuration register setting is ignored. For zones that are not associated with one of the chip-select signals, the X-Bus does

not respond to LPC transactions.

In addition, X-Bus transactions may be generated in response to a request from the ACCESS.bus (PC87417). In such a

case, the target select signal (XCS3) and the offset address are specified in the ACCESS.bus protocol. See Section 6.2.9

on page 120 for the specification of ACCESS.bus operation.

5.2.3 LPC and FWH Address-to-X-Bus Address Translation

The BIOS memory on the LPC bus can occupy one of three regions in the memory space (see Table 28 on page 75). Ad-

dress translation between the LPC bus address and the X-Bus is performed as follows:

I/O Transactions. The 16-bit address received from the LPC bus is used to decode the different I/O zones described in

Section 3.15.2 on page 74. The address is then left-padded with zeroes (address lines 16 through 27) to create the 28-line

input address to the X-Bus Extension functional block.

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

93 www.national.com

Memory Transactions. The 32-bit address received from the LPC bus is used to decode the different memory zones de-

scribed in Section 3.15.3 on page 75. The address is then translated to the X-Bus address, using the following rules:

●User-Deﬁned Memory Zones (MEM 0 and MEM 1) and 386 Mode-Compatible BIOS Range: The 28 least signiﬁcant

address lines of the LPC address are used as the X-Bus input address. Figure 13 illustrates the mapping for this

zone.

●Legacy and Extended Legacy BIOS Range: The 17 least signiﬁcant address lines (A16-0) of the LPC address are

routed as the 17 least signiﬁcant address signals of the X-Bus (XA16-0). The upper 11 X-Bus address lines are driv-

en to ‘1’. This shifts the addresses to the top of the X-Bus memory space (see Figure 14).

Figure 13. LPC-to-X-Bus Address Translation: 386 Mode-Compatible BIOS Range

Figure 14. LPC-to-X-Bus Address Translation: Legacy and Extended Legacy BIOS Ranges

LPC Bus Address

FFFF FFFFh xFFF FFFFh

X-Bus Address

FFFC 0000h xFFC 0000h

0000 0000h

* * * * * * *

LPC Bus Address

FFFF FFFFh xFFF FFFFh

X-Bus Address

000F FFFFh

xFFE 0000h

0000 0000h

* * * * * * *

000F 0000h

000E FFFFh

000E 0000h

Legacy BIOS

Extended

Legacy BIOS

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

www.national.com

5.2.4 Indirect Memory Read and Write Transactions

I/O mapped registers accessed through an LPC I/O transaction may be used to perform an X-Bus memory transaction. This

mechanism uses the following X-Bus Extension module registers:

●Four Indirect Memory Address registers (XIMA3-0), representing address bits 31 to 0.

●One Indirect Memory Data register (XIMD), representing data bits 7 to 0.

●Four enable bits, one for each Select Conﬁguration register, XZCNF0, XZCNF1, XZCNF2 and XZCNF3.

Following an LPC I/O write to the XIMD register, a Memory write cycle is initiated on the X-Bus using the addresses from

the previously written XIMA3-0 registers and data from the XIMD register. Following an LPC I/O read from the XIMD register,

a Memory read cycle is initiated on the X-Bus using the address from the XIMA3-0 registers. The returned data from the X-

Bus cycle is used to finish the read cycle from the XIMD register.

Indirect memory transactions may be enabled for one chip-select signal only. If more than one enable bit in the Select Con-

ﬁguration registers is set, the indirect memory access will be available only for the XCSn with the highest priority. The setting

of the enable bit for the chip selects with lower priority will be ignored. XCS0 has the highest priority and XCS3 has the lowest

priority.

5.2.5 Mode 0, Normal Address X-Bus Transactions

The read and write transactions in Normal Address mode are similar to those used in the X-Bus or ISA bus. At least two idle

cycles are inserted at the end of each X-Bus transaction cycle before the next transaction starts (there may be more idle

cycles due to the LPC transactions). This mode is selected for transactions accessing XCSn by setting TRANSMD = 0 in the

corresponding XZMn register.

Read Transactions. When a read cycle on the LPC falls within an enabled decoded address range of the X-Bus functional

block (or an indirect read is started or an X-Bus read through the ACCESS.bus is started) and the relevant XCSn is set to

mode 0, a Mode 0 read cycle begins. A read cycle (see Figure 15) starts by outputting the address on address signals XA11-

0 on the rising edge of the clock. During this time, the PC8741x device does not drive the data bus signals XD7-0. One CLK

cycle later, a chip-select signal XCSn is asserted, where n is a chip-select number from 0 to 3, based on the address ac-

cessed and the select signal mapping. Three CLK cycles later, on the rising edge of the clock, the XRD signal is asserted

(set low), indicating a read cycle and enabling the accessed device to drive the data bus. After 16 CLK cycles plus the inter-

nally programmed wait state period, if XRDY use is enabled for this zone, its value is then sampled on the rising edge of the

clock. The transaction is extended until XRDY is detected to be high. Four CLK cycles later, the input data XD7-0 is sampled

on the rising edge of the clock. One CLK cycle later, XRD is de-asserted (set high) and one CLK cycle after that, the trans-

action is completed by de-asserting XCSn. The address is retained for two more CLK cycles after which the address lines

are driven to 0.

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

95 www.national.com

Figure 15. Mode 0, Normal Address X-Bus Transaction - Read Access Cycle

Write Transactions. When a write cycle on the LPC falls within any of the enabled decoded address ranges of the X-Bus

functional block (or an indirect write is started or an X-Bus write through the ACCESS.bus is started) and the relevant XCSn

is set to mode 0, a Mode 0 write cycle begins. A write cycle (see Figure 16) starts by outputting the address on address

signals XA11-0 and the data signals on data pins XD7-0 on the rising edge of the clock. One CLK cycle later, a chip-select

signal XCSn is asserted, where n is a chip-select number from 0 to 3, based on the address accessed and the select signal

mapping. Three CLK cycles later, on the rising edge of the clock, the XWR signal is asserted (set low), indicating a write

cycle and enabling the accessed device to be written. After 16 CLK cycles plus the internally programmed wait state period,

if XRDY use is enabled for this zone, its value is then sampled on the rising edge of the clock. The transaction is extended

until XRDY is detected to be high. Five CLK cycles later, XWR is de-asserted (set high) and one CLK cycle later, the trans-

action is completed by de-asserting XCSn and ﬂoating the data bus signals XD7-0. Two CLK cycles later, the address lines

are driven to 0.

CLK

(Internal; for

XD7-0

XA11-0

XCSn

XWR_XRW

Insert: 12 + “Programmed Wait States” CLK cycles here.

XRD_XEN

XRDY

XD7-0 (Data In)

(Data Read)

Reference Only)

During this time, non-clock signals do not change.

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

www.national.com

Figure 16. Mode 0, Normal Address X-Bus Transaction - Write Access Cycle

5.2.6 Mode 0, Normal Address, Fast X-Bus Transactions

The read and write transactions in Normal Address, Fast X-Bus transactions are similar to those in Mode 0, Normal Address

X-Bus Transactions on page 94, differing only in the delay for valid data. Because Normal Address, Fast X-Bus transactions

have 14 to 20 fewer cycles than Normal Address transactions, they can be used to speed up access to fast devices. The

gray areas in Figures Figure 15 and Figure 16 (+ 2 CLK cycles) represent the additional cycles that Fast transactions (Fig-

ures Figure 17 and Figure 18) do not perform. This mode is selected for transactions accessing XCSn by setting TRANSMD

= 0 and TRANSPD = 1 in the corresponding XZMn register.

CLK

(Internal;

XD7-0

XA11-0

XCSn

XWR_XRW

Insert: 12 + “Programmed Wait States” CLK cycles here.

During this time, non-clock signals do not change.

XRD_XEN

XRDY

for Reference Only)

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

97 www.national.com

Figure 17. Mode 0, Normal Address, Fast X-Bus Transaction - Read Access Cycle

Figure 18. Mode 0, Normal Address, Fast X-Bus Transaction - Write Access Cycle

CLK

(Internal; for

XD7-0

XA11-0

XCSn

XWR_XRW

XRD_XEN

XRDY

XD7-0 (Data In)

(Data Read)

Reference Only)

CLK

(Internal; for

XD7-0

XA11-0

XCSn

XWR_XRW

XRD_XEN

XRDY

Reference Only)

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

www.national.com

5.2.7 Mode 0, Normal Address, Turbo X-Bus Transactions

The read and write transactions in Normal Address, Turbo X-Bus transactions provide a lower access time than those in

Mode 0, Normal Address, Fast X-Bus transactions. Because Normal Address, Turbo X-Bus transactions have seven fewer

cycles than Normal Address, Fast X-Bus transactions, they efficiently access very fast devices. This mode is selected for trans-

actionsaccessing XCSn bysettingTRANSMD= 0 in the corresponding XZMn register and TBXCSn = 1 in the XBCNF register.

Read Transactions. When a read cycle on the LPC starts and the relevant XCSn is set to Turbo mode, a Mode 0, Normal

Address, Turbo X-Bus Transaction read cycle begins. A read cycle (Figure 21, below) starts by outputting the address on

address signals XA11-0 on the rising edge of the clock. During this time, the PC8741x device does not drive the data bus

signals XD7-0. One CLK cycle later, a chip-select signal XCSn is asserted. One CLK cycle after that, the XRD signal is as-

serted (set low), indicating a read cycle and enabling the accessed device to drive the data bus. In Turbo X-Bus transactions,

XRDY is ignored. Two CLK cycles later, the input data XD7-0 is sampled on the rising edge of the clock. One CLK cycle after

that, XRD is de-asserted (set high) and one CLK cycle later, the transaction is completed by de-asserting XCSn. The ad-

dress is retained for one more CLK cycle, after which the address lines are driven to 0.

Figure 19. Mode 0, Normal Address, Turbo X-Bus Transaction - Read Access Cycle

Write Transactions. When a write cycle on the LPC starts and the relevant XCSn is set to Turbo mode, a Mode 0, Normal

Address, Turbo X-Bus Transaction write cycle begins. A write cycle (Figure 22, below) starts by outputting the address on

address signals XA11-0 and the data signals on data pins XD7-0 on the rising edge of the clock. One CLK cycle later, a chip-

select signal XCSn is asserted. One CLK cycle after that, the XWR signal is asserted (set low), indicating a write cycle and

enabling the accessed device to be written. In Turbo X-Bus transactions, XRDY is ignored. Three CLK cycles later, XWR is

de-asserted (set high) and one CLK cycle after that, the transaction is completed by de-asserting XCSn and floating the data

bus signals XD7-0. One CLK cycle later, the address lines are driven to 0.

Figure 20. Mode 0, Normal Address, Turbo X-Bus Transaction - Write Access Cycle

CLK

(Internal; for

XD7-0

XA11-0

XCSn

XWR_XRW

XRD_XEN

XD7-0

(Data Read)

Reference Only)

CLK

(Internal; for

XD7-0

XA11-0

XCSn

XWR_XRW

XRD_XEN

Reference Only)

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

99 www.national.com

5.2.8 Mode 1, Normal Address Transactions

Read and write transactions in mode 1 use an Enable signal and a R/W signal controlled protocol. At least two idle cycles

are inserted at the end of each X-Bus transaction cycle (though there may be more idle cycles due to the LPC transactions).

This mode is selected for transactions accessing XCSn by setting TRANSMD = 1 in the corresponding XZMn register.

Read Transactions. When a read cycle on the LPC falls within any of the enabled decoded address ranges of the X-Bus

functional block (or an indirect read is started or an X-Bus read through the ACCESS.bus is started) and the relevant XCSn

is set to mode 1, a Mode 1 read cycle begins. A Mode 1 read cycle (see Figure 21) begins with the de-assertion of XRD_XEN

(set low). At the same time, the address is driven on the XA11-0. Ten CLK cycles later, XCSn is asserted (set low). After ﬁve

CLK cycles, XRD_XEN is asserted (set high) and remains asserted for 18 cycles plus the internally programmed wait state

period. During the period that XRD_XEN is asserted, the data must be driven on XD7-0 by the target device. XRD_XEN is

then de-asserted for two CLK cycles. The data from XD7-0 is sampled at the rising edge of the clock one CLK cycle before

XRD_XEN is de-asserted. At the end of these two CLK cycles, XCSn is set high, and after one CLK cycle, XRD_XEN is also

set high. One CLK cycle later, the address lines XA11-0 are driven low.

Figure 21. Mode 1, Normal Address X-Bus Transaction - Read Access Cycle

Write Transactions. When a write cycle on the LPC falls within any of the enabled decoded address ranges of the X-Bus

functional block (or an indirect write is started or an X-Bus write through the ACCESS.bus is started) and the relevant XCSn

is set to mode 1, a Mode 1 write cycle begins. A mode 1 write cycle (see Figure 22) begins with a de-assertion of XRD_XEN

(set low). At the same time, the address is driven on the XA11-0 and the data is driven on XD7-0. After ten CLK cycles, XCSn

and XWR_XRW are asserted (set low). After ﬁve CLK cycles, XRD_XEN is asserted (set high) and remains asserted for 18

cycles plus the internally programmed wait state period. XRD_XEN is then de-asserted for two CLK cycles. At the end of

these two CLK cycles, XCSn is set high. After another CLK cycle, XWR_XRW and XRD_XEN are set high. Address lines

XA11-0 are driven low one CLK cycle later (at the end of the transaction).

CLK

(Internal; for Reference Only)

XD7-0

XA11-0

XCSn

XWR_XRW

XRD_XEN

Data In

Insert: 16 + “Programmed Wait States” CLK cycles.

During this time, non-clock signals do not change.

Insert: 8 CLK cycles.

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

100

www.national.com

Figure 22. Mode 1, Normal Address X-Bus Transaction - Write Access Cycle

5.2.9 Latched Address Mode X-Bus Transactions

The read and write transactions in Latched Address mode are similar to those used in Normal Address mode except for the

way the addresses are placed on the X-Bus. In Latched Address mode, address signals 27-0 are output using the XA signals

via multiplexing over the data bus (XD7-0). The purpose of Latch control signals XSTB2-0 is to separate the XA signals from

the XD7-0 data bus. The XSTB2-0 signals are active from the time the address signals are valid (and until the end of a trans-

action).

Latched address X-Bus transactions are available at two levels:

●Standard - standard access time transactions available in mode 0, mode 0 fast, and mode 1.

●Turbo - low access time transactions available in mode 0 turbo.

Standard Read Transactions. When a read cycle on the LPC falls within any of the enabled X-Bus decoded address rang-

es (or an indirect read is started or an X-Bus read through the ACCESS.bus is started), a read cycle begins. A read cycle

starts by outputting the lower 12 address signals on address signals XA11-0 and by outputting address lines 27-20 on data

signals XD7-0 on the rising edge of the clock. Two CLK cycles later, a strobe signal (XSTB2) is asserted to latch the address

in an external latch. Two CLK cycles later, a second set of address lines (19-12) is placed on data pins XD7-0. These can

be latched by the strobe signal XSTB1 asserted two cycles later on the rising edge of the clock. Two CLK cycles later, the

last group of address lines (11-4) is placed on data signals XD7-0. The XSTB0, asserted two cycles later on the rising edge

of the clock, can be used to latch this part of the address. Two CLK cycles later on the rising edge of the clock, the PC8741x

stops driving the data bus. At this point, all addresses are available either at the address outputs of the PC8741x (XA11-0)

or in the three latches. The system may require only part of these addresses, depending on the size of the memory or pe-

ripheral address space. One CLK cycle later, either a chip-select signal XCSn or the enable signal XRD_XEN is asserted,

based on the XCSn mode setting (where n is a chip-select number from 0 to 3, based on the address accessed and the

select signal mapping). From this point, the read continues as described for the Normal Address mode. XSTB2-0 are de-

asserted one CLK cycle after the de-assertion of XCSn. At this time, the latched address becomes invalid.

CLK

(Internal; for Reference Only)

XD7-0

XA11-0

XCSn

XWR_XRW

XRD_XEN

Insert: 16 + “Programmed Wait States” CLK cycles.

During this time, non-clock signals do not change.

Insert: 8 CLK cycles.

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

101 www.national.com

Figure 23. Standard Latched Address Mode - X-Bus Read Access Cycle

Standard Write Transactions. When a write cycle on the LPC falls within any of the enabled decoded address ranges of

the X-Bus functional block (or an indirect write is started or an X-Bus write through the ACCESS.bus is started), a write cycle

begins. A write cycle starts by outputting the lower 12 address signals on address signals XA11-0 and address lines 27-20

on data signals XD7-0 on the rising edge of the clock. Two CLK cycles later, a strobe signal (XSTB2) is asserted to latch the

address in an external latch. Two CLK cycles after that, a second set of address lines (19-12) is placed on data pins XD7-0.

These can be latched by the strobe signal XSTB1 asserted two cycles later on the rising edge of the clock. Two CLK cycles

later, the last group of address lines (11-4) is output on the data signals XD7-0. The XSTB0, asserted two CLK cycles later

on the rising edge of the clock, can be used to latch this part of the address. Two CLK cycles later on the rising edge of the

clock, the PC8741x outputs the data signals on data pins XD7-0. At this point, all the addresses are available either at the

address outputs of the PC8741x (XA11-0) or at the outputs of the three latches. The system may require only part of these

addresses, depending on the size of the memory or peripheral address space. One CLK cycle later, either a chip-select sig-

nal XCSn or the enable signal XRD_XEN is asserted, based on the XCSn mode setting (where n is a chip-select number

from 0 to 3, based on the address accessed and the select signal mapping). From this point, the write continues as described

for the Normal Address mode. XSTB2-0 are de-asserted one CLK cycle after the de-assertion of XCSn. At this time, the

latched address becomes invalid.

CLK

(Internal; for

XD7-0

XA27-0

XA11-0

XCSn

XWR_XRW

(After Latching)

[27-20]

A[19-12]

XRD_XEN

XRDY

XSTB2

XSTB1

[11-4]

XSTB0

(Availability on Device Pins

Depends on Multiplexing)

Transaction Continues as for Non-Latched Address Mode 0 and Mode 1 Read

for mode 0

Starting point

for mode 1

Starting point

Reference Only)

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

102

www.national.com

Figure 24. Standard Latched Address Mode - X-Bus Write Access Cycle

Turbo Read Transactions. A Turbo read cycle starts by outputting the lower 12 address signals on address signals XA11-0

and by outputting address lines 27-20 on data signals XD7-0 on the rising edge of the clock. One CLK cycle later, a strobe

signal (XSTB2) is asserted to latch the address in an external latch. One CLK cycle after that, a second set of address lines

(19-12) is placed on data pins XD7-0. These can be latched by the strobe signal XSTB1, asserted one cycle later on the

rising edge of the clock. One CLK cycle later, the last group of address lines (11-4) is placed on data signals XD7-0. The

XSTB0, asserted one cycle later on the rising edge of the clock, can be used to latch this part of the address. One CLK cycle

later on the rising edge of the clock, the PC8741x stops driving the data bus. At this point, all addresses are available either

at the address outputs of the PC8741x (XA11-0) or in the three latches. The system may require only part of these address-

es, depending on the size of the memory or peripheral address space. One CLK cycle later, the chip-select signal XCSn is

asserted, based on the XCSn Turbo mode setting. From this point, the read continues as described for the Normal Address

Turbo transaction, Mode 0. XSTB2-0 are de-asserted one CLK cycle after the de-assertion of XCSn. At this time, the latched

address becomes invalid. At the same time, the address signals XA11-0 are driven to low level.

CLK

(Internal; for

XD7-0

XA27-0

XA11-0

XCSn

XWR_XRW

(After Latching)

[27-20]

A[19-12]

XRD_XEN

XRDY

XSTB2

XSTB1

[11-4]

XSTB0

(Availability on Device Pins

Depends on Multiplexing)

Transaction Continues as for Non-Latched Address Mode 0 and Mode 1 Write

for mode 0

Starting point

for mode 1

Starting point

[7-0]

Reference Only)

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

103 www.national.com

Figure 25. Turbo Latched Address Mode - X-Bus Read Access Cycle

Turbo Write Transactions. A Turbo write cycle starts by outputting the lower 12 address signals on address signals

XA11-0 and by outputting address lines 27-20 on data signals XD7-0 on the rising edge of the clock. One CLK cycle later,

a strobe signal (XSTB2) is asserted to latch the address in an external latch. One CLK cycle after that, a second set of ad-

dress lines (19-12) is placed on data pins XD7-0. These can be latched by the strobe signal XSTB1, asserted one cycle later

on the rising edge of the clock. One CLK cycle later, the last group of address lines (11-4) is output on the data signals XD7-

0. The XSTB0, asserted one CLK cycle later on the rising edge of the clock, can be used to latch this part of the address.

One CLK cycle later on the rising edge of the clock, the PC8741x outputs the data signals on data pins XD7-0. At this point,

all the addresses are available either at the address outputs of the PC8741x (XA11-0) or at the outputs of the three latches.

The system may require only part of these addresses, depending on the size of the memory or peripheral address space.

One CLK cycle later, the chip-select signal XCSn is asserted, based on the XCSn Turbo mode setting. From this point, the

write continues as described for the Normal Address Turbo transaction, Mode 0. XSTB2-0 are de-asserted one CLK cycle

after the de-assertion of XCSn. At this time, the latched address becomes invalid. At the same time, the address signals

XA11-0 are driven to low level.

CLK

(Internal; for

XD7-0

XA27-0

XA11-0

XCSn

XWR_XRW

(After Latching)

[27-20]

A[19-12]

XRD_XEN

XSTB2

XSTB1

XSTB0

(Availability on Device Pins

Depends on Multiplexing)

Transaction Continues as for Non-Latched, Turbo X-Bus Address Mode 0 Read

[11-4]

Starting point

Reference Only)

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

104

www.national.com

Figure 26. Turbo Latched Address Mode - X-Bus Write Access Cycle

5.3 X-BUS PROTECTION

The PC8741x devices include a mechanism to protect the settings of the X-Bus mapping functions and the contents of the

memories mapped to it. This mechanism consists of three separate lock mechanisms, which must all be in use to obtain the

most comprehensive protection:

●Lock the memory mapping by the host, using the lock bit in the X-Bus Memory Conﬁguration register and X-Bus I/O

Conﬁguration register.

●Lock the bits of the X-Bus Select n Conﬁguration register and X-Bus Mode n register, using the lock bit in the respec-

tive X-Bus Mode register.

●A Memory protection mechanism is available for XCS0 and XCS1. This protects the contents of up to two memory

devices (one for each chip-select) for read and/or write with a granularity of 16 blocks each. This is done using the

Host Access Protect registers 0 and 1 for XCS0 and XCS1, respectively.

Note that access protection is provided only for XCS0 and XCS1. Absolute access protection is only enabled by using all

three lock levels.

The Memory protection mechanism pertains to the X-Bus address and the chip-select (XCS0 or XCS1) involved in the trans-

action. The size of a protected block is determined by dividing the size of each BIOS Zone by 16 (see Section 3.15.12 on

page 83). Table 31 on page 105 shows the protected block size for different BIOS Zone sizes.

CLK

(Internal; for

XD7-0

XA27-0

XA11-0

XCSn

XWR_XRW

(After Latching)

[27-20]

A[19-12]

XRD_XEN

XSTB2

XSTB1

XSTB0

(Availability on Device Pins

Depends on Multiplexing)

Transaction Continues as for Non-Latched, Turbo X-Bus Address Mode 0 Write

[11-4]

Starting point

[7-0]

Reference Only)

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

105 www.national.com

Table 31. Protected Block Size

A read/write transaction to/from a protected block is not allowed to take place if, for the respective block number, the

HWRP/HRDP bit is set in the HAP0 or HAP1 register (see Section 5.4.11 on page 113). This includes both memory and I/O

transactions.

To prevent bypassing the protection by selecting additional non-BIOS zones to XCS0 or XCS1, the upper lines of the

addressare not used for block selection. This results in the aliasing of a protected block in each areaof X-Bus memory space

that has the same size as the BIOS Zone (see Figure 27).

The SMI interrupt generated on access to XCS0 and XCS1 may be used to allow flash updates under System Management

protection.

BIOS Zone Size BIOSIZE2-BIOSIZE0 Protected Block Size Address Lines Used for

Block Selection1,2

1. Selects the block according to the HAPINDX3-HAPINDX0 setting in the HAP0-HAP1 registers.

2. All the other address lines are ignored.

256 Kbyte 000 16 Kbyte XA17-XA14

512 Kbyte 001 32 Kbyte XA18-XA15

1 Mbyte 010 64 Kbyte XA19-XA16

2 Mbyte 011 128 Kbyte XA20-XA17

4 Mbyte 100 256 Kbyte XA21-XA18

8 Mbyte 101 512 Kbyte XA22-XA19

16 Mbyte 110 1 Mbyte XA23-XA20

Figure 27. Protected Block Aliasing

X-Bus Memory Space

000 0000h

FFF FFFFh

BIOS Zone Size Protected Block n

Protected Block n

BIOS Zone Size

Protected Block n

BIOS Zone Size

Protected Block n

BIOS Zone Size

. . . .

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

106

www.national.com

5.4 X-BUS REGISTERS

The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:

●R/W = Read/Write.

●R = Read from a speciﬁc register (write to the same address is to a different register).

●W = Write (see above).

●RO = Read Only.

●WO = Write Only. Reading from the bit returns 0.

●R/W1C= Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.

●R/W1S = Read/Write 1 to Set. Writing 1 to a bit sets its value to 1. Writing 0 has no effect.

5.4.1 X-Bus Register Map

The following table lists the X-Bus registers. All these registers are VSB powered.

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type Power Well Section

00h XBCNF X-Bus Conﬁguration Register. R/W or RO VSB 5.4.2

01h XZCNF0 X-Bus Select 0 Conﬁguration Register. R/W or RO VSB 5.4.3

02h XZCNF1 X-Bus Select 1 Conﬁguration Register. R/W or RO VSB 5.4.3

04h XIRQC X-Bus IRQ Conﬁguration Register. R/W VSB 5.4.4

08h XIMA0 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 0. R/W VSB 5.4.5

09h XIMA1 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 1. R/W VSB 5.4.6

0Ah XIMA2 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 2. R/W VSB 5.4.7

0Bh XIMA3 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 3. R/W VSB 5.4.8

0Ch XIMD X-Bus Indirect Memory Data Register. R/W VSB 5.4.9

0Dh XZCNF2 X-Bus Select 2 Conﬁguration Register. R/W or RO VSB 5.4.3

0Eh XZCNF3 X-Bus Select 3 Conﬁguration Register. R/W or RO VSB 5.4.3

0Fh XZM0 X-Bus Select 0 Mode Register. Varies per bit VSB 5.4.10

10h XZM1 X-Bus Select 1 Mode Register. Varies per bit VSB 5.4.10

11h XZM2 X-Bus Select 2 Mode Register. Varies per bit VSB 5.4.10

12h XZM3 X-Bus Select 3 Mode Register. Varies per bit VSB 5.4.10

13h HAP0 Host Access Protect Register 0. Varies per bit VSB 5.4.11

14h HAP1 Host Access Protect Register 1. Varies per bit VSB 5.4.11

Other Reserved for National use.

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

107 www.national.com

5.4.2 X-Bus Configuration Register (XBCNF)

This register affects the functionality mode of the X-Bus.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 00h

Type: R/W or RO

5.4.3 X-Bus Select Configuration Registers (XZCNF0 to XZCNF3)

These registers control the mapping of I/O and Memory Zones to XCSn, where n is from 0 to 3.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 01h (XZCNF0)

Location: Offset 02h (XZCNF1)

Location: Offset 0Dh (XZCNF2)

Location: Offset 0Eh (XZCNF3)

Type: R/W or RO

Bit 76543210

Name TBXCS3 TBXCS2 TBXCS1 TBXCS0 Reserved LADEN

Reset 0000000Strap

Bit Description

7TBXCS3 (Turbo Transactions on XCS3). When set to 1 and mode 0 is selected (TRANSMD = 0 in the XZM3

transactions are Normal Address or Latched Address (see Section 5.2.9 on page 100), according to the setting

of the LADEN bit. This bit is locked by setting at least one of the LOCKXSCF bits in the XZM0-XZM3 registers.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

6TBXCS2 (Turbo Transactions on XCS2). When set to 1 and mode 0 is selected (TRANSMD = 0 in the XZM2

transactions are Normal Address or Latched Address (see Section 5.2.9 on page 100), according to the setting

of the LADEN bit. This bit is locked by setting at least one of the LOCKXSCF bits in the XZM0-XZM3 registers.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

5TBXCS1 (Turbo Transactions on XCS1). When set to 1 and mode 0 is selected (TRANSMD = 0 in the XZM1

transactions are Normal Address or Latched Address (see Section 5.2.9 on page 100), according to the setting

of the LADEN bit. This bit is locked by setting at least one of the LOCKXSCF bits in the XZM0-XZM3 registers.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

4TBXCS0 (Turbo Transactions on XCS0). When set to 1 and mode 0 is selected (TRANSMD = 0 in the XZM0

transactions are Normal Address or Latched Address (see Section 5.2.9 on page 100), according to the setting

of the LADEN bit. This bit is locked by setting at least one of the LOCKXSCF bits in the XZM0-XZM3 registers.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

3-1 Reserved.

0LADEN (Latch Address Mode Enabled). When set to 1, enables addresses XA27-XA4 to be multiplexed with

the data pins in three phases. Reset value of this bit is set according to the XCNF2 strap, sampled at VSB

Power-Up reset. See Section 1.4.11 on page 28 for the deﬁnition of strap setting. This bit is locked by setting at

least one of the LOCKXSCF bits in the XZM0-XZM3 registers.

0: Disabled (default if XCNF2 = 0 - No BIOS)

1: Enabled (default if XCNF2 = 1 - With BIOS)

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

108

www.national.com

Bit 76543210

Name XRDYEN WAITSEN INDIRMEN ZSELMAP

Reset Strap 1 0 Strap

Bit Description

7XRDYEN (XRDY Enable). Enables the use of XRDY input for the zones mapped to XCSn. The reset value of

this bit depends on the setting of XCNF2 and XCNF0 straps, sampled at VSB Power-Up reset.

0: Disabled (default for XZCNF1-3; default for XZCNF0 if XCNF0 = 0 or XCNF2 = 0)

1: Enabled (default for XZCNF0 if XCNF0 = 1 and XCNF2 = 1)

6WAITSEN (Wait States Enable). This bit controls the number of wait states added to an X-Bus transaction. If the

TRANSPD bit in the XZM0 to XZM3 registers is set, the setting of WAITSEN is ignored (wait states are disabled).

0: Wait states disabled

1: Eight wait states (CLK cycles) enabled (default)

5INDIRMEN (Indirect Memory Access Enable). Enables indirect memory access mechanism to generate

memory transactions through XCSn.

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

4-0 ZSELMAP (Zone Select Mapping).

UDIZ = User-Deﬁned I/O Zone.

MEM = User-Deﬁned Memory Zone.

XCSn does not respond to this zone decode.

XCSn responds to this zone decode and is inﬂuenced by its setting.

Bits Function

4 3 2 1 0 UDIZ0 UDIZ1 UDIZ2 UDIZ3 TST BIOS0 BIOS1 MEM0 MEM1

0 0 0 0 0 -- - ---- --(default for XZCNF1-3;

default for XZCNF0 if XCNF2 = 0)

0 0 0 0 1 - - - - - + - - - (default for XZCNF0 if XCNF2 = 1)

0 0 0 1 0 + - - - - + - - -

0 0 0 1 1 + + - - - + - - -

0 0 1 0 0 + + + - - + - - -

0 0 1 0 1 + + + + - + - - -

0 0 1 1 0 - - - - + + - - -

0 0 1 1 1 + + + - + + - - -

0 1 0 0 0 ++ + +++- - -

0 1 0 0 1 +- - ---- --

0 1 0 1 0 + - - - + - - - -

0 1 0 1 1 ++ - ---- --

0 1 1 0 0 ++ + ---- --

0 1 1 0 1 + + + + - - - - -

0 1 1 1 0 - - - - + - - - -

0 1 1 1 1 + + + + + - - - -

1 0 0 0 0 + + + + + - - + -

1 0 0 0 1 +- - ---- ++

1 0 0 1 0 -- - ---- +-

1 0 0 1 1 ++ - ---- +-

1 0 1 0 0 ++ + ---- ++

1 0 1 0 1 + + + + - - + + -

1 0 1 1 0 - - - - + - + + +

1 0 1 1 1 ++ + ++++ ++

1 1 0 0 0 -- - ---- ++

Others Reserved

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

109 www.national.com

5.4.4 X-Bus IRQ Configuration Register (XIRQC)

This register defines the functionality of the XIRQ signal.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 04h

Type: R/W

Table 32. Serial IRQ vs. XIRQ Polarity

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved IRQPOLINV IRQEN IRQPOL PWUREN

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-4 Reserved.

3IRQPOLINV (IRQ Polarity Inversion). This bit controls the polarity of the IRQ signal sent through the IRQ

Serializer (see Table 32). This bit is reset to ‘0’.

2IRQEN (IRQ Enable). When this bit is set, it enables the interrupt. The bit is ignored when the IRQ is mapped

to zero (see Section 3.2.3 on page 39).

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

1IRQPOL (IRQ Polarity). This bit speciﬁes the active level of the incoming IRQ signal.

0: Active low (default)

1: Active high

0PWUREN (Power-Up Request Enable). When this bit is set, an XIRQ event is routed to the Modules IRQ

Wake-Up Event (bit MOD_IRQ_STS in the GPE1_STS_3 register; see Section 9.4.11 on page 210).

0: Disabled (default)

1: Enabled

IRQPOLINV IRQPOL Serial IRQ

0 0 XIRQ

XIRQ

1 1 XIRQ

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

110

www.national.com

Figure 28. Functional Illustration of X-Bus IRQ Conﬁguration Register

5.4.5 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 0 (XIMA0)

This register holds addresses 7-0 for indirect read or write transactions to memory or I/O.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 08h

Type: R/W

5.4.6 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 1 (XIMA1)

This register holds addresses 15-8 for indirect read or write transactions to memory or I/O.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 09h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name X-Bus Indirect Memory or I/O Address 7-0

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 X-Bus Indirect Memory or I/O Address 7-0

Bit 76543210

Name X-Bus Indirect Memory or I/O Address 15-8

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 X-Bus Indirect Memory or I/O Address 15-8

Modules IRQ

IRQ

Serializer

XIRQ

IRQ

Polarity

Inversion

IRQ

Enable

IRQ

Polarity

Power-Up

Enable

Bit

Name Request

Legacy Modules

IRQ from Wake-Up Event

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

111 www.national.com

5.4.7 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 2 (XIMA2)

This register holds addresses 23-16 for indirect read or write transactions to the memory.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 0Ah

Type: R/W

5.4.8 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address Register 3 (XIMA3)

This register holds addresses 31-24 for indirect read or write transactions to the memory.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 0Bh

Type: R/W

5.4.9 X-Bus Indirect Memory Data Register (XIMD)

This register holds data bits 7-0 for indirect read or write transactions to memory or I/O.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 0Ch

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 23-16

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 23-16

Bit 76543210

Name X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 31-24

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 31-24.

Bit 76543210

Name X-Bus Indirect Memory or I/O Data 7-0

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 X-Bus Indirect Memory or I/O Data 7-0.

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

112

www.national.com

5.4.10 X-Bus Select Mode Register (XZM0 to XZM3)

These registers control the operation mode of chip select XCSn, where n is from 0 to 3.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 0Fh (XZM0)

Location: Offset 10h (XZM1)

Location: Offset 11h (XZM2)

Location: Offset 12h (XZM3)

Type: Varies per bit

Bit 76543210

Name LOCKXSCF WRSTAT SMIWREN XCSPOL XCSTIM TRANSMD TRANSPD

Reset 00000000

Bit Type Description

7 R/W1S LOCKXSCF (X-Bus Select Configuration Lock). Locks the conﬁguration registers of the respective

XCSn signal (both XZCNFn register and XZMn register) by disabling writing to all their bits (including to

itself). An exception to this is the WRSTAT bit of the XZMn register. In addition, it locks the bits in the

XBCNF register. Once set, this bit can be cleared either by the VDD Power-Up reset (or Hardware

reset) or by the VSB Power-Up reset, according to the VSBLOCK bit in the ACBLKCTL register (see

Section 6.3.4 on page 127). In addition, this bit is cleared by setting the UNLOCKX bit in the

ACBLKCTL register (PC87417).

0: Lock Disabled (default)

1: Lock Enabled, protecting the configuration for this chip select

6 R/W1C WRSTAT (Write Status). This bit is set if a write to the chip select occurred. Writing 1 to this bit clears

it to 0. WRSTAT is not locked by the LOCKXSCK bit.

0: No write detected (default)

1: Write to the chip select detected

5 R/W or

RO SMIWREN (SMI-on-Write Enable). Enables the generation of an SMI, if the WRSTAT bit is set by the

occurrence of a write to the chip select.

0: SMI Disabled (default)

1: SMI Enabled

4 R/W or

RO XCSPOL (XCS Polarity Control). Selects the polarity of the XCSn signal.

0: Active low - idle = 1, select = 0 (default)

1: Active high - idle = 0, select = 1

3-2 R/W or

RO XCSTIM (XCS Timing Control). Selects the timing of the XCSn signal during read and write

transactions in mode 0. If TRANSMD bit is set to mode 1, the value of these bits is ignored and they

are treated as ‘00’.

Bits

3 2 Function

0 0 Normal XCSn timing for both read and write cycles (default)

0 1 Normal XCSn timing during write cycles; XRD_XEN timing for XCSn during read cycles

1 0 Normal XCSn timing during read cycles; XWR_XRW timing for XCSn during write cycles

11 XRD_XEN timing for XCSn during read cycles; XWR_XRW timing for XCSn during write cycles

1 R/W or

RO TRANSMD (X-Bus Transaction Mode). Selects the X-Bus transaction mode pertaining to the behavior

of the XWR_XRW and XRD_XEN signals during a transaction.

0: Mode 0 - This is an ISA-like mode. When accessing the XCSn, XWR_XRW functions as an active low

write signal and XRD_XEN functions as an active low read signal (default)

1: Mode 1 - In this mode, when accessing the XCSn, XWR_XRW functions as a read/write signal (high

for a read transaction and low for a write transaction) and XRD_XEN functions as an active high enable

signal

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

113 www.national.com

5.4.11 Host Access Protect Register (HAP0 to HAP1)

HAP0 and HAP1 registers hold the read/write protection and lock control bits for access control to XCS0 and XCS1, respec-

tively. Each register defines the access rights for a group of 16 blocks of the related chip select (see Section 5.3 on page 104

for more information on how to define these blocks). Each block is protected by three bits, which are accessed through the

block number written into the Host Access Protection Index field.

The lock bit for each block is cleared either by reset or by writing a ‘0’ through the ACCESS.bus (PC87417). When a lock

bit is cleared, the related write-protect flag is set and the read-protect flag is cleared.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 13h and 14h

Type: Varies per bit

0 R/W or

RO TRANSPD (X-Bus Transaction Speed). When set to 1, removes the additional cycles from mode 0

read and write transactions. In this situation, the setting of WAITSEN bit in the XZCNF0 to XZCNF3

registers is ignored (wait states are disabled).

0: Sixteen additional CLK cycles (apart from the programmed number of wait states) are inserted into

mode 0 read and write transactions when accessing the XCSn (default)

1: No CLK cycles are inserted

Bit 76543210

Name HAPINDX INDXWR LOCKXHP HWRP HRDP

Reset 00000010

Bit Type Description

7-4 R/W HAPINDX (Host Access Protection Index). Holds the index for the block number to be accessed by

the other ﬁelds in this register. All blocks are 16 KByte up to 1 MByte in size (see Section 5.3 on

page 104).

0000b - 1111b - index for block numbers of 0-15, respectively (0000b = default).

3WOINDXWR (Index Write). Indicates an index write transaction for which the value of bits 2-0 are ignored

(not written). This bit always returns ‘0’ when read.

0: Index and Data write transaction (writes bits 2-0 according to the newly written index); (default)

1: Index update write transaction (bits 2-0 are not updated by this write)

2 R/W1S LOCKXHP (Lock Host Protection). When set to ‘1’ through the LPC bus, this bit locks itself and the

two HWRP and HRDP protection bits by disabling writing to them. The block number these three bits

relate to is pointed to by the Index ﬁeld. Once set, this bit can be cleared either by the VDD Power-Up

reset (or Hardware reset) or by the VSB Power-Up reset, according to the VSBLOCK bit in the

ACBLKCTL register (see Section 6.3.4 on page 127). In addition, this bit is cleared by setting the

UNLOCKX bit in the ACBLKCTL register (PC87417).

This bit may be set or reset through the ACCESS.bus (PC87417), regardless of its value (it is not self-

locking).

0: Changes to protection bits (2-0) for this block are enabled (default)

1: Protection bits (2-0) for this block are locked and their values cannot be changed

1 R/W or

RO HWRP (Host Write Protection). This bit prevents writes to a block, thus preventing programming or

erasing of the ﬂash memory connected to the XCSn. The block number affected by this ﬁeld is the one

pointed to by the Index ﬁeld.

0: Host writes to this block are allowed

1: Host writes to this block are inhibited (default)

0 R/W or

RO HRDP (Host Read Protection). This bit prevents reads from a block, thus protecting the contents of the

ﬂash memory connected to the XCSn. The block number affected by this ﬁeld is the one pointed to by

the Index ﬁeld.

0: Host reads from this block are allowed (default)

1: Host reads from this block are inhibited

Bit Type Description

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

114

www.national.com

5.5 USAGE HINTS

1. Bear in mind the following system design hints for asynchronous X-Bus use:

—The chip-select signal must be used as a qualiﬁer with the address when partial address decoding is in use for mul-

tiple device access control.

—In read cycles, the system may drive the data until the read signal XRD_XEN is de-asserted to guarantee the proper

PC8741x sampling.

—In write cycles, use either the falling or rising edge of the write control signal (XWR_XRW) to latch the data in the

device.

2. Address multiplexing on XD7-0 and strobe signals XSTB2-0 are designed for glueless interface with off-chip latch com-

ponents (see the example in Figure 29).

Figure 29. Latched Mode X-Bus Transaction External Logic

(74HC373*)

D7-0

A27-20

A19-12

A3-0

PC8741x

XA3-0

XD7-0

A11-4

Latch

(74HC373*)

Latch

(74HC373*)

Latch

XSTB0

XSTB1

XSTB2

* - For mode 0, mode 0 fast, and mode 1, use 74HC373

- For mode 0 turbo, use 74VHC373

- For 5V-powered X-Bus devices, use 74HCT/VHCT373, which is also powered by the 5V supply.

5.0 X-Bus Extension (Continued)

115 www.national.com

5.6 X-BUS EXTENSION REGISTER BITMAP

Offset Mnemonic 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

00h XBCNF TBXCS3 TBXCS2 TBXCS1 TBXCS0 Reserved LADEN

01h XZCNF0 XRDYEN WAITSEN INDIRMEN ZSELMAP

02h XZCNF1 XRDYEN WAITSEN INDIRMEN ZSELMAP

04h XIRQC Reserved IRQPOLINV IRQEN IRQPOL PWUREN

08h XIMA0 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 7-0

09h XIMA1 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 15-8

0Ah XIMA2 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 23-16

0Bh XIMA3 X-Bus Indirect Memory Address 31-24

0Ch XIMD X-Bus Indirect Memory or I/O Data 7-0

0Dh XZCNF2 XRDYEN WAITSEN INDIRMEN ZSELMAP

0Eh XZCNF3 XRDYEN WAITSEN INDIRMEN ZSELMAP

0Fh XZM0 LOCKXSCF WRSTAT SMIWREN XCSPOL XCSTIM TRANSMD TRANSPD

10h XZM1 LOCKXSCF WRSTAT SMIWREN XCSPOL XCSTIM TRANSMD TRANSPD

11h XZM2 LOCKXSCF WRSTAT SMIWREN XCSPOL XCSTIM TRANSMD TRANSPD

12h XZM3 LOCKXSCF WRSTAT SMIWREN XCSPOL XCSTIM TRANSMD TRANSPD

13h HAP0 HAPINDX INDXWR LOCKXHP HWRP HRDP

14h HAP1 HAPINDX INDXWR LOCKXHP HWRP HRDP

Other Reserved for National use

116

www.national.com

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface

This section is relevant only for the PC87413 and PC87417. In the PC87414 and PC87416, all ACCESS.bus Interface

bits and signals that influence other modules are at their default value.

The ACCESS.bus Interface is a two-wire synchronous serial interface compatible with the ACCESS.bus (Specification Rev.

3.0 Sep. 1995) and with Intel's SMBus (Speciﬁcation Rev 1.1 Dec. 11, 1998). The ACCESS.bus Interface acts as a slave

device controlled by a bus master. The ACCESS.bus Interface uses proprietary commands for AdvancedI/O access, com-

patible with the Physical, Data Link and Transport layers defined by the above specifications.

This chapter describes the ACCESS.bus Interface functional block.

6.1 OVERVIEW

The ACCESS.bus protocol uses a two-wire interface for bi-directional communication between the devices connected to the

bus. The two interface lines are the Serial Data Line (ACBDAT) and the Serial Clock Line (ACBCLK). These open-drain lines

must be connected to a positive supply via an internal or an external pull-up resistor and remain high when the bus is idle.

Each device connected to the bus has a unique address and can operate as a transmitter or a receiver (though some pe-

ripherals are only receivers).

During data transactions, the master device initiates the transaction with an attached peripheral, generates the clock signal

and terminates the transaction. When the master sends a slave address or data, the peripheral behaves as a receiver. When

the slave responds and sends data to the master, the peripheral behaves as a transmitter.

6.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

6.2.1 Bus Signals

ACBDAT and ACBCLK Signals

The ACBDAT and ACBCLK are open-drain signals. The device permits the user to define whether to enable or disable the

internal pull-up of these two signals (at reset, the internal pull-up is disabled).

Clock Frequency

The PC8741x device is a slave device that synchronizes to the clock frequency of the ACCESS.bus clock. The maximum

clock frequency is 100 kHz and the minimum is 10 kHz (limited by the 50 µsec maximum high time required by the standards

to detect a Bus Idle condition). However, since the PC8741x device is a slave device, the minimum clock frequency limitation

is ignored. The clock low period may be extended by stall periods initiated by the ACCESS.bus Interface (see Section 11.4.6

on page 245).

6.2.2 Data Transactions

One data bit is transferred during each clock pulse. Data is sampled during the high state of the serial clock (ACBCLK). Con-

sequently, throughout the high period of the clock, the data must remain stable (see Figure 30). Any change in mid-

transaction on the ACBDAT line during the high period of the ACBCLK aborts the transaction and releases the ACBDAT

signal (to high level), thus generating Negative Acknowledge (NACK) cycles (see Section 6.2.4 on page 117). In addition,

the PC8741x device sets the BUSERR bit in the ACBCST register (see Section 6.3.2 on page 126). Data must be driven

onto the bus only during the low ACBCLK period. This protocol permits a single data line to transfer both command/control

information and data, using the synchronous serial clock.

During each clock cycle, while the slave handles the received data or prepares the data to be sent, it can stall the master.

The slave can do this for each bit transferred or on a byte boundary by holding ACBCLK low to extend the clock-low period.

Typically, slaves extend the first clock cycle of a transfer if a byte written has not yet been stored or if the byte to be read is

not yet ready. Some microcontroller-based masters with limited hardware support for ACCESS.bus extend the access after

each bit, thus allowing the software to handle the bit.

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

117 www.national.com

Each data transaction is composed of a Start Condition, a number of byte transfers (defined by the protocol) and a Stop

Condition to terminate the transaction. Each byte (eight bits) is transferred with the most significant bit first. After each byte,

an Acknowledge signal must follow. The following sections provide further details of this process.

6.2.3 Start and Stop Conditions

The ACCESS.bus master generates Start and Stop Conditions (control codes). After a Start Condition is generated, the bus

remains busy until after a Stop Condition is generated. A high-to-low transition of the data line (ACBDAT) while the clock

(ACBCLK) is high indicates a Start Condition. A low-to-high transition of the ACBDAT line while the ACBCLK is high indi-

cates a Stop Condition (Figure 31).

A transaction begins with a Start Condition and ends with a Stop Condition. However, a Restart Condition can be generated

in the middle of a transaction (without the need for a Stop Condition) in order to change the direction of data transfer (from

address/data write to data read).

Before a Start condition, any changes of the ACBDAT line outside the high period of the ACBCLK are ignored. A Stop con-

dition encountered in mid-transaction on the ACBDAT line aborts the transaction. The PC8741x device releases the ACB-

DAT signal (to high level), thus generating Negative Acknowledge (NACK) cycles (see Section 6.2.4). In addition, the

PC8741x device sets the BUSERR bit in the ACBCST register (see Section 6.3.2 on page 126).

6.2.4 Acknowledge (ACK) Cycle

The ACK cycle involves two signals: the ACK clock pulse, sent by the master after each byte transferred, and the ACK data

signal, sent by the receiving device (see Figure 32).

The master generates the ACK clock pulse on the ninth clock pulse of the byte transfer. The transmitter (master or slave)

releases the ACBDAT line (allows it to go high) to allow the receiver to send the ACK signal. The receiver must pull down

the ACBDAT line during the ACK clock pulse, signalling that it correctly received the previous data byte and is ready to re-

ceive the next byte. If the receiver does not pull the ACBDAT line (leaves it high), the transmitter identifies it as a NACK

condition (see Section 6.2.5). Figure 33 illustrates the ACK cycle.

ACBDAT

ACBCLK

Data Line Stable:

Data Valid

Figure 30. Data Bit Transfer

Change of Data

Allowed

ACBDAT

ACBCLK S or R P

Start or Restart

Condition Stop

Condition

Figure 31. Start, Restart and Stop Conditions

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

118

www.national.com

6.2.5 Acknowledge after Every Byte Rule

According to this rule, the master generates an acknowledge clock pulse after each byte transfer and the receiver (master

or slave) sends an acknowledge signal after every byte received. There are two exceptions to this rule:

•When the master is the receiver, it must indicate to the slave transmitter the end of the expected data by not acknowl-

edging (NACK) the last byte clocked out of the slave. This negative acknowledge still includes the acknowledge clock

pulse (generated by the master), but the ACBDAT line is not pulled down.

•When a problem has occurred in the slave receiver, it sends a NACK to indicate that it did not accept the previous data

byte or cannot accept additional data bytes.

The NACK indicates an error in data reception (by slave or master) and a request to repeat the ACCESS.bus transaction.

6.2.6 Addressing Transfer Formats

Each device on the bus has a unique address. The PC8741x device starts a slave address set-up process if one of the fol-

lowing occurs:

•AV

SB Power-Up reset is activated by VSB going up: in this case, the ACBSA strap value is also sampled (see Section

2.2.2 on page 33).

•A broadcast transaction to the General Call address with a “Reset and write programmable part of slave address by hard-

ware” command is received over the ACCESS.bus (see below).

During the slave address set-up process, the PC8741x device performs the following actions in the order listed:

1. Checks the value of the ACBSADD field in the ACBCF register (see Section 3.7.11 on page 56); if the value of the bits

is valid (not zero), the value is adopted and the other two actions are ignored.

2. Checks the value of the ACBSA strap sampled at the VSB Power-Up reset.

3. Adopts one of the two fixed values (see Section 1.4.11 on page 28) for its slave address, according to the ACBSA value.

Start

Condition Stop

Condition

ACBDAT

ACBCLK

MSB

ACK ACK

3 - 6 78912 3 - 8 9

Acknowledge Signal

From Receiver

Byte Complete

Interrupt Within

Receiver

Clock Line Held

Low by Receiver

While Interrupt is Serviced

Figure 32. ACCESS.bus Data Transaction with Acknowledge

LSB

Start Condition

ACBCLK 12

3 - 6 789

Transmitter Stays Off Bus

During Acknowledge Clock

Acknowledge

Signal From Receiver

Data Output

by Transmitter

Data Output

by Receiver

Figure 33. ACCESS.bus Acknowledge Cycle

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

119 www.national.com

Before any data is transmitted, the master transmits the address of the target slave. The slave must send an acknowledge

signal on the ACBDAT line once it recognizes its address.

The address consists of the first seven bits after a Start Condition. The direction of the data transfer (R/W) depends on the

eighth bit (which is sent after the address).

When the address is sent, each device in the system compares this address with its own. If there is a match, the device

considers itself addressed and sends an acknowledge signal. Depending on the state of the R/W bit (1=read, 0=write), the

device acts either as a transmitter or a receiver. The combination of the 7-bit address and the R/W bit is used in this docu-

ment to define the slave address as a write address (even) and a read address (odd) pair.

A low-to-high transition during a ACBCLK high period indicates the Stop Condition and ends the transaction of ACBDAT

(see Figure 34).

The ACCESS.bus protocol allows a General Call address to be sent to all slaves connected to the bus. The first byte sent

specifies the General Call address (00h) and the second byte specifies the meaning of the general call (“Reset and write

programmable part of slave address by hardware”—06h). When a 00h-followed-by-a-06h transaction is detected, the

PC8741x device resets the ACCESS.bus Interface logic and the data registers (except for the configuration registers) and

reloads the default slave address.

6.2.7 Arbitration on the Bus

Multiple master devices on the bus require arbitration between their conflicting bus access demands. Control of the bus is

initially determined according to address bits and clock cycle. If more than one master try to address the same slave, data

comparisons determine the outcome of this arbitration. A master device immediately aborts a transaction if the value sam-

pled on the ACBDAT line differs from the value internally driven by the device. (An exception to this rule is ACBDAT while

the master is receiving data. The lines may be held low by the slave without causing an abort.)

The ACBCLK signal is monitored by the master for clock synchronization and to allow the slave to stall the bus. The actual

clock period is set either by the master with the longest clock period or by the slave stall period. The maximum allowed “cu-

mulative clock low extend time” of a slave device (per transaction) is defined in Section 11.4.6. The clock high period is

determinedbythe master with the shortest clock high period; however, it must not be longer than the value defined in Section

11.4.6.

When an abort occurs during the address transmission, the master that identifies the conflict must release the bus, switch

to Slave mode and continue to sample ACBDAT to check if it is being addressed by the winning master on the bus.

If the PC8741x device detects that ACBCLK is held low longer than the maximum allowed time, it aborts the current trans-

action and sets the LOWCKTO bit in the ACBCST register (see Section 6.3.2 on page 126).

6.2.8 Packet Error Check (PEC)

The Packet Error Checking mechanism complies with Revision 1.1 of the SMBus Specification. It consists of appending an

error check byte to the end of each transaction (before the Stop condition).

The PC8741x devices are capable of communicating with all masters, whether or not they implement the PEC.

Master PEC Assessment

After reset, a master supporting the PEC feature performs the following sequence:

1. Read (without PEC) the ACBCST register of the PC8741x slave device.

2. Check the PECAVAIL bit (bit 0 of the register), which indicates the PEC slave support (for the PC8741x devices, this bit

is always ‘1’).

3. Read (with PEC) the ACBCST register and check for its correctness.

4. Register the PC8741x slave device as PEC compliant.

Start

Condition Stop

Condition

ACBDAT

ACBCLK 1 - 7 891 - 7 891 - 7 89

Slave R/W ACK Data ACK Data ACK

Figure 34. A Complete ACCESS.bus Data Transaction

Address

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

120

www.national.com

All subsequent transactions between the master and the PEC-compliant slave include the PEC byte. During write transac-

tions, the master provides the PEC of the transmitted data. During read transactions, the master checks the received data

using the PEC supplied by the slave. In both cases, the master supplies the number of ACBCLK cycles required for PEC

support. If the master does not supply these clock cycles, the PC8741x device considers that PEC is not supported during

the current transaction (i.e., there is no error condition).

Slave PEC Support

The PC8741x device provides PEC support when the master also requires it. However, the PC8741x device always calcu-

lates the PEC value of the incoming or outgoing data.

After the last bytes of a write transaction, if the master supplies additional ACBCLK cycles, the PC8741x device receives the

PEC byte and compare it with the calculated PEC value. Otherwise, it just ignores the calculated PEC. If the comparison

fails, the PC8741x device generates a NACK bit at the end of the PEC byte and sets the PECERR bit in the ACBCST register

(see Section 6.3.2 on page 126) but does not execute the write transaction.

At the end of the last byte of a read transaction, if the master generates an ACK for the last byte (instead of a NACK), the

PC8741x device sends the calculated PEC value during the following byte. Otherwise, it discards the calculated PEC.

PEC Implementation

The PEC is an 8-bit cyclic redundancy check (CRC-8) value attached at the end of an ACCESS.bus transaction as the last

byte transmitted before the Stop condition.

The PC8741x device calculates the PEC value by hardware (bit-by-bit), using all the bytes in the transaction (except the PEC

byte itself). PEC calculation does not include Start, Restart, Stop, ACK or NACK, which are bus control bits and not data

bits. The PEC value is generated using the polynomial C(x) = x8+x

2+x

1+ 1, which is speciﬁed in Intel's SMBus Speciﬁca-

tion (Rev 1.1 Dec. 11, 1998). During a read transaction, the PEC value is generated by the PC8741x device and checked

by the master; during a write transaction, it is generated by the master and checked by the slave.

6.2.9 ACCESS.bus Protocol

The protocol is based on five basic byte types: Save Address, Command, Offset Address, Data and PEC; these are de-

scribed below. An error is flagged in the following cases:

●If the number of bytes in the transaction differs from the number of bytes required by the Command byte.

●For Command byte type, if the reserved bit is not zero.

When an error is flagged, a NACK is generated at the end of the current byte (the current transaction is aborted) and the

ILGCOM bit in the ACBCST register is set (see Section 6.3.2 on page 126).

Slave Address Byte Type

Bit 76543210

Name SLAVEAD ACBRW

Bit Description

7-1 SLAVEAD (Slave Address). This seven-bit ﬁeld indicates the slave address of the accessed device. If its value

is the same as the one selected during the set-up process (see Section 6.2.6), the PC8741x device responds

to the present transaction.

0ACBRW (ACCESS.bus Read/Write Mode). Selects the transfer direction for the current transaction.

0: Write ACCESS.bus transaction (from master to slave) - equivalent to an even 8-bit slave address

1: Read ACCESS.bus transaction (from slave to master) - equivalent to an odd 8-bit slave address

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

121 www.national.com

Command Byte Type

This type has two variations, according to the value of the INEX bit.

Bit 76543210

Name INEX=0 RDWR LOGDEV

Bit 76543210

Name INEX=1 RDWR Reserved XBCSN XA26-XA24

Bit Description

7INEX (Internal/External Access). Selects the access type for the current transaction.

0: Internal access - to modules within the PC8741x device

1: External access - to devices connected to the X-Bus (PC87417)

6RDWR (Read/Write Access). Selects the access direction for the current transaction.

0: Write access - data sent by the master is written into the selected address

1: Read access - data read from the selected address is stored in the Read Buffer

5-0 LOGDEV (Logical Device Number). This ﬁeld indicates the Logical Device Number (LDN) of the accessed

internal functional block. Table 33 deﬁnes the LDN assignment for each functional block of the PC8741x device;

other table values are not allowed. These LDNs are equivalent but not identical to those assigned by the plug-

and-play conﬁguration. Only those Logical Devices that can be accessed both through the ACCESS.bus and the

LPC bus are assigned the same LDN.

5Reserved.

4-3 XBCSN (X-Bus Chip-Select Number). These two bits select one of the four X-Bus chip-selects to be accessed

during the current transaction (PC87417).

Bits

1 0 Chip-Select

00 XCS0

01 XCS1

10 XCS2

11 XCS3

2-0 XA26-XA24 (X-Bus Offset Address). These bits set the value of the X-Bus address lines XA26-XA24, which

are used as offset for the X-Bus access during the current transaction (PC87417). The XA27 address line is set

to ‘0’.

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

122

www.national.com

Table 33. Logical Device Number (LDN) Assignment for ACCESS.bus

Offset Address Byte Type

This is an 8-bit value representing either of the following:

•Internal access - the offset address from the base of the functional block.

•External access - eight bits of the offset address from the base of the X-Bus chip-select (PC87417).

The offset address value must be within the defined range for the selected Logical Device or X-Bus chip-select. Offset values

outside this range are reserved.

Data Byte Type

This is an 8-bit value representing either the written or read data.

PEC Byte Type

This is an 8-bit value representing the 8-bit cyclic redundancy check of all the transferred bytes (see Section 6.2.8 on

page 119).

LDN Functional Block

00h Floppy Disk Controller (FDC)

01h Parallel Port (PP)

02h Serial Port 2 (SP2)

03h Serial Port 1 (SP1)

04h System Wake-Up Control (SWC)

06h Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC)1

1. This Logical Device has two chip selects for the Index/Data registers, each

pointed to by a different Base Address in the conﬁguration. The A2 bit of the Off-

set Address Byte differentiates between the two chip selects:

A2 = 0: the Index/Data registers pointed to by the Base Address at 60h and 61h

A2 = 1: the Index/Data registers pointed to by the Base Address at 62h and 63h.

07h General-Purpose I/O (GPIO) Ports

0Fh X-Bus Extension (PC87417)

10h Real Time Clock (RTC)2

2. This Logical Device has two chip selects for the Index/Data registers, each

pointed to by a different Base Address in the conﬁguration. The A1 bit of the Off-

set Address Byte differentiates between the two chip selects (see Note 1 above).

30h PM1b_EVT_BLK (SWC-ACPI)

31h PM1b_CNT_BLK (SWC-ACPI)

32h GPE1_BLK (SWC-ACPI)

3Eh Device Configuration (CONFIG)3,4

3. This Logical Device is accessible only through the ACCESS.bus.

4. Access to this Logical Device is through the Index register located at offset

00h and data register located at offset 01h.

3Fh ACCESS.bus Interface (ACB)3

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

123 www.national.com

Reset Slave Transaction

This is a broadcast transaction to the General Call address (00h) that resets the ACCESS.bus Interface logic and the data

registers (the configuration registers are not affected) and reloads the current slave address by starting a slave address set-

up process (see Section 6.2.6 on page 118). PEC is not supported for this transaction. Since this is a broadcast transaction,

all slave devices connected to the ACCESS.bus respond to it.

Write Internal Transaction

This transaction writes a byte of data to a register of a functional block of the PC8741x device. The functional block is se-

lected by the Logical Device Number for the ACCESS.bus (see Table 33 on page 122). The specific register is accessed

using the 8-bit offset address (from the base of the functional block). If PEC is supported, the master sends a PEC byte at

the end of the transaction.

If the selected Logical Device is not powered (the VDD supply is off), the PC8741x device generates a NACK bit at the end

of the Command byte, sets the OFFLDN bit in the ACBCST register (see Section 6.3.2 on page 126) and aborts the trans-

action.

Read Internal Transaction

This transaction reads a byte of data from a register of a functional block of the PC8741x device. The functional block is

selected by the Logical Device Number for the ACCESS.bus (see Table 33 on page 122). The specific register is accessed

using the 8-bit offset address (from the base of the functional block). This transaction is executed in two phases:

●The master executes an ACCESS.bus write transaction, which conveys the Command (Read) and Offset Address

information to the PC8741x device. During this phase, the data is read from the speciﬁc register into the Read Buffer.

This phase has no Stop Condition.

●Following a Restart condition, the master executes an ACCESS.bus read transaction. During this phase the data is

transferred from the Read Buffer to the master. At the end of this phase, the PC8741x device returns a PEC byte if

required by the master. The calculated PEC value is based on the bytes transferred during both phases.

If the selected Logical Device is not powered (the VDD supply is off), the PC8741x device generates a NACK bit at the end

of the Command byte, sets the OFFLDN bit in the ACBCST register (see Section 6.3.2 on page 126) and aborts the trans-

action.

General Call Address

Reset & Reload Slave Address

(00h) (06h)

= Start condition = ACK by slave

= Stop condition

Slave Address

Command

Offset Address

Data

PEC

(S.A, Write) (OA7-OA0)(Int, Write, LDN)

AAAAA

= Start condition = ACK by slave

= Stop condition

Slave Address

Command

Offset Address

Data

PEC

(S.A, Write) (OA7-OA0)(Int, Read, LDN)

AAA

= Start condition = Restart condition

= Stop condition

Slave Address

(S.A, Read)

= ACK by slave

= ACK by master

= NACK by master

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

124

www.national.com

Write External Transaction (PC87417)

This transaction writes a byte of data to a memory device or to an I/O port connected to the X-Bus. The chip-select for the

device is selected by the XBCSN field in the command byte. The specific memory location or I/O port register is accessed

using a 27-bit offset address (from the base of the chip-select). The 27-bit offset address is broken into four bytes: XA26-

XA24 in the Command byte and XA23-XA16, XA15-XA8 and XA7-XA0 in three successive Offset Address bytes. If PEC is

supported, the master sends a PEC byte at the end of the transaction.

Read External Transaction (PC87417)

This transaction reads a byte of data from a memory device or from an I/O port connected to the X-Bus. The chip-select for

the device is selected by the XBCSN field in the command byte. The specific memory location or I/O port register is accessed

using a 27-bit offset address (from the base of the chip-select). The 27-bit offset address is broken in four bytes: XA26-XA24

in the Command byte and XA23-XA16, XA15-XA8 and XA7-XA0 in three successive Offset Address bytes. This transaction

is executed in two phases:

●The master executes an ACCESS.bus write transaction, which conveys the Command (Read), chip-select and Offset

Address information to the PC8741x device. During this phase, the data is read from the speciﬁc memory location or

I/O port register into the Read Buffer. This phase has no Stop Condition.

●Following a Restart condition, the master executes an ACCESS.bus read transaction. During this phase the data is

transferred from the Read Buffer to the master. At the end of this phase, the PC8741x device returns a PEC byte if

required by the master. The calculated PEC value is based on the bytes transferred during both phases.

6.2.10 Transaction Execution

The ACCESS.bus uses the internal bus of the PC8741x device to access the internal modules (except its own registers) or

to bridge transactions to the X-Bus (see “Block Diagram” on page 1). Since the same internal bus is also used independently

by the LPC bus, the duration of the ACCESS.bus use of the internal bus is held to a minimum.

At the highest ACBCLK frequency (100 KHz), the longest ACCESS.bus transaction (Read External) takes at least 750 µs

to complete. In order not to stall the internal bus for such a long time, the ACCESS.bus transactions are executed as follows:

●Write - data is written through the internal bus at the end of the transaction after the Stop condition is detected; the

next ACCESS.bus transaction can start immediately while the present data is written through the internal bus.

●Read - data is read through the internal bus during the second part of the transaction (beginning with Restart), after

the Slave Address is received and before it is acknowledged (ACK); while the data is read through the internal bus,

the ACBCLK signal is held low, indicating to the ACCESS.bus master that PC8741x device is not ready (see Section

6.2.7 on page 119).

The duration of the ACCESS.bus transaction through the internal bus is longer for external access (X-Bus devices -

PC87417) than for internal access (internal modules of the PC8741x device). If wait states are configured for the module or

X-Bus access, their duration must be added to the internal bus transaction time. When the XRDY signal is in use, its delay

must also be accounted for.

If an LPC transaction started before an ACCESS.bus transaction, the execution of the ACCESS.bus transaction through the

internal bus is withheld until the end of the LPC transaction.

Slave Address

Command

Offset Address

Data

PEC

(S.A, Write) (XA23-XA16)(Ext, Write, XA26-24)

AAA

= Start condition = ACK by slave

= Stop condition

Offset Address

(XA15-XA8)

Offset Address

(XA7-XA0)

Slave Address

Command

Offset Address

Data

PEC

(S.A, Write)

AAA

= Start condition = Restart condition

= Stop condition

Slave Address

(S.A, Read)

= ACK by slave

= ACK by master

= NACK by master

Offset Address

(XA23-XA16)(Ext, Read, XA26-24) (XA15-XA8) (XA7-XA0)

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

125 www.national.com

6.3 ACB REGISTERS (ON ACCESS.BUS ONLY)

All these registers are accessible only through the ACCESS.bus.

The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:

●R/W = Read/Write.

●R = Read from a speciﬁc register (write to the same address is to a different register).

●W = Write (see above).

●RO = Read Only.

●WO = Write Only. Reading from the bit returns 0.

●R/W1C= Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.

●R/W1S = Read/Write 1 to Set. Writing 1 to a bit sets its value to 1. Writing 0 has no effect.

6.3.1 ACB Register Map (on ACCESS.bus Only)

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type Power Well Section

00h ACBCST ACCESS.bus Control/Status Varies per bit VSB 6.3.2

01h ACBCFG ACCESS.bus Configuration Varies per bit VSB 6.3.3

02h ACBLKCTL ACCESS.bus Lock Control Varies per bit VSB 6.3.4

03h ACBFDIS ACCESS.bus Fast Disable R/W VSB 6.3.5

04h ACBTRIS ACCESS.bus TRI-State R/W VSB 6.3.6

05h ACCLCF1 Access Lock Configuration 1 R/W VSB 6.3.7

06h ACCLCF2 Access Lock Configuration 2 R/W VSB 6.3.8

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

126

www.national.com

6.3.2 ACCESS.bus Control/Status Register (ACBCST)

This register controls the ACCESS.bus interface and holds the status of the last transactions. On reset, it is cleared (01h).

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 00h

Type: Varies per bit

Bit 76543210

Name OFFLDN ILGCOM PECERR BUSERR LOWCKTO ACCLVIOL VDDSTAT PECAVAIL

Reset 00000001

Bit Type Description

7 R/W1C OFFLDN (Accessed LDN Powered-off Flag). Indicates that the Logical Device accessed through the

command byte (only for Internal Access mode, i.e., when INEX = 0) is powered-off (relevant for the

Legacy functional blocks powered from the VDD plane). Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Powered Logical Device accessed (default)

1: Unpowered Logical Device accessed

6 R/W1C ILGCOM (Illegal Command Flag). Indicates that an illegal command code or an incorrect number of

address/data bytes was received or requested for transmission (by last byte NACK or Stop control).

Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Correct protocol (default)

1: Illegal command or number of bytes

5 R/W1C PECERR (PEC Error Flag). Indicates that a PEC error was detected in the write transaction bytes that

were received from the master. This bit is not updated if the master does not send a PEC byte. Writing

‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Correct PEC (default)

1: CRC of the received bytes differs from the received PEC

4 R/W1C BUSERR (Bus Error Flag). Indicates that an unexpected Start, Restart or Stop Condition was detected

during a read or write transaction. Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Correct transaction (default)

1: Illegal Start, Restart or Stop Condition

3 R/W1C LOWCKTO (Low Clock Timeout Flag). Indicates that the ACBCLK signal was detected low for longer

than the maximum allowed “cumulative clock low extend time” during a transaction, as deﬁned in

Section 11.4.6. Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Correct clock low timing (default)

1: Clock low timeout

2 R/W1C ACCLVIOL (Access Lock Violation Flag). Indicates that an LPC access to a functional module locked

for sole use by ACCESS.bus was detected. Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Correct LPC access (default)

1: LPC access to a locked functional module

1ROVDDSTAT (VDD Power Status). Indicates the actual status of the VDD power supply to the PC8741x

device.

0: VDD power OFF

1: VDD power ON

0ROPECAVAIL (PEC Feature Available). Enables the master to detect the availability of the PEC

implementation in the slave.

0: Peripheral does not support PEC

1: Peripheral supports PEC (default and fixed value for PC8741x devices)

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

127 www.national.com

6.3.3 ACCESS.bus Configuration Register (ACBCFG)

This register controls the configuration of the ACCESS.bus Interface. On reset, it is cleared (00h).

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 01h

Type: Varies per bit

6.3.4 ACCESS.bus Lock Control Register (ACBLKCTL)

This register controls the configuration lock of the PC8741x device. On reset, it is cleared (00h).

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 02h

Type: Varies per bit

Bit 76543210

Name CSWRST Reserved ACCLMD Reserved ACTSTAT

Reset 00000000

Bit Type Description

7 R/W CSWRST (Controller Software Reset). When set to ‘1’, this bit triggers a Controller Software reset

sequence (see Section 2.2.3 on page 34) and then returns to ‘0’. It always returns ‘0’ when read.

0: Normal operation (default)

1: Enable the Controller Software Reset

6Reserved.

5-4 R/W ACCLMD (Locked Module Access Mode). These bits control the behavior of the LPC Interface

whenever a locked module is accessed.

Bits

1 0 Function

0 0 Complete cycle and generate Error SYNC; read 00h; ignore write (default).

0 1 Complete cycle; read 00h; ignore write.

1 0 Ignore cycle (do not generate SYNC).

11 −Locked X-Bus chip-select (XCS3-XCS0): Generate Long Wait SYNC for read and write until

access lock is removed; then complete transaction normally.

−Any other locked module: Complete cycle; read 00h; ignore write.

3-1 Reserved.

0 R/W ACTSTAT (Module Activation Status Conﬁguration). This bit conﬁgures the behavior of the

Activation bit (for the Legacy modules) when read through the LPC bus (index 30 - see Section 3.2.3

on page 39). When this bit is set to ‘1’ and a speciﬁc module is disabled by the bits in the ACBFDIS

returns a ‘0’ value, ignoring the actual setting of the Activation bit.

0: Activation status reflects the value of the Activation bit (default)

1: Activation status reflects the value of the Activation bit, or returns ‘0’ if either the module is locked, or

disabled by the bits in the ACBFDIS register

Bit 76543210

Name VSBLOCK UNLOCKM UNLOCKG UNLOCKF UNLOCKC UNLOCKX UNLOCKR UNLOCKS

Reset 00000000

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

128

www.national.com

Bit Type Description

7 R/W1S VSBLOCK (Conﬁguration Lock Until VSB Reset). Controls the reset source of the following lock bits:

LOCKMCF and LOCKGCF in the SIOCF1 register, LOCKFDS in the SIOCF6 register, LOCKCCF in the

CLOCKCF register, LOCKCFP in all GPCFG1 registers (for each GPIO pin), LOCKIOMP in the XIOCNF

LOCKXSCF in the XZM0-XZM3 registers (PC87417), LOCKXHP in the HAP0 and HAP1 registers

(PC87417), LOCK_TMRRST in the PWTMRCTL register and LOCK_SLP_ENC in the SLP_ST_CFG

0: Lock bits cleared by VDD Power-Up reset, by Hardware reset or by VSB Power-Up reset (default)

1: Lock bits cleared only by VSB Power-Up reset

6 R/W UNLOCKM (Unlock Multiplexing Conﬁguration). When set to ‘1’, this bit resets the LOCKMCF bit in

the SIOCF1 register, ignoring the setting of the VSBLOCK bit. It always returns ‘0’ when read.

0: Normal operation (default)

1: Reset the LOCKMCF bit

5 R/W UNLOCKG (Unlock GPIO Conﬁguration). When set to ‘1’, this bit resets the LOCKGCF bit in the

SIOCF1 register and the LOCKCFP bit in all the GPCFG1 registers (for each GPIO pin), ignoring the

setting of the VSBLOCK bit. It always returns ‘0’ when read.

0: Normal operation (default)

1: Reset the LOCKGCF and all the LOCKCFP bits

4 R/W UNLOCKF (Unlock Fast Disable Conﬁguration). When set to ‘1’, this bit resets the LOCKFDS bit in

the SIOCF6 register, ignoring the setting of the VSBLOCK bit. It always returns ‘0’ when read.

0: Normal operation (default)

1: Reset the LOCKFDS bit

3 R/W UNLOCKC (Unlock Clock Conﬁguration). When set to ‘1’, this bit resets the LOCKCCF bit in the

CLOCKCF register, ignoring the setting of the VSBLOCK bit. It always returns ‘0’ when read.

0: Normal operation (default)

1: Reset the LOCKCCF bit

2 R/W UNLOCKX (Unlock X-Bus Conﬁguration). When set to ‘1’, this bit resets the LOCKIOMP bit in the

XIOCNF register, the LOCKMMP bit in the XMEMCNF2 register, the LOCKXSCF bit in the XZM0-XZM3

registers and the LOCKXHP bit in the HAP0 and HAP1 registers, ignoring the setting of the VSBLOCK

bit (PC87417). It always returns ‘0’ when read.

0: Normal operation (default)

1: Reset the LOCKIOMP, LOCKMMP, LOCKXSCF and LOCKXHP bits

1 R/W UNLOCKR (Unlock RAM Lock Conﬁguration). When set to ‘1’, this bit resets all the bits of the RLR

when read.

0: Normal operation (default)

1: Reset all the bits of the RLR register

0 R/W UNLOCKS (Unlock SWC Conﬁguration). When set to ‘1’, this bit resets the LOCK_TMRRST bit in the

PWTMRCTL register and the LOCK_SLP_ENC bit in the SLP_ST_CFG register, ignoring the setting of

the VSBLOCK bit. It always returns ‘0’ when read.

0: Normal operation (default)

1: Reset the LOCK_TMRRST and LOCK_SLP_ENC bits

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

129 www.national.com

6.3.5 ACCESS.bus Fast Disable Register (ACBFDIS)

This register provides a fast way to disable one or more modules through the ACCESS.bus without having to access the

Activate register of each module (see Section 3.2.3 on page 39). It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 03h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved KBDDIS MSDIS SER1DIS SER2DIS PARPDIS FDCDIS

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-6 Reserved.

5KBDDIS (Keyboard Controller Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Keyboard Controller module (Logical

Device 6) to be disabled (and its resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index

30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

4MSDIS (Mouse Controller Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Mouse Controller module (Logical Device

5) to be disabled (and its resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

3SER1DIS (Serial Port 1 Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Serial Port 1 module to be disabled (and its

resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

2SER2DIS (Serial Port 2 Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Serial Port 2 module to be disabled (and its

resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

1PARPDIS (Parallel Port Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Parallel Port module to be disabled (and its

resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

0FDCDIS (Floppy Disk Controller Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Floppy Disk Controller module to

be disabled (and its resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

130

www.national.com

6.3.6 ACCESS.bus TRI-STATE Register (ACBTRIS)

This register provides a fast way to float the outputs of one or more modules through the ACCESS.bus without having to

access their TRI-STATE Control bit in the Special Configuration register at index F0h. The module outputs enter TRI-STATE

only when the module is disabled (see Section 6.3.5 on page 129). The register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 04h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved KBMSTRIS SER1TRIS SER2TRIS PARPTRIS FDCTRIS

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-5 Reserved.

4KBMSTRIS (Keyboard and Mouse Outputs TRI-STATE). When set to 1 and the module is disabled, this bit

forces the outputs of the Keyboard and Mouse Controller to be in TRI-STATE regardless of bit 0 in the Keyboard

Conﬁguration register (see Section 3.13.3 on page 68).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to bit 0 in the Keyboard Configuration register (default)

1: Outputs in TRI-STATE

3SER1TRIS (Serial Port 1 Outputs TRI-STATE). When set to 1 and the module is disabled, this bit forces the

outputs of the Serial Port 1 module to be in TRI-STATE regardless of bits 6 and 0 in the Serial Port 1

Conﬁguration register (see Section 3.11.3 on page 65).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to bits 6 and 0 in the Serial Port 1 Configuration register (default)

1: Outputs in TRI-STATE

2SER2TRIS (Serial Port 2 Outputs TRI-STATE). When set to 1 and the module is disabled, this bit forces the

outputs of the Serial Port 2 module to be in TRI-STATE regardless of bits 6 and 0 in the Serial Port 2

Conﬁguration register (see Section 3.10.3 on page 63).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to bits 6 and 0 in the Serial Port 2 Configuration register (default)

1: Outputs in TRI-STATE

1PARPTRIS (Parallel Port Outputs TRI-STATE). When set to 1 and the module is disabled, this bit forces the

outputs of the Parallel Port module to be in TRI-STATE regardless of bit 0 in the Parallel Port Conﬁguration

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to bit 0 in the Parallel Port Configuration register (default)

1: Outputs in TRI-STATE

0FDCTRIS (Floppy Disk Controller Outputs TRI-STATE). When set to 1 and the module is disabled, this bit

forces the outputs of the Floppy Disk Controller module to be in TRI-STATE regardless of bit 0 in the FDC

Conﬁguration register (see Section 3.8.3 on page 58).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to bit 0 in the FDC Configuration register (default)

1: Outputs in TRI-STATE

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

131 www.national.com

6.3.7 Access Lock Configuration 1 Register (ACCLCF1)

This register controls the locking of the device functional blocks to LPC bus access. On reset, it is cleared (00h).

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 05h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name CONFALOK Reserved KBCALOK SER1ALOK SER2ALOK PARPALOK FDCALOK

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7CONFALOK (Configuration Access Lock). When set to 1, this bit disables LPC bus access to the Device

Configuration module and locks the module for use by ACCESS.bus only. If the module is accessed through

the LPC bus, it responds according to the setting of the ACCLMD ﬁeld in the ACBCFG register (see Section

6.3.3 on page 127); in addition, the ACCLVIOL bit in ACBCST is set (see Section 6.3.2 on page 126).

0: Module opened for LPC access (default)

1: Module locked for LPC access and opened for use by ACCESS.bus only

6-5 Reserved.

4KBCALOK (Keyboard/Mouse Controller Access Lock). When set to 1, this bit disables LPC bus access to

the Keyboard/Mouse Controller module and locks the module for use by ACCESS.bus only. If the module is

accessed through the LPC bus, it responds according to the setting of the ACCLMD ﬁeld and the ACCLVIOL

bit (see CONFALOK bit). The setting of this bit also forces module activation regardless of the actual setting of

its Activation bit (index 30 - see Section 3.2.3 on page 39) and of the setting of the global enable bit (GLOBEN

bit in the SIOCF1 register).

0: Module opened for LPC access (default)

1: Module locked for LPC access and opened for use by ACCESS.bus only (see Section 3.3.2 on page 43)

3SER1ALOK (Serial Port 1 Access Lock). When set to 1, this bit disables LPC bus access to the Serial Port

1 module and locks the module for use by ACCESS.bus only. If the module is accessed through the LPC bus,

it responds according to the setting of the ACCLMD ﬁeld and the ACCLVIOL bit (see CONFALOK bit). The

setting of this bit also forces module activation regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30 -

see Section 3.2.3 on page 39), of its fast-enable bit (SER1DIS bit in the SIOCF6 register) and of the setting of

the global enable bit (GLOBEN bit in the SIOCF1 register).

0: Module opened for LPC access (default)

1: Module locked for LPC access and opened for use by ACCESS.bus only (see Section 3.3.2 on page 43)

2SER2ALOK (Serial Port 2 Access Lock). When set to 1, this bit disables LPC bus access to the Serial Port

2 module and locks the module for use by ACCESS.bus only. This bit behaves like the SER1ALOK bit.

0: Module opened for LPC access (default)

1: Module locked for LPC access and opened for use by ACCESS.bus only (see Section 3.3.2 on page 43)

1PARPALOK (Parallel Port Access Lock). When set to 1, this bit disables LPC bus access to the Parallel Port

module and locks the module for use by ACCESS.bus only. This bit behaves like the SER1ALOK bit.

0: Module opened for LPC access (default)

1: Module locked for LPC access and opened for use by ACCESS.bus only (see Section 3.3.2 on page 43)

0FDCALOK (Floppy Disk Controller Access Lock). When set to 1, this bit disables LPC bus access to the

Floppy Disk Controller module and locks the module for use by ACCESS.bus only. This bit behaves like the

SER1ALOK bit.

0: Module opened for LPC access (default)

1: Module locked for LPC access and opened for use by ACCESS.bus only (see Section 3.3.2 on page 43)

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

132

www.national.com

6.3.8 Access Lock Configuration 2 Register (ACCLCF2)

This register controls the locking to LPC bus access of the device functional blocks. On reset, it is cleared (00h).

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 06h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name SWCALOK RTCALOK XBSALOK Reserved XCS3ALOK XCS2ALOK XCS1ALOK XCS0ALOK

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7SWCALOK (System Wake-up Controller Access Lock). When set to 1, this bit disables the LPC bus access

to the System Wake-up Controller module and locks the module for use by ACCESS.bus only. If the module is

accessed through the LPC bus (the SWC registers), it responds according to the setting of the ACCLMD ﬁeld

in the ACBCFG register (see Section 6.3.3 on page 127), and the ACCLVIOL bit in ACBCST is set (see Section

6.3.2 on page 126). This bit does not affect LPC access to the ACPI registers. The setting of this bit also forces

module activation regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30 - see Section 3.2.3 on page 39)

and of the setting of the global enable bit (GLOBEN bit in the SIOCF1 register).

0: Module opened for LPC access (default)

1: Module locked for LPC access and opened for use by ACCESS.bus only (see Section 3.3.2 on page 43)

6RTCALOK (Real-Time Clock Access Lock). When set to 1, this bit disables the LPC bus access to the Real-

Time Clock module and locks the module for use by ACCESS.bus only. This bit behaves like the SWCALOK bit.

0: Module opened for LPC access (default)

1: Module locked for LPC access and opened for use by ACCESS.bus only (see Section 3.3.2 on page 43)

5XBSALOK (X-Bus Module Access Lock). When set to 1, this bit disables the LPC bus access to the X-Bus

module and locks the module for use by ACCESS.bus only (PC87417). This bit behaves like the SWCALOK bit.

0: Module opened for LPC access (default)

1: Module locked for LPC access and opened for use by ACCESS.bus only (see Section 3.3.2 on page 43)

4Reserved.

3XCS3ALOK (X-Bus XCS3 Access Lock). When set to 1, this bit disables the LPC bus access to the X-Bus

devices connected to XCS3 and locks them for use by ACCESS.bus only (PC87417). This bit behaves like the

SWCALOK bit.

0: XCS3-connected devices opened for LPC access (default)

1: XCS3-connected devices locked for LPC access and opened for use by ACCESS.bus only (see Section 3.3.2 on

page 43)

2XCS2ALOK (X-Bus XCS2 Access Lock). Same as XCS3ALOK bit for X-Bus devices connected to XCS2

(PC87417)

1XCS1ALOK (X-Bus XCS1 Access Lock). Same as XCS3ALOK bit for X-Bus devices connected to XCS1

(PC87417)

0XCS0ALOK (X-Bus XCS0 Access Lock). Same as XCS3ALOK bit for X-Bus devices connected to XCS0

(PC87417)

6.0 ACCESS.bus Interface (Continued)

133 www.national.com

6.4 ACB REGISTER BITMAP

Offset Mnemonic 76543210

00h ACBCST OFFLDN ILGCOM PECERR BUSERR LOWCKTO ACCLVIOL VDDSTAT PECAVAIL

01h ACBCFG CSWRST Reserved ACCLMD Reserved ACTSTAT

02h ACBLKCTL VSBLOCK UNLOCKM UNLOCKG UNLOCKF UNLOCKC UNLOCKX UNLOCKR UNLOCKS

03h ACBFDIS Reserved KBDDIS MSDIS SER1DIS SER2DIS PARPDIS FDCDIS

04h ACBTRIS Reserved KBMSTRIS SER1TRIS SER2TRIS PARPTRIS FDCTRIS

05h ACCLCF1 CONFALOK Reserved KBCALOK SER1ALOK SER2ALOK PARPALOK FDCALOK

06h ACCLCF2 SWCALOK RTCALOK Reserved XCS3ALOK XCS2ALOK XCS1ALOK XCS0ALOK

134

www.national.com

7.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports

This chapter describes one 8-bit port. A device may include a combination of several ports with different implementations.

For device specific implementation, see Section 3.14 on page 69.

7.1 OVERVIEW

The GPIO port is an 8-bit port, connected to eight pins. It features:

•Software capability to control and read pin levels.

•Flexible system notification by several means, based on the pin level or level transition.

•Ability to capture and route events and their associated status.

•Back-drive protected pins.

GPIO port operation is associated with two sets of registers:

•Pin Configuration registers mapped in the Device Configuration space. These registers are used to set up the logical

behavior of each pin. There are three registers for each GPIO pin: GPIO Pin Configuration registers 1 and 2 (GPCFG1,

GPCFG2) and the GPIO Pin Event Routing register (GPEVR).

•Four 8-bit runtime registers: GPIO Data Out (GPDO), GPIO Data In (GPDI), GPIO Event Enable (GPEVEN) and GPIO

Event Status (GPEVST). These registers are mapped in the GPIO device IO space (which is determined by the base

address registers in the GPIO Device Configuration). They are used to control and/or read the pin values and to handle

system notification. Each runtime register corresponds to the 8-pin port, such that bit ‘n’ in each one of the four registers

is associated with GPIOXn pin, where ‘X’ is the port number.

Each GPIO pin is associated with configuration bits and the corresponding bit slice of the four runtime registers, as shown

in Figure 35.

The functionality of the GPIO port is divided into basic functionality, which includes the control and reading of the GPIO pins

and enhanced functionality, which includes wake-up event detection and system notification. Basic functionality is described

in Section 7.2; enhanced functionality is described in Section 7.3.

Figure 35. GPIO Port Architecture

GPIO Pin

Select (GPSEL)

Conﬁguration 1 and 2

GPDOX

GPDIX

GPEVENX

GPEVSTX

Runtime

Registers

GPIOX Base Address

Event

Bit n

Port and Pin

8 GPCFG

Registers

GPIOXn

GPIOXn CNFG

Interrupt Request

GPIOXn

Port Logic

X = port number

n = pin number (0 to 7)

Pending

Indication SIOSMI

GPIO Pin Event

Routing (GPEVR)

8 GPEVR

Registers

GPIOXn ROUTE

Select

Event

Routing

Control

Registers

(GPCFG1 and GPCFG2)

SWC SIOSCI

Power Button

Pulse Enable

ONCTL

GPIO

7.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports (Continued)

135 www.national.com

7.2 BASIC FUNCTIONALITY

The basic functionality of each GPIO pin is based on four configuration bits and a bit slice of runtime registers GPDO and

GPDI. The configuration and operation of a single pin GPIOXn (pin ‘n’ in port ‘X’) is shown in Figure 36.

Figure 36. GPIO Basic Functionality

7.2.1 Configuration Options

The GPCFG1 register controls the following basic configuration options:

•Port Direction - Controlled by the Output Enable bit (bit 0).

•Output Type - Push-pull vs. open-drain. It is controlled by Output Buffer Type (bit 1) by enabling/disabling the upper tran-

sistor of the output buffer.

•Static Pull-Up - May be added to any type of port (input, open-drain or push-pull). It is controlled by Pull-Up Control (bit 2).

•Pin Lock - GPIO pin may be locked to prevent any changes in the output value and/or the output configuration. The lock

is controlled by bit 3. It disables writes to the GPDO register bits, to bits 0-3 of the GPCFG1 register (including the Lock

bit itself) and to bits 4-6 of the GPCFG2 register. Once locked, it can be released by reset or by the UNLOCKG bit in the

ACBLKCTL register (see Section 6.3.4 on page 127 - PC87413 and PC87417).

The GPCFG2 register controls the following basic configuration options:

•Load Protection - Disables the Output Buffer (if enabled), the Static Pull-Up (if enabled) and the Input Buffer (if the Port

is not a GPO type) if the specific GPIO pin is connected to a VDD-powered device and the VDD power is not present

(No_Vdd). This function is controlled by the VDD-powered Load bit (bit 4).

Data Out

Data In

Output

Enable

Output

Lock Type

Static

Pull-Up

Enable

Push-Pull =1

Pull-Up

Control

Read Only

Read/Write

(Bit 3) (Bit 2) (Bit 1) (Bit 0)

Lock Lock Lock

GPIO Pin Conﬁguration Registers 1 and 2

(GPCFG1)

ACCESS.bus

LPC Bus

VDD-powered

Load

Bus

Control

(Bits 6,5) (Bit 4)

Lock Lock

No_Vdd

(GPCFG2)

(GPDI)

(GPDO)

7.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports (Continued)

136

www.national.com

•Access Control - Limits access to the specific pin from only one of the buses (ACCESS.bus or LPC bus). When access

from a bus is disabled, attempted writes to the Basic Functionality configuration registers (GPCFG1 bits 3-0 and

GPCFG2 bits 6-4, none of which are shown in Figure 36) and to the corresponding bit in the GPDO register are ignored.

Reads from the bits above and from the corresponding bit in the GPDI register are allowed and return the actual bit value.

Bus access is controlled by Bus Control bits (bits 6 and 5). After reset, both bits are ‘0’ and access is allowed from both

ACCESS.bus and LPC bus. In the PC87414 and PC87416, this feature is irrelevant because only the LPC bus is

available.

7.2.2 Operation

If the output is enabled, the value that is written to the GPDO register is driven to the pin. Reading from the GPDO register

returns its contents regardless of the actual pin value or the port configuration.

The GPDI register is a read-only register. Reading from the GPDI register returns the actual pin value regardless of its

source (the port itself or an external device). Writing to this register is ignored.

Activation of the GPIO module is controlled by device-specific configuration bits. When this module is inactive, access

through the LPC bus to the runtime registers (GPDI and GPDO) is disabled; however, there is no change in the GPDO value

and therefore there is no effect on the outputs of the pins.

7.3 EVENT HANDLING AND SYSTEM NOTIFICATION

The enhanced GPIO port (GPIOE) supports system notification based on event detection. This functionality is based on

configuration bits and a bit slice of runtime registers GPEVEN and GPEVST. The configuration and operation of the event

detection capability is shown in Figure 37. System notification is described in Section 7.3.2.

Figure 37. Event Detection

7.3.1 Event Configuration

Each pin in the GPIO port is a potential input event source. The event detection can trigger a system notification upon pre-

determined behavior of the source pin. The GPCFG1 register determines the event detection trigger type for the system

notification.

Event

Enable

Event Polarity

Input

Debouncer

Event

Internal

Bus

Pin Level =1

Write 1 to Clear

Status

Rising Edge or

Rising

Edge

Detector

High Level =1

GPIO Pin Conﬁguration Register 1

Event Type

Event

Debounce

Enable

R/W

Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4

Indication

Pending

(GPCFG1)

Reset

Set

GPIO Event Indication to SWC

Read

GPIO

7.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports (Continued)

137 www.national.com

Event Debounce Enable

The input signal can be debounced for about 15 msec before entering the detector. To ensure that the signal is stable, the

signal state is transferred to the event detector only after a debouncing period during which the signal has no transitions.

The debouncer adds a 16 msec delay to both assertion and de-assertion of the event pending indicator (IRQ, SMI, SCI).

The debounce is controlled by Event Debounce Enable (bit 6 of the GPCFG1 register).

Event Type and Polarity

Two trigger types of event detection are supported: edge and level. An edge event may be detected upon a source pin tran-

sition either from high to low or low to high. A level event may be detected when the source pin is either at high or low level.

The trigger type is determined by Event Type (bit 4 of the GPCFG1 register). The direction of the transition (for edge) or the

polarity of the active level (for level) is determined by Event Polarity (bit 5 of the GPCFG1 register).

The term active edge refers to a change in a GPIO pin level that matches the Event Polarity bit (1 for rising edge and 0 for

falling edge). Active level refers to the GPIO pin level that matches the Event Polarity bit (1 for high level and 0 for low level).

The corresponding bit of the GPEVST register is set by hardware whenever an active edge or an active level is detected

regardless of the GPEVEN register setting. Writing 1 to the Status bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 is ignored.

A GPIO pin is in event pending state if an active event occurred (the corresponding bit of the GPEVST register is set) and

the corresponding bit of the GPEVEN register is set.

7.3.2 System Notification

System notification on GPIO-triggered events is achieved by asserting at least one of the following output pins:

•Interrupt Request (via the Interrupt Serializer in the LPC Bus Interface).

•System Management Interrupt (SIOSMI, via the System Wake-Up Control).

The system notification for each GPIO pin is controlled by the corresponding bit in the GPEVEN register and the bits of the

GPEVR register. System notification by a GPIO pin is enabled if the corresponding bit of the GPEVEN register is set to 1.

The bits of the GPEVR register select the means of system notification (IRQ or SMI) that the detected GPIO event is routed

to. The event routing mechanism is described in Figure 38.

Figure 38. GPIO Event Routing Mechanism for System Notiﬁcation

The system notification to the target is asserted if at least one GPIO pin is in event pending state.

The selection of the target (the means of system notification) is determined by the GPEVR register. If IRQ is selected as one

of the means for the system notification, the specific IRQ number is determined by the IRQ selection procedure of the device

configuration. The assertion of IRQ (as a means of system notification) is disabled either when the GPIO functional block is

deactivated or when the VDD power is OFF.

The assertion of SMI is independent of the activation of the GPIO functional block. SMI fromGPIO pins connectedto a device

pins connected to a device powered by VSB (VDDLOAD = 0) is not affected by the status of the VDD power.

GPIO Event Pending Indication

SIOSMI

IRQ

Event

Routing

Logic

Enable

IRQ Event Routing Register

Bit 1 Bit 0

(GPEVR) Routed Events

from other GPIO Pins

RoutingRouting

Enable

SMI GPIO Pin

GPIO Event to

7.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports (Continued)

138

www.national.com

System notification through IRQ, SMI or SCI (see Section 9.2.1 on page 161) can be initiated by software by writing to the

Data Out bit (in the GPDO register) of a GPIO pin. This is possible only if the output of the corresponding GPIO pin is en-

abled, pin multiplexing is selected for the GPIO function (see Section 1.3 on page 20) and the GPIO event is routed to IRQ,

SMI or SCI. System notification is asserted according to the actual level at the GPIO pin driven by the GPIO output and/or

by external circuitry. The level driven by the GPIO output should not cause a contention with the level driven by the external

circuitry.

A pending edge event may be cleared by clearing the corresponding GPEVST bit. However, a level event source may not

be released by software (except for disabling the source) as long as the pin is at active level. When level event is used, it is

also recommended to disable the input debouncer.

Upon deactivation of the GPIO functional block and while the VDD power is OFF, access through the LPC bus to the runtime

registers (GPEVST and GPEVEN) is disabled. All means of system notification that include the target IRQ number are de-

tached from the GPIO and de-asserted.

When the VDD power is OFF, the status bits of the GPIO pins connected to a VDD-powered device (VDDLOAD = 1) are

cleared, however the status bits of the GPIO pins connected to a VSB-powered device (VDDLOAD = 0) is not affected.

Before enabling any system notification, it is recommended to set the desired event configuration and then verify that the

status registers are cleared.

7.4 GPIO PORT REGISTERS

The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:

●R/W = Read/Write.

●R = Read from a speciﬁc register (write to the same address is to a different register).

●W = Write (see above).

●RO = Read Only.

●WO = Write Only. Reading from the bit returns 0.

●R/W1C= Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.

●R/W1S = Read/Write 1 to Set. Writing 1 to a bit sets its value to 1. Writing 0 has no effect.

7.4.1 GPIO Pin Configuration Registers Structure

For each Port, there is a group of eight identical sets of configuration registers. Each set is associated with one GPIO pin.

The entire group is mapped to the PnP configuration space. The mapping scheme is based on the GPSEL register (see

Section 3.14.3 on page 71), which functions as an index register, and the specific GPCFG1, GPEVR and GPCFG2 registers

that reflect the configuration of the currently selected pin (see Table 34). All these registers are VSB powered.

Table 34. GPIO Conﬁguration Registers

Index Conﬁguration Register or Action Type Power Well Reset

F0h GPIO Pin Select register (GPSEL). R/W VSB 00h

F1h GPIO Pin Conﬁguration register 1 (GPCFG1). R/W VSB Note1

1. See Section 3.14.3 on page 71.

F2h GPIO Pin Event Routing register (GPEVR). R/W VSB 01h

F3h GPIO Pin Conﬁguration register 2 (GPCFG2). R/W VSB 00h

7.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports (Continued)

139 www.national.com

7.4.2 GPIO Port Runtime Register Map

All these registers are VSB powered.

7.4.3 GPIO Data Out Register (GPDO)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Device specific

Type: R/W

7.4.4 GPIO Data In Register (GPDI)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Device specific

Type: RO

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type Power Well Reset Section

Device speciﬁc1

1. The location of this register is deﬁned in Section 3.14.1 on page 69.

GPDO GPIO Data Out R/W VSB FFh 7.4.3

Device speciﬁc1GPDI GPIO Data In RO VSB - 7.4.4

Device speciﬁc1GPEVEN GPIO Event Enable R/W VSB 00h 7.4.5

Device speciﬁc1GPEVST GPIO Event Status R/W1C VSB 00h 7.4.6

Bit 76543210

Name DATAOUT

Reset 11111111

Bit Description

7-0 DATAOUT (Data Out). Bits 7-0 correspond to pins 7-0 of the speciﬁc Port. The value of each bit determines the

value driven on the corresponding GPIO pin when its output buffer is enabled. Writing to the bit latches the

written data unless the bit is locked by the GPCFG register Lock bit. Reading the bit returns its value regardless

of the pin value and conﬁguration.

0: Corresponding pin driven to low

1: Corresponding pin driven or released (according to buffer type selection) to high (default)

Bit 76543210

Name DATAIN

Reset XXXXXXXX

Bit Description

7-0 DATAIN (Data In). Bits 7-0 correspond to pins 7-0 of the speciﬁc Port. Reading each bit returns the value of the

corresponding GPIO pin. Pin conﬁguration and the GPDO register value may inﬂuence the pin value. Write is

ignored.

0: Corresponding pin level low

1: Corresponding pin level high

7.0 General-Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) Ports (Continued)

140

www.national.com

7.4.5 GPIO Event Enable Register (GPEVEN)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Device specific

Type: R/W

7.4.6 GPIO Event Status Register (GPEVST)

Power Well: VSB

Location: Device specific

Type: R/W1C

Bit 76543210

Name EVTENA

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 EVTENA (Event Enable). Bits 7-0 correspond to pins 7-0 of the speciﬁc Port. Each bit enables system

notiﬁcation by the corresponding GPIO pin. The bit has no effect on the corresponding Status bit in the GPEVST

0: Event Pending by corresponding GPIO pin masked

1: Event Pending by corresponding GPIO pin enabled

Bit 76543210

Name EVTSTAT

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 EVTSTAT (Event Status). Bits 7-0 correspond to pins 7-0 of the speciﬁc Port. The setting of each bit is

independent of the Event Enable bit in the GPEVEN register. An active event sets the Status bit, which may be

cleared only by software writing 1 to the bit.

0: No active edge or level detected since last cleared

1: Active edge or level detected

141 www.national.com

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC)

8.1 OVERVIEW

The RTC provides timekeeping and calendar management capabilities. It uses a 32.768 KHz signal as the basic clock for

timekeeping. The RTC also includes 242 bytes of battery-backed RAM for general-purpose use.

The RTC provides the following functions:

●Accurate timekeeping and calendar management.

●Alarm at a predetermined time and/or date.

●Three programmable interrupt sources.

●Valid timekeeping during power-down by utilizing external battery backup.

●242 bytes of battery-backed RAM.

●RAM lock schemes to protect its content.

●Internal oscillator circuit (the crystal itself is off-chip) or external clock supply for the 32.768 KHz clock.

●A century counter.

●PnP support:

—Relocatable index and data registers

—Module access enable/disable option

—Host interrupt enable/disable option

●Additional low-power features such as:

—Automatic switching from VBAT to VSB

—Internal power monitoring on the VRT bit

—Oscillator disabling to conserve battery power during storage

●Software compatible with the DS1287 and MC146818.

8.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

8.2.1 Bus Interface

The RTC function is initially mapped to the default ServerI/O locations at indexes 70h to 73h (two Index/Data pairs). These

locations may be reassigned in compliance with Plug and Play requirements.

8.2.2 RTC Clock Generation

The RTC uses a 32.768 KHz clock signal as the basic clock for timekeeping. The 32.768 KHz clock is supplied by either the

internal oscillator circuit or by an external oscillator (see Sections 8.2.3 and 8.2.4).

8.2.3 Internal Oscillator

The internal oscillator employs an external crystal connected to the on-chip amplifier. The on-chip amplifier is accessible on

the 32KX1 input pin and 32KX2 output pin. See Figure 39 for the recommended external circuit; see Table 35 on page 142

for a listing of the circuit components. The oscillator may be disabled in certain conditions. See Section 8.2.12 on page 146

for more details.

Figure 39. Recommended Oscillator External Circuitry

VBAT

CF Internal

External

32KX1 / 32KX2

C1 C2

To other

modules

Battery

CF = 0.1µF

32KCLKIN

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

142

www.national.com

Table 35. Crystal Oscillator Circuit Components

External Elements

Choose C1 and C2 capacitors (see Figure 39) to match the crystal’s load capacitance. The load capacitance CL“seen” by

crystal Y is comprised of C1in series with C2and in parallel with the parasitic capacitance of the circuit. The parasitic ca-

pacitance is caused by the chip package, board layout and socket (if any) and can vary from 0 to 8 pF. The rule of thumb in

choosing these capacitors is:

CL = (C1 * C2) / (C1 + C2) + CPARASITIC

Oscillator Start-Up

The oscillator starts to generate 32.768 KHz pulses to the RTC after about t32KW from when VBAT is higher than VBATMIN

(2.4V) or VSB is higher than VSBON (2.5V). The oscillation amplitude on the X2C pin stabilizes to its final value (approximately

0.4V peak-to-peak around 0.7V DC) in about 1 sec.

C1can be trimmed to achieve precisely 32.768 KHz. For highly accurate timekeeping, use crystal and capacitors with low

tolerance and temperature coefficients.

8.2.4 External Oscillator

32.768 KHz can be applied from an external clock source, as shown in Figure 40.

Figure 40. External Oscillator Connections

Connections

Connect the clock to the 32KCLKIN pin, leaving the oscillator output, 32KX2, unconnected.

Component Parameters Values Tolerance

Crystal Resonance Frequency 32.768 KHz Parallel mode User deﬁned

Type N-Cut or XY-bar

Serial Resistance 40 KΩMax

Quality Factor, Q 35000 Min

Shunt Capacitance 2 pF Max

Load Capacitance, CL9-13 pF

Temperature Coefﬁcient User-deﬁned

Resistor R1Resistance 20 MΩ5%

Resistor R2Resistance 510 KΩ5%

Capacitor C1Capacitance 10 pF 5%

Capacitor C2Capacitance 10 pF 5%

32.768 KHz

Clock Generator

Internal

External

32KCLKIN / 32KX2

To other

modules

Battery

VBAT

OUT

PWR

CF = 0.1µF

32KX1

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

143 www.national.com

Signal Parameters

The signal levels must conform to the voltage level requirements for 32KCLKIN/32KX1 stated in Section 11.2 on page 232.

The signal must have a duty cycle of approximately 50%. To oscillate during power-down, the signal must be sourced from

a battery-backed source. This assures that the RTC delivers updated time/calendar information.

8.2.5 Timing Generation

The timing generation function divides the 32.768 KHz clock by 215 to derive a 1 Hz signal, which serves as the input for the

seconds counter. This is performed by a divider chain composed of 15 divide-by-two latches, as shown in Figure 41.

Figure 41. Divider Chain Control

Bits 6-4 (DV2-0) of the CRA register control the following functions:

●Normal operation of the divider chain (counting).

●Divider chain reset to 0.

●Oscillator activity when only VBAT power is present (backup state).

The divider chain can be activated by setting Normal Operation mode (bits 6-4 of CRA = 010b). The first update occurs

500 ms after divider chain activation.

Bits 3-0 of the CRA register select one the of 15 taps from the divider chain to be used as a periodic interrupt. The periodic

flag becomes active after half of the programmed period has elapsed, following divider chain activation.

See Section 8.3.13 on page 153 for more details.

8.2.6 Timekeeping

Data Format

Time is kept in BCD or binary format, as determined by bit 2 (DM) of Control Register B (CRB), and in either 12 or 24-hour

format, as determined by bit 1 of this register.

Note: When changing the above formats, re-initialize all the time registers.

Daylight Saving

Daylight saving time exceptions are handled automatically, as described in the RTC Control Register B (CRB) in Section

8.3.2 on page 149.

Leap Years

Leap year exceptions are handled automatically by the internal calendar function (every four years, February is extended to

29 days).

32.768 KHz

13 2

14 2

15 1Hz

Divider Chain

DV2 DV1 DV0

CRA Register

Oscillator

Enable

32KX1 / 32KX2

To other

Reset

654

modules

32KCLKIN

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

144

www.national.com

8.2.7 Updating

The time and calendar registers are updated once per second regardless of bit 7 (SET) of the CRB register. Since the time

and calendar registers are updated serially, unpredictable results may occur if they are accessed during the update. There-

fore, it is essential to ensure that reading or writing to the time storage locations does not coincide with a system update of

these locations. There are four methods to avoid this contention.

Method 1

1. Set bit 7 of the CRB register to 1. This takes a “snapshot” of the internal time registers and loads them into the user copy

registers. The user copy registers are seen when accessing the RTC from outside and are part of the double buffering

mechanism. This bit may be kept set for up to 1 second, since the time/calendar chain continues to be updated once per

second.

2. Read or write the required registers (since bit 7 is set, the access is to the user copy registers). If a read operation is

performed, the information read is correct from the time bit 7 was set. If a write operation is performed, the write is only

to the user copy registers.

3. Reset bit 7 to 0. During the transition, the user copy registers update the internal registers, using the double buffering

mechanism to ensure that the update is performed between two time updates. This mechanism enables new time pa-

rameters to be loaded in the RTC.

Method 2

1. Access the RTC registers after detection of an Update Ended interrupt. The detection interrupt implies that an update

has just been completed and 999 ms remain until the next update.

2. To detect an Update Ended interrupt, either:

—Poll bit 4 of the CRC register.

—Use the following interrupt routine:

a) Set bit 4 of the CRB register.

b) Wait for an interrupt from interrupt pin.

c) Clear the IRQF flag of the CRC register before exiting the interrupt routine.

Method 3

Poll bit 7 of the CRA register. The update occurs 244 µs after this bit goes high. Therefore, if a 0 is read, the time registers

remain stable for at least 244 µs.

Method 4

Use a periodic interrupt routine to determine if an update cycle is in progress, as follows:

1. Set the periodic interrupt to the desired period.

2. Set bit 6 of the CRB register to enable the interrupt from periodic interrupt.

3. Wait for the appearance of a periodic interrupt, which indicates that the period represented by the following expression

remains until another update occurs:

[(Period of periodic interrupt / 2) + 244 µs]

8.2.8 Alarms

The timekeeping function can be set to generate an alarm when the current time reaches a stored alarm time. After each

RTC time update (every 1 second), the seconds, minutes, hours, date-of-month and month counters are compared with their

corresponding registers in the alarm settings. If they are equal, bit 5 of the CRC register is set to 1 and sent to the SWC as

an alarm signal. If the Alarm Interrupt Enable bit was previously set (bit 5 of the CRB register), the interrupt request pin is

also active.

Any alarm register may be set to Unconditional Match by setting bits 7 and 6 to binary ‘11’. This combination, not used by

any BCD or binary time codes, results in a periodic alarm. The rate of this periodic alarm is determined by the registers that

were set to Unconditional Match.

For example, if all but the seconds and minutes alarm registers are set to Unconditional Match, an interrupt is generated

every hour at the specified minute and second. If all but the seconds, minutes and hours alarm registers are set to Uncon-

ditional Match, an interrupt is generated every day at the specified hour, minute and second.

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

145 www.national.com

8.2.9 Power Supply

The device is supplied from three supply voltages, as shown in Figure 42:

●System power supply voltage, VDD.

●System standby power supply voltage, VSB.

●Backup voltage, from low-capacity Lithium battery VBAT.

A standby voltage (VSB) from the external AC/DC power supply powers the RTC under normal conditions.

Figure 42. Power Supply Connections

Figure 43 shows a typical battery configuration. No external diode is required to meet the UL standard due to the internal

switch and internal serial resistor RUL.

Figure 43. Typical Battery Conﬁguration

The RTC is supplied from one of two power supplies, VSB or VBAT, depending on their voltage levels. An internal voltage

comparator delivers the control signals to a pair of switches. Battery backup voltage VBAT maintains the correct time and

saves the CMOS memory when the VSB voltage is absent due to power failure or disconnection of the external AC/DC input

power supply or VSB main battery.

To ensure that the module uses power from VSB and not from VBAT, the VSB voltage must be maintained above its minimum,

as detailed in Section 11.1.5 on page 231.

The actual voltage point where the module switches from VBAT to VSB is lower than the minimum workable battery voltage

but high enough to guarantee the correct functionality of the oscillator and the CMOS RAM.

Figure 44 shows typical battery current consumption during battery-backed operation; Figure 45 shows the same during nor-

mal operation.

RTC

Power

Backup

VDD

VBAT

VDD

VSB

VBAT

Battery

External AC Power

Supply

VDD Sense

VSB

VBAT

VSB

VBAT

ONCTL ON/OFF

Power Management

Control

ONCTL

VDD

VSB

VBAT

0.1 µF

VSB

BT1

0.1 µF

VPP

RUL

REF

RTC

1. Place a 0.1 µF capacitor on each VSB power supply

pin and on VBAT as close to the pin as possible.

2. Place a 10-47 µF capacitor on the common VSB power

supply net as close to the device as possible.

22 µF

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

146

www.national.com

Figure 44. Typical Battery Current During Battery-Backed Power Mode

Figure 45. Typical Battery Current During Normal Operation Mode

8.2.10 System Bus Lockout

During power on or power off, spurious bus transactions from the host may occur. To protect the data in the RTC internal

registers from being corrupted, all inputs are automatically locked out. The lockout condition is asserted when VSB is lower

than VSBON at VSB power-on or VSBOFF at VSB power-off.

8.2.11 Power-Up Detection

When system power is restored after a power failure or power off state (VSB=0), the lockout condition continues for a delay

of 62 ms (minimum) to 125 ms (maximum) after the RTC switches from battery to system power.

The lockout condition is switched off immediately in the following situations:

•If the Divider Chain Control bits, DV0-2 (bits 6-4 in the CRA register), specify a normal operation mode (010), all input

signals are enabled immediately on detection of system voltage above VSBON.

•When battery voltage is below VBATDCT and LRESET is 0, all input signals are enabled immediately on detection of sys-

tem voltage above VSBON. This also initializes registers at offsets 00h through 0Dh.

•If bit 7 (VRT) of the CRD register is 0, all input signals are enabled immediately on detection of system voltage above

VSBON.

8.2.12 Oscillator Activity

The RTC oscillator is active if:

●VSB power supply is higher than VSBON regardless of the battery voltage, VBAT.

●VBAT power supply is higher than VBATMIN whether or not VSB is present.

The RTC oscillator is disabled if:

●During power-down (VBAT only), if the battery voltage drops below VBATMIN, Battery Fail state may be entered. In this

case, the oscillator may stop oscillating and memory contents may be corrupted or lost.

●Software writes 00h to DV2-0 bits of the CRA register and VSB is removed. This disables the oscillator and decreases

the power consumption from the battery connected to the VBAT pin. When disabling the oscillator, the CMOS RAM is

not affected as long as the battery is present at a correct voltage level.

IBAT (µA)

1.0

0.9

0.8

0.7

2.4 3.0 3.6 VBAT (V)

IBAT (µA)

0.20

0.15

0.10

0.05

3.0 3.3 3.6 VSB

Note: Battery voltage in this test is 3.0V. (V)

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

147 www.national.com

If the RTC oscillator becomes inactive, the following features are dysfunctional/disabled:

●Timekeeping.

●Periodic interrupt.

●Alarm.

8.2.13 Interrupt Handling

The RTC has a single Interrupt Request line which handles the following three interrupt conditions:

●Periodic interrupt.

●Alarm interrupt.

●Update end interrupt.

The interrupts are generated if the respective enable bits in the CRB register are set prior to an interrupt event occurrence.

Reading the CRC register clears all interrupt flags. Thus, when multiple interrupts are enabled, the interrupt service routine

must first read and store the CRC register and then deal with all pending interrupts by referring to this stored status.

If an interrupt is not serviced before a second occurrence of the same interrupt condition, the second interrupt event is lost.

Figure 46 illustrates the interrupt and status timing in the RTC.

Figure 46. Interrupt/Status Timing

8.2.14 Battery-Backed RAMs and Registers

The RTC has two battery-backed RAMs and 17 registers used by the logical units themselves. Battery-backup power en-

ables information retention during system power down.

The RAMs are:

●Standard RAM.

●Extended RAM.

The memory maps and register content of the RAMs are illustrated in Section 8.6 on page 159.

The first 14 bytes and three programmable bytes of the Standard RAM are overlaid by time, alarm data and control registers.

The remaining 111 bytes are general-purpose memory.

Registers with reserved bits must be written using the “Read-Modify-Write” method.

All register locations within the device are accessed by the RTC Index and Data registers (at base address and base ad-

dress+1). The Index register points to the register location being accessed. The Data register contains the data to be trans-

ferred to or from the location. An additional 128 bytes of battery-backed RAM (also called Extended RAM) may be accessed

via a second pair of Index and Data registers pointed at by the secondary base address and base address+1.

Access to the two RAMs may be locked. For details see the RAM Lock Register (RLR) in Section 3.16.3 on page 87.

Flags (and IRQ) are reset at the conclusion

of CRC read or by reset.

A: Update In Progress bit high before update occurs = 244 µs

B: Periodic interrupt to update = (P/2 + A)

C: Update to Alarm Interrupt = 30.5 µs

P: Periodic interrupt cycle (programmed by RS3-0 of CRA)

Bit 7 of CRA

Bit 4

Bit 6

Bit 5

of CRC

P/2 P/2

(244 µs)

(30.5 µs)

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

148

www.national.com

8.3 RTC REGISTERS

The RTC configuration registers can be accessed at any time during normal or standby operation; i.e., when VSB and/or VDD

are within the recommended operation range. Access to the RTC configuration registers is disabled during battery-backed

operation.

The register maps in this chapter use the following abbreviations for Type:

●R/W = Read/Write.

●R = Read from a speciﬁc register (write to the same address is to a different register).

●W = Write (see above).

●RO = Read Only.

●WO = Write Only. Reading from the bit returns 0.

●R/W1C= Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.

●R/W1S = Read/Write 1 to Set. Writing 1 to a bit sets its value to 1. Writing 0 has no effect.

8.3.1 RTC Configuration Registers Structure

The RTC configuration registers can be accessed at any time during normal or standby operation; i.e., when VSB and/or VDD

are within the recommended operation range. Access to the RTC configuration registers is disabled during battery-backed

operation. See Section 3.16 on page 86 for a description of the Configuration registers.

Table 36. RTC Conﬁguration Register Map

Index RTC Conﬁguration Register or Action Type Power Well Reset

F0h RAM Lock Register (RLR). R/W1S VSB 00h

F1h Date-of-Month Alarm Register Offset (DOMAO). R/W VSB 00h

F2h Month Alarm Register Offset (MONAO). R/W VSB 00h

F3h Century Register Offset (CENO). R/W VSB 00h

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

149 www.national.com

8.3.2 RTC Runtime Register Map

The RTC runtime registers can be accessed at any time during normal or standby operation; i.e., when VSB and/or VDD are

within the recommended operation range. The access is disabled during battery-backed operation. Write operation to these

registers is also disabled if bit 7 of the CRD register is 0 (see Section 8.3.16 on page 156).

Note: Before attempting to perform any start-up procedures, read the explanation of bit 7 (VRT) of the CRD register (see

Section 8.3.16 on page 156).

See Section 8.6 on page 159 for a detailed description of the memory map for the RTC registers.

This section describes the RTC Timing and Control registers that control basic RTC functionality. All registers are VPP pow-

ered.

8.3.3 Seconds Register (SEC)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 00h

Type: R/W

Index Mnemonic Name Type Power

Well Reset Section

00h SEC Seconds Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.3

01h SECA Seconds Alarm Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.4

02h MIN Minutes Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.5

03h MINA Minutes Alarm Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.6

04h HOR Hours Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.7

05h HORA Hours Alarm Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.8

06h DOW Day-of-Week Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.9

07h DOM Date-of-Month Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.10

08h MON Month Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.11

09h YER Year Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.12

0Ah CRA RTC Control Register A Varies per bit VPP Bit speciﬁc 8.3.13

0Bh CRB RTC Control Register B R/W VPP Bit speciﬁc 8.3.14

0Ch CRC RTC Control Register C R/O VPP Bit speciﬁc 8.3.15

0Dh CRD RTC Control Register D R/O VPP VPP PUR 8.3.16

Programmable1by DOMAO

1. Overlaid on RAM bytes in range 0Eh-7Fh.

DOMA Date-of-Month Alarm Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.17

Programmable1by MONAO MONA Month Alarm Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.18

Programmable1by CENO CEN Century Register R/W VPP VPP PUR 8.3.19

Bit 76543210

Name Seconds Data

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 Seconds Data. Values may be 00 to 59 in BCD format or 00 to 3B in Binary format.

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

150

www.national.com

8.3.4 Seconds Alarm Register (SECA)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 01h

Type: R/W

8.3.5 Minutes Register (MIN)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 02h

Type: R/W

8.3.6 Minutes Alarm Register (MINA)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 03h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Seconds Alarm Data

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 Seconds Alarm Data. Values may be 00 to 59 in BCD format or 00 to 3B in Binary format.

When bits 7 and 6 are both set to one (‘11’), unconditional match is selected.

Bit 76543210

Name Minutes Data

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 Minutes Data. Values may be 00 to 59 in BCD format or 00 to 3B in Binary format.

Bit 76543210

Name Minutes Alarm Data

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 Minutes Alarm Data. Values may be 00 to 59 in BCD format or 00 to 3B in Binary format.

When bits 7 and 6 are both set to one (‘11’), unconditional match is selected.

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

151 www.national.com

8.3.7 Hours Register (HOR)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 04h

Type: R/W

8.3.8 Hours Alarm Register (HORA)

Power Well: VPP

Location: 05h

Type: R/W

8.3.9 Day-of-Week Register (DOW)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 06h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Hours Data

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 Hours Data. For 12-Hour mode, values may be 01 to 12 (AM) and 81 to 92 (PM) in BCD format or 01 to 0C

(AM) and 81 to 8C (PM) in Binary format. For 24-Hour mode, values may be 0 to 23 in BCD format or 00 to 17

in Binary format.

Bit 76543210

Name Hours Alarm Data

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 Hours Alarm Data. For 12-Hour mode, values may be 01 to 12 (AM) and 81 to 92 (PM) in BCD format or 01

to 0C (AM) and 81 to 8C (PM) in Binary format. For 24-Hour mode, values may be 0 to 23 in BCD format or 00

to 17 in Binary format.

When bits 7 and 6 are both set to one (‘11’), unconditional match is selected.

Bit 76543210

Name Day-of-Week Data

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 Day-of-Week Data. Values may be 01 to 07 in BCD format or 01 to 07 in Binary format.

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

152

www.national.com

8.3.10 Date-of-Month Register (DOM)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 07h

Type: R/W

8.3.11 Month Register (MON)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 08h

Type: R/W

8.3.12 Year Register (YER)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 09h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Date-of-Month Data

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 Date-of-Month Data. Values may be 01 to 31 in BCD format or 01 to 1F in Binary format.

Bit 76543210

Name Month Data

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 Month Data. Values may be 01 to 12 in BCD format or 01 to 0C in Binary format.

Bit 76543210

Name Year Data

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 Year Data. Values may be 00 to 99 in BCD format or 00 to 63 in Binary format.

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

153 www.national.com

8.3.13 RTC Control Register A (CRA)

This register controls test selection in addition to other functions. This register cannot be written before reading bit 7 of the

CRD register.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 0Ah

Type: Varies per bit

Table 37. Divider Chain Control and Test Selection

Bit 76543210

Name Update in

Progress Divider Chain Control Periodic Interrupt Rate Select

Reset 00100000

Bit Type Description

7ROUpdate in Progress. This bit is not affected by reset. It reads 0 when bit 7 of the CRB register is 1.

0: Timing registers not updated within 244 µs

1: Timing registers updated within 244 µs

6-4 R/W Divider Chain Control. These bits control the conﬁguration of the divider chain for timing generation

(see Table 37). They are cleared to 000 as long as bit 7 of the CRD register reads 0.

3-0 R/W Periodic Interrupt Rate Select. These bits select one of 15 output taps from the clock divider chain to

control the rate of the periodic interrupt (see Table 38 and Figure 41 on page 143). They are cleared to

000 as long as bit 7 of the CRD register reads 0.

DV2

(CRA6) DV1

(CRA5) DV0

(CRA4) Conﬁguration

0 0 X Oscillator Disabled

0 1 0 Normal Operation

011

Reserved

10X

1 1 X Divider Chain Reset

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

154

www.national.com

Table 38. Periodic Interrupt Rate Encoding

Rate Select

3210 Periodic Interrupt

Rate (ms) Divider Chain

Output

0 0 0 0 No interrupts

0 0 0 1 3.906250 7

0 0 1 0 7.812500 8

0 0 1 1 0.122070 2

0 1 0 0 0.244141 3

0 1 0 1 0.488281 4

0 1 1 0 0.976562 5

0 1 1 1 1.953125 6

1 0 0 0 3.906250 7

1 0 0 1 7.812500 8

1 0 1 0 15.625000 9

1 0 1 1 31.250000 10

1 1 0 0 62.500000 11

1 1 0 1 125.000000 12

1 1 1 0 250.000000 13

1 1 1 1 500.000000 14

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

155 www.national.com

8.3.14 RTC Control Register B (CRB)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 0Bh

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name SETMODE PIE AIE UIE Reserved DATMODE HRMODE DSVMODE

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7SETMODE (Set Mode). This bit is reset at VPP power-up reset only.

0: Timing updates occur normally

1: User copy of time is frozen, allowing the time registers to be accessed whether or not an update occurs

6PIE (Periodic Interrupt Enable). Bits 3-0 of the CRA register determine the rate at which this interrupt is

generated. It is cleared to 0 on RTC reset (i.e., hardware or software reset) or when RTC is disabled.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

5AIE (Alarm Interrupt Enable). This interrupt is generated immediately after a time update in which the seconds,

minutes, hours, date and month time equal their respective alarm counterparts. It is cleared to 0 as long as bit

7 of the CRD register reads 0.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

4UIE (Update Ended Interrupt Enable). This interrupt is generated when an update occurs. It is cleared to 0 on

RTC reset (i.e., hardware or software reset) or when the RTC is disabled.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled

3Reserved. This bit is deﬁned as “Square Wave Enable” by MC146818 and is not supported by the RTC. It is

always read as 0.

2DATMODE (Data Mode). This bit is reset at VPP power-up reset only.

0: BCD format enabled

1: Binary format enabled

1HRMODE (Hour Mode). This bit is reset at VPP power-up reset only.

0: 12-hour format enabled

1: 24-hour format enabled

0DSVMODE (Daylight Saving). This bit is reset at VPP power-up reset only.

0: Disabled

1: Enabled:

In the spring, time advances from 1:59:59 AM to 3:00:00 AM on the first Sunday in April.

In the fall, time returns from 1:59:59 AM to 1:00:00 AM on the last Sunday in October.

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

156

www.national.com

8.3.15 RTC Control Register C (CRC)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 0Ch

Type: RO

8.3.16 RTC Control Register D (CRD)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Index 0Dh

Type: RO

Bit 76543210

Name IRQF PIF AF UF Reserved

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7IRQF (IRQ Flag). This bit mirrors the value on the interrupt output signal. When interrupt is active, this bit is 1.

To clear this bit (and deactivate the interrupt pin), perform a read on the CRC register. This read also clears ﬂag

bits UF, AF and PF.

0: IRQ inactive

1: IRQ active, according to the equation: ((UIE and UF) or (AIE and AF) or (PIE and PF)); see Section 8.3.14 on

page 155

6PIF (Periodic Interrupt Flag). This bit is cleared to 0 on RTC reset (i.e., hardware or software reset) or when

the RTC is disabled. In addition, this bit is cleared to 0 when this register is read.

0: No transition occurred on the selected tap since the last read

1: Transition occurred on the selected tap of the divider chain

5AIF (Alarm Interrupt Flag). This bit is cleared to 0 as long as bit 7 of the CRD register is reads 0. In addition,

this bit is cleared to 0 when this register is read.

0: No alarm detected since the last read

1: Alarm condition detected

4UIF (Update Ended Interrupt Flag). This bit is cleared to 0 on RTC reset (i.e., hardware or software reset) or

the RTC disabled. In addition, this bit is cleared to 0 when this register is read.

0: No update occurred since the last read

1: Time registers updated

3-0 Reserved.

Bit 76543210

Name Valid RAM

and Time Reserved

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7Valid RAM and Time. This bit senses the voltage that feeds the RTC (VSB or VBAT) and indicates if the voltage

dropped below the speciﬁed minimum value VBATMIN. If the voltage is too low, the RTC contents (time/calendar

registers and CMOS RAM) are not valid.

0: RTC contents not valid

1: RTC contents (time/calendar registers and CMOS RAM) are valid

6-0 Reserved.

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

157 www.national.com

8.3.17 Date-of-Month Alarm Register (DOMA)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Programmable Index through DOMAO register

Type: R/W

8.3.18 Month Alarm Register (MONA)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Programmable Index through MONAO register

Type: R/W

8.3.19 Century Register (CEN)

Power Well: VPP

Location: Programmable Index through CENO register

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Date-of-Month Alarm Data

Reset 11000000

Bit Description

7-0 Date-of-Month Alarm Data. Values may be 01 to 31 in BCD format or 01 to 1F in Binary format.

When bits 7 and 6 are both set to one (‘11’), unconditional match is selected (default).

Bit 76543210

Name Month Alarm Data

Reset 11000000

Bit Description

7-0 Month Alarm Data. Values may be 01 to 12 in BCD format or 01 to 0C in Binary format.

When bits 7 and 6 are both set to one (‘11’), unconditional match is selected (default).

Bit 76543210

Name Century Data

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-0 Century Data. Values may be 00 to 99 in BCD format or 00 to 63 in Binary format.

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

158

www.national.com

8.3.20 BCD and Binary Formats

8.4 USAGE HINTS

1. Read bit 7 of the CRD register at each system power-up to validate the contents of the RTC registers and the CMOS

RAM. When this bit is 0, the contents of these registers and the CMOS RAM are questionable. This bit is reset when the

backup battery voltage is below the minimum specified battery voltage, VBATMIN. Although the RTC oscillator may func-

tion properly and the register contents may be correct at lower voltages than VBATMIN, this bit is reset because correct

functionality cannot be guaranteed. System BIOS may use a checksum method to revalidate the contents of the CMOS-

RAM. The checksum byte must be stored in the CMOS RAM.

2. To maintain valid time and register information, change the backup battery while normal operating power is on and not

while in Backup mode; however, if a low leakage capacitor is connected to VBAT, the battery can also be changed in

Backup mode.

3. A rechargeable NiCd battery may be used instead of a non-rechargeable Lithium battery. This is the preferred solution

for portable systems, where small size components is essential.

4. A supercap capacitor may be used instead of the normal Lithium battery. In a portable system, the VSB voltage is usually

present because the power management stops the system before its voltage falls. The supercap capacitor in the range

of 0.047-0.47F will supply the power during the battery replacement.

Parameter BCD Format Binary Format

Seconds 00 to 59 00 to 3B

Minutes 00 to 59 00 to 3B

Hours 12-Hour mode: 01 to 12 (AM)

81 to 92 (PM)

24-Hour mode: 00 to 23

12-Hour mode: 01 to 0C (AM)

81 to 8C (PM)

24-Hour mode: 00 to 17

Day 01 to 07 (Sunday = 01) 01 to 07

Date 01 to 31 01 to 1F

Month 01 to 12 (January = 01) 01 to 0C

Year 00 to 99 00 to 63

Century 00 to 99 00 to 63

8.0 Real-Time Clock (RTC) (Continued)

159 www.national.com

8.5 RTC REGISTER BITMAP

8.6 RTC GENERAL-PURPOSE RAM MAP

Table 39. Standard RAM Map

Table 40. Extended RAM Map

Offset Mnemonic 76543210

00h SEC Seconds Data

01h SECA Seconds Alarm Data

02h MIN Minutes Data

03h MINA Minutes Alarm Data

04h HOR Hours Data

05h HORA Hours Alarm Data

06h DOW Day-of-Week Data

07h DOM Date-of-Month Data

08h MON Month Data

09h YER Year Data

0Ah CRA Update in

Progress Divider Chain Control Periodic Interrupt Rate Select

0Bh CRB SETMODE PIE AIE UIE Reserved DATMODE HRMODE DSVMODE

0Ch CRC IRQF PIF AIF UIF Reserved

0Dh CRD Valid RAM

and Time Reserved

Prog. DOMA Date-of-Month Alarm Data

Prog. MONA Month Alarm Data

Prog. CEN Century Data

Index Description

0Eh - 7Fh1

1. Battery-backed 111-byte RAM (114−3 overlaid registers).

Battery-backed General-purpose 111-byte RAM.

Index Description

00h - 7Fh Battery-backed General-purpose 128-byte RAM.

160

www.national.com

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC)

9.1 OVERVIEW

The System Wake-Up Control supports the ACPI Specification, Revision 1.0b, Feb. 2, 1999.

The SWC functional block receives external events from the system and internal events from the functional blocks of the

PC8741x device. Using these events together with the ACPI sleep state information supplied by the software or by external

signals, the SWC generates system interrupts (IRQ, SIOSMI) and Power Management signals (SIOSCI, ONCTL,

PWBTOUT). In addition, it controls two LED indicators and contains two Power Active timers and a WATCHDOG Timer.

The SWC receives the following external events:

•Sixteen VSB-powered General-Purpose Input/Output events (GPIOE10-17 and GPIOE40-47).

•Two Modem Ring events (RI1 and RI2).

•Mouse movement and button pressing events (via MCLK and MDAT).

•Advanced key pressing events from the Keyboard (via KBCLK and KBDAT).

•Power and Sleep buttons pressing events (PWBTIN and SLBTIN).

The SWC receives the following internal events:

•RTC alarm event.

•Keyboard and Mouse interrupt event (IRQ).

•Module interrupt (IRQ) event from the Legacy functional blocks (FDC, Parallel Port and Serial Ports 1 and 2) and from

the XIRQ pin (mapped to IRQ).

•WATCHDOG time-out event.

•Software VDD ON and VDD OFF requests.

The SWC receives sleep state information either by software (writing the ACPI, SLP_TYPx and SLP_EN bits) or via the

SLPS3 and SLPS5 pins from an external ACPI controller. In Legacy Power Button mode, the Power button can generate an

S5 sleep state.

The SWC implements three ACPI fixed register groups: PM1 Event Group (block b), PM1 Control Group (block b) and Gen-

eral-Purpose Event 1 Group. The unimplemented functions in the first two groups (block b) are supported by returning zero.

The SWC generates the system interrupts, IRQ (via SERIRQ) and SMI (via SIOSMI), based on the external and internal

events (except GPIOE events) and on the routing information written into its registers. GPIOE events, the exception, are

routed to the IRQ and SMI by the GPIO functional block. The IRQ and SMI interrupts are independent of the sleep state.

The SWC generates the Power Management signals (the ACPI interrupt—SIOSCI, the ONCTL signal for the VDD power

supply control and the PWBTOUT signal, which is used by an external ACPI controller) based on the same external and

internal events, on routing information and on the current sleep state. The ONCTL and PWBTOUT signals are enabled ac-

cording to the current sleep state, based on information written into the SWC registers. In Legacy Power Button mode,

ONCTL is controlled by the Power button external event. The ACPI-compatible SCI interrupt is independent of the current

sleep state.

Two functions bypass event routing by the sleep state mechanism and directly affect the ONCTL and PWBTOUT signals.

These are:

●Power Button Override, which forces the VDD power supply off if the Power button is continuously pressed for more

than four seconds.

●Crowbar, which releases the VDD Power On request if the VDD power supply refuses to turn on.

In addition, the SWC controls two LED indicators. Control is based on the current sleep state information or on the status of

the VSB and VDD power. The SWC also includes two Power Active timers that measure the time the VSB and VDD power

supplies are active (ON).

Another function included in the SWC is the WATCHDOG Timer. If the WATCHDOG is not retriggered by one of its event

sources and reaches time-out, it generates an SMI (via SIOSMI) or an SCI (via SIOSCI) interrupt. In addition, the WATCH-

DOG generates a pulse at the WDO pin.

The SWC contains two Power Management registers that allow the software to disable each Legacy module and to TRI-

STATE its outputs in a centralized manner.

The SWC module is powered by the VPP plane (see Section 2.1 on page 31). However, during Power Fail state (i.e., when

only VBAT is present), the module functions (event detection, output generation and time counting) are disabled and only the

VPP-powered registers retain their data.

Figure 47 shows the simplified block diagram of the SWC functional block.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

161 www.national.com

Figure 47. SWC Block Diagram

9.2 FUNCTIONAL DESCRIPTION

9.2.1 External Events

General-Purpose Input/Output Events

The PC8741x devices support 16 VSB-powered General-Purpose Input/Output events through ports GPIOE10-17 and

GPIOE40-47. VDD- and VSB-powered signals can be connected to the GPIO pins to become sources of external events. A

VDD-powered signal used to generate an event is internally disabled (for event generation) while VDD power is off and also

for 1 second after VDD power is restored. This prevents the detection of false events during power transitions and while the

signal driver is unpowered. For the same reasons, a VSB-powered signal used to generate an event is enabled only 1 second

after the VSB power is on. (When VSB is off, the whole SWC module is disabled.)

Each GPIOE pin has programmable polarity and an optional 16 ms debouncer (see Figure 48). The debouncer is enabled

after the reset but can be disabled by software.

A GPIO event can generate the system interrupts (IRQ and SMI) if the event is enabled and routed to the specific interrupt.

The status, event enable and pending event routing bits to IRQ and SMI are implemented in the GPIO Ports module (see

Section 7.3 on page 136). The status bit is set when an event of the programmed type (edge or level) is detected.

A GPIO event can also generate the Power Management signals (the SCI interrupt, the ONCTL power supply control and

the PWBTOUT signal). The status, event enable and wake-up state enable bits are implemented in the SWC module (see

Figures 48 and 50).

External

Events

IRQ

SIOSMI

Interrupt

Routing

Control

SIOSCI

SCI

Interrupt

Enable

ONCTL

PWBTOUT

4 Sec.

Override

and

Power

Management

Signals Crowbar

Enable

LED1

LED2

LED

Control

Power Active Timers

Debounce

and

Detection

Event

Status

Internal

Events 7

Power Button

VDD, VSB Status

Current Sleep State

1 Hz Clock

Sleep

State

Converter

SLP_TYPx

SLP_EN

SPLS3

SLPS5

SWC

WATCHDOG

1 Min. Clock WDO

Legacy

Power

Button

Power Button

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

162

www.national.com

An active level-type event sets the status bit in registers GPE1_STS_0 for ports GPIOE10-17 and GPE1_STS_1 for ports

GPIOE40-47 (see Sections 9.4.8 and 9.4.9 on pages 208ff.). The status bit remains set even when the event becomes in-

active. The status bit is cleared only when the software writes ‘1’ to the bit. If the event is still active when software writes

‘1’, the status bit remains set.

After changing the GPIOExx pin multiplexing, clear the relevant bits in the GPE1_STS_0 and GPE1_STS_1 registers, to

prevent false events (caused by the pin multiplexing switch) from generating a wake-up event.

Figure 48. GPIO Events

Modem Ring Events

High-to-low transitions on RI1 or RI2 indicate the detection of a ring signal by an external modem connected to Serial Port

1 or Serial Port 2, respectively. The transitions on RI1 and RI2 are detected by the RI Wake-up Detector powered by VSB,

which works independently of the Serial Port 1 or Serial Port 2 modules (powered by VDD).

A detected RI1 or RI2 transition sets the RI1_EVT_STS or RI2_EVT_STS status bits in the GPE1_STS_2 register (see Sec-

tion 9.4.10 on page 209). A status bit is cleared only when the software writes ‘1’ to it.

The transition detection from RI1 and RI2 is enabled (for event generation) 1 second after the VSB power is on. This prevents

the detection of false events during VSB power-On transitions.

Mouse Wake-Up Event

The mouse wake-up event is detected by the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector, which monitors the MCLK and MDAT sig-

nals. Since the detection mechanisms for keyboard and mouse events are independent, they can be operated simultaneous-

ly. Moreover, the Keyboard signals may be swapped with the Mouse signals by setting the SWAP_KBMS bit in the

SWC_CTL register (see Section 9.3.10 on page 186). This bit must be set to the same value as the Swap bit in the KBC

Configuration register (see Section 3.13.3 on page 68). The Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector is powered by VSB and

works independently of the Keyboard Controller module (powered by VDD).

The mouse event detection mechanism can be programmed to detect either a mouse click or movement, a specific mouse

click (left or right) or a double-click. To program which mouse action causes an event detection, set the MSEVCFG field in

the PS2CTL register (see Section 9.3.17 on page 193) to the required value.

A detected mouse event sets the MS_EVT_STS status bit in the GPE1_STS_2 register (see Section 9.4.10 on page 209).

The status bit is cleared only when the software writes ‘1’ to it.

Event

Enable

Event Polarity

Input

Debouncer Event

Internal

Bus

Write 1 to Clear

Status

GPIO Pin Conﬁguration Register 1

Event

Debounce

Enable

Bit 6 Bit 5

(GPCFG1)

Reset

Set

GPIO Ports Module

Read

GPIO

Status

IRQ

SIOSMI

Routing

Control

Status

GPIO

GPIO Ports Module

SWC SWC

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

163 www.national.com

The mouse event detection from MCLK and MDAT is enabled (for event generation) 1 second after the VSB power is on.

This prevents the detection of false events during Mouse VSB power-On transitions. In addition, if the Keyboard/Mouse Pow-

er Control feature (see Section 9.2.10 on page 173) is enabled by setting the VDDFLMUX bit to ‘1’ (in the SIOCF2 register

−see Section 3.7.3 on page 49), mouse event detection is disabled for 2 seconds from the moment the VDD power is turned

off. If this feature is disabled (VDDFLMUX = ‘0’ in SIOCF2) mouse event detection is enabled regardless of the VDD power

status; however, the wake-up becomes effective (VDD power is turned on) only 1 second after the VDD power was turned off.

Keyboard Wake-Up Events

Keyboard wake-up events are also detected by the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector, which monitors the KBCLK and

KBDAT signals. Since the detection mechanisms for keyboard and mouse events are independent, they can be operated

simultaneously. Moreover, the Keyboard signals may be swapped with the Mouse signals, as explained in the Mouse Wake-

Up Event section (page 162). The Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector is powered by VSB and works independently of the

Keyboard Controller module (powered by VDD).

The keyboard event detection mechanism can be programmed to detect:

●Any keystroke (Special Key Sequence mode).

●A speciﬁc programmable sequence of up to eight alphanumeric keystrokes (Password mode).

●Any programmable sequence of up to eight bytes of data received from the keyboard (Special Key Sequence mode).

●Up to three programmable, Power Management keys concurrently available, each including a sequence of up to three

bytes of data received from the keyboard (Power Management Key mode).

The Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector has three operation modes:

●Password mode.

●Special Key Sequence mode.

●Power Management Key mode.

Up to eight Keyboard Data registers (PS2KEY0 to PS2KEY7) are used to define which keyboard data string generates an

event. Since the same set of registers is used by each operation mode, only one mode can be selected at a time.

In the modes involving more than one keystroke, the maximum delay allowed between pressing two consecutive keys is 4

seconds. A longer delay is interpreted by the Wake-up Detector as the beginning of a new sequence of keystrokes, which

causes the present sequence to be discarded. In all operation modes, pressing a wrong key requires a recovery time of 4

seconds, before a new (correct) sequence may be recognized.

Password Mode. In Password mode, the Make and Break bytes transmitted by the keyboard are discarded, and only the

keystroke data bytes are compared with those programmed in the PS2KEY0 to PS2KEY7 registers. If the two sets are equal,

a keyboard event that sets the KBD_EVT1_STS bit in the GPE1_STS_2 register is detected (see Section 9.4.10 on

page 209). The status bit is cleared only when the software writes ‘1’ to it. To simplify the detection mechanism, only keys

with a keystroke data of one byte can be included in the sequence to be detected. To program the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-

up Detector to operate in Password mode, proceed as follows:

1. Set KBDMODE bit in the KBDWKCTL register to ‘0’ (see Section 9.3.16 on page 192).

2. Set KBEVCFG field in the PS2CTL register to a value that indicates the desired number of alphanumeric keystrokes in

the sequence. The programmed value = the number of keystrokes + 7. For example, to detect a sequence of two keys,

set KBEVCFG to 9h.

3. Program the appropriate subset of the PS2KEY0-PS2KEY7 registers in sequential order with the data bytes of the keys

in the sequence. For example, if there are three keys in the sequence and the keystroke data of these keys are 05h (first),

50h (second) and 44h (third), program PS2KEY0 to 05h, PS2KEY1 to 50h and PS2KEY2 to 44h (the scan codes are

only examples).

Special Key Sequence Mode. In Special Key Sequence mode, all the bytes transmitted by the keyboard are compared

with those programmed in the PS2KEY0 to PS2KEY7 registers. These include also the Make and Break bytes. If the two

sets are equal, a keyboard event is detected, as explained in Password Mode, above. This mode enables the detection of

any sequence of keystrokes, including keys as “Shift” and “Alt”. To program the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector to op-

erate in Special Key Sequence mode, proceed as follows:

1. Set KBDMODE bit in the KBDWKCTL register to ‘0’ (see Section 9.3.16 on page 192).

2. Set KBEVCFG field in the PS2CTL register to a value that indicates the desired number of keystrokes in the sequence.

The programmed value = the number of keystrokes + 1. For example, to detect a sequence of three received bytes (i.e.,

one keystroke), set KBEVCFG to 2h.

3. Program the appropriate subset of the PS2KEY0-PS2KEY7 registers in sequential order with the data bytes that com-

prise the sequence. For example, if the number of bytes in the sequence is four, and the values of these bytes are E0h

(first), 5Bh (second), E0h (third) and DBh (fourth), program PS2KEY0 to E0h, PS2KEY1 to 5Bh, PS2KEY2 to E0h and

PS2KEY3 to DBh (the byte values are only examples).

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

164

www.national.com

Special Key Sequence mode also enables detection of a specific single keystroke. To program the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-

up Detector to wake-up on a single keystroke, perform the following sequence:

1. Set KBDMODE bit in the KBDWKCTL register to ‘0’ (see Section 9.3.16 on page 192).

2. Set KBEVCFG field in the PS2CTL register to 0001b.

3. Program the PS2KEY0 and PS2KEY1 registers to 00h. This forces the detector to ignore the values of incoming data,

thus causing it to detect a keyboard event on the single keystroke.

Power Management Mode. In Power Management Keymode, the PS2KEY0 to PS2KEY7 register bank is divided into three

groups of registers: PS2KEY0 to PS2KEY2, PS2KEY3 to PS2KEY5 and PS2KEY6 to PS2KEY7. Each group can be pro-

grammed with different data bytes, allowing the bytes transmitted by the keyboard to be compared simultaneously with three

keystroke sequences. If the bytes transmitted by the keyboard (including Make and Break) are equal to the data bytes in

one register group, the related keyboard event is detected. The detection of Keyboard Event 1 (data in PS2KEY0-

PS2KEY2) sets the KBD_EVT1_STS bit, the detection of Keyboard Event 2 (data in PS2KEY3-PS2KEY5) sets the

KBD_EVT2_STS bit and the detection of Keyboard Event 3 (data in PS2KEY6-PS2KEY7) sets the KBD_EVT3_STS bit. All

three status bits are in the GPE1_STS_2 register (see Section 9.4.10 on page 209). Each status bit is cleared only when

the software writes ‘1’ to the bit. This mode enables the detection of any sequence of keys.

Note: Do not use a byte sequence that is a “subset” of the byte sequence of another (“superset”) Power Management key

event. (The subset sequence has fewer bytes (set by the EVTxCFG fields in the KBDWKCTL register) than the superset

sequence; the bytes contained in the subset sequence (as programed in the PS2KEY0 to PS2KEY7 registers) are identical

to the respective bytes of the superset sequence.)

To program the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector to operate in Power Management Key mode, proceed as follows:

1. Set KBDMODE bit in the KBDWKCTL register to ‘1’ (see Section 9.3.16 on page 192).

2. Set each event configuration field (EVT1CFG, EVT2CFG and EVT3CFG) in the KBDWKCTL register to a value that in-

dicates the desired number of keystroke data bytes in the sequence, for each event. For example, to detect a sequence

of two received bytes, set EVTxCFG to 2h.

3. Program each group of the PS2KEY0-PS2KEY7 registers in sequential order with the data bytes of the keys in the se-

quence for each event.

Event Generation. Keyboard event detection from KBCLK and KBDAT is enabled (for event generation) 1 second after the

VSB power is on. This prevents the detection of false events during Keyboard VSB power-On transitions. In addition, if the

Keyboard/Mouse Power Control feature (see Section 9.2.10 on page 173) is enabled by setting the VDDFLMUX bit to ‘1’ (in

the SIOCF2 register; see Section 3.7.3 on page 49), keyboard event detection is disabled for 2 seconds from the moment

the VDD power is turned off. If this feature is disabled (VDDFLMUX = ‘0’ in SIOCF2) keyboard event detection is enabled

regardless of the VDD power status; however, the wake-up becomes effective (VDD power is turned on) only 1 second after

the VDD power was turned off.

Power Button Event

A low level signal at PWBTIN indicates that the Power button was pressed. This input, filtered by a 16 ms debouncer, is

bridged to the PWBTOUT output to synchronize an external ACPI controller (which is optional).

A detected low level signal sets the PWRBTN_STS status bit in the PM1b_STS_HIGH register (see Section 9.4.3 on

page 204) and the PWBT_EVT_STS status bit in the GPE1_STS_2 register (see Section 9.4.10 on page 209). Note, how-

ever, that the PWRBTN_STS status bit is not set if the PWRBTN_EV_DIS bit in the ACPI_CFG register is reset (see Section

9.3.32 on page 200). This functionality is required for ACPI compatibility in case the Power button event is implemented in

an (optional) external ACPI controller. Both status bits are cleared when the software writes ‘1’ to any of them. If a low level

is present at the input when software writes ‘1’ to the status bit, the status bit remains set. The low level detection from PWB-

TIN is enabled (for event generation) 1 second after the VSB power is on. This prevents the detection of false events during

VSB power-On transitions.

The Power button event is always enabled for wake-up in any sleep state. In addition, the Power button event is the only

wake-up event available after a Power Button Override or a Crowbar condition (see Section 9.2.6 on page 170).

In Legacy Power Button mode (LEGACY_PWBT = 1 in the PWONCTL register - see Section 9.3.11 on page 187), a low-

level signal at PWBTIN, when the VDD power is on, generates an S45 current sleep state (see Section 9.2.3 on page 166),

which sets ONCTL to Off. In addition, the PWRBTN_STS and the PWBT_EVT_STS status bits are reset in this situation. In

this mode, the Power button event is the only wake-up event available after ONCTL is turned off.

Sleep Button Event

A low level on SLBTIN indicates the Sleep button was pressed. This input is also filtered by a 16 ms debouncer.

A detected low level sets the SLPBTN_STS status bit in the PM1b_STS_HIGH register (see Section 9.4.3 on page 204) and

the SLBT_EVT_STS status bit in the GPE1_STS_2 register (see Section 9.4.10 on page 209). Note, however, that the

SLPBTN_STS status bit is not set if the SLPBTN_EV_DIS bit in the ACPI_CFG register is reset (see Section 9.3.32 on

page 200). This functionality is required for ACPI compatibility in case the Sleep Button event is implemented in an (optional)

external ACPI controller. Both status bits are cleared when the software writes ‘1’ to either of them. If a low level is present

at the input when software writes ‘1’ to the status bit, the status bit remains set.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

165 www.national.com

The low level detection from SLBTIN is enabled (for event generation) 1 second after the VSB power is on. This prevents the

detection of false events during VSB power-On transitions.

9.2.2 Internal Events

RTC Alarm Event

An RTC Alarm event is generated by the RTC functional block. An asserted RTC Alarm sets the RTC_STS status bit in the

PM1b_STS_HIGH register (see Section 9.4.3 on page 204) and the RTC_EVT_STS status bit in the GPE1_STS_3 register

(see Section 9.4.11 on page 210). Note, however, that the RTC_STS status bit is not set if the RTC_EV_DIS bit in the

ACPI_CFG register (see Section 9.3.32 on page 200) is reset. This functionality is required for ACPI compatibility in case

the RTC Alarm event is implemented in an (optional) external ACPI controller. Both status bits are cleared when the software

writes ‘1’ to any of them. If the RTC Alarm is asserted when software writes ‘1’ to the status bit, the status bit remains set.

KBC P12 Event

A KBC P12 event is detected when the P12 port of the Keyboard Controller (KBC) functional block is set to ‘1’. For this to

happen, the KBC module must be enabled (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42). Since the Keyboard Controller functional block

is powered by VDD, a P12 event can occur only when VDD is present.

A high level at the P12 port of the KBC sets the P12_EVT_STS status bit in the GPE1_STS_3 register (see Section 9.4.11

on page 210). The status bit is cleared only when the software writes ‘1’ to it. If the P12 port is at high level when software

writes ‘1’ to the status bit, the status bit remains set.

Keyboard and Mouse IRQ Events

Keyboard and Mouse IRQ events are detected when either the Keyboard IRQ or Mouse IRQ is asserted.

To enable the IRQ of a logical device to generate an IRQ event, the associated Enable bit (bit 4 of the configuration register

at index 70h; see Section 3.2.3 on page 39) must be set to ‘1’. Since the Keyboard Controller (KBC) functional block is pow-

ered by VDD, a Keyboard or Mouse IRQ event can occur only when VDD is present.

An active (level-type) Keyboard IRQ event sets the KBD_IRQ_STS status bit and an active Mouse IRQ event sets the

MS_IRQ_STS status bit. Both status bits are in the GPE1_STS_3 register (see Section 9.4.11 on page 210). A status bit is

cleared only when the software writes ‘1’ to it. If the IRQ event is active when software writes ‘1’ to the status bit, the status

bit remains set.

The ROM code used for the Keyboard Controller generates active high Keyboard and Mouse interrupts, used by the SWC

module.

Module IRQ Event

A Module IRQ event is detected when one of the Legacy modules (FDC, Parallel Port, Serial Port 1 or 2) asserts its IRQ or

when an active level is detected at the XIRQ pin (PC87416 and PC87417).

To enable the IRQ of a logical device to generate an IRQ event, the associated Enable bit (bit 4 of the configuration register

at index 70h - see Section 3.2.3 on page 39) must be set to ‘1’. Since the Legacy modules are powered by VDD, they can

assert IRQ only when VDD is present.

To enable an active level at the XIRQ pin (PC87416 and PC87417) to generate an event, both the IRQEN and the PWUREN

bits in the XIRQC register (see Section 5.4.4 on page 109) must be set to ‘1’. Since the XIRQ interrupt belongs to the X-Bus

Extension functional block powered by VSB, an active level at the XIRQ pin can also generate a Module IRQ event when

VDD is off. The XIRQ detection enabled (for event generation) 1 second after the VSB power is on. This prevents the detec-

tion of false events during VSB power-On transitions.

The MOD_IRQ_STS status bit in the GPE1_STS_3 register is set by an IRQ that is asserted by one of the Legacy modules

or by an active level at the XIRQ pin (see Section 9.4.11 on page 210). The status bit is cleared only when the software

writes ‘1’ to it. If the Module IRQ event is active when software writes ‘1’ to the status bit, the status bit remains set.

WATCHDOG Time-Out Event

A WATCHDOG time-out event is generated by the WATCHDOG function in the SWC module (see Section 9.2.9 on

page 173). An asserted WATCHDOG event sets the WDO_EVT_STS status bit in the GPE1_STS_3 register (see Section

9.4.11 on page 210). A status bit is cleared only when the software writes ‘1’ to it. If the WATCHDOG event is asserted when

software writes ‘1’ to the status bit, the status bit remains set.

Software Power ON/OFF Events

A Software Power event is triggered when software writes ‘1’ to the SW_ON_CTL bit (for Power ON) or to the SW_OFF_CTL

bit (for Power OFF). After being written ‘1’, these bits automatically return to their default value of ‘0’. Both bits are located

in the SWC_CTL register (see Section 9.3.10 on page 186). If the VDD power is not preset, these two bits can be written ‘1’

through the ACCESS.bus (PC87413 and PC87417), which is powered by VSB.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

166

www.national.com

A Software Power ON event sets the SW_ON_STS status bit and a Software Power OFF event sets the SW_OFF_STS

status bit. Both bits are in the GPE1_STS_3 register (see Section 9.4.11 on page 210). A status bit is cleared only when the

software writes ‘1’ to it.

9.2.3 Sleep States

Compliance with ACPI Specification, Revision 1.0b, Feb. 2, 1999 requires the PC8741x devices to recognize the six system

states: Working (G0/S0), Sleeping (G1-S1 to G1-S4) and Soft-off (G2/S5). The system state is written by the host into the

SLP_TYPx ﬁeld of the PM1b_CNT_HIGH register (see Section 9.4.7 on page 207) and updated by writing a ‘1’ to the

SLP_EN bit in the same register.

The value written in the SLP_TYPx field is translated to one of the internal states (S0 to S5), using the data programmed in

the Sleep Type Encoding registers. This translation mechanism allows the software to use any SLP_TYPx encoding scheme.

Each of the six Sleep Type Encoding registers (S0_SLP_TYP to S5_SLP_TYP; see Section 9.3.30 on page 198) contains

a 3-bit SLP_ENC_TYP ﬁeld. The software must program this ﬁeld with the SLP_TYPx code used for the internal state rep-

resented by the register. The software must program all six registers even if not all the system states are supported.

TheSWCusesthreecurrent sleep states to control its operation. The six decoded internal states are converted to the current

sleep states as follows (see Section 9.2.5 for the usage of the current sleep states):

●S0, S1 and S2 are converted to the S12 current state; this is the active state for the PC8741x device, with VDD and

VSB power supplies being ON.

●S3 is converted to the S3I current state; in this sleep state the VSB power is ON but the VDD power supply can be

ON or OFF, according to the setting of the S3I_VDD_ON bit in the SLP_ST_CFG register (see Section 9.3.31 on

page 199).

●S4 is converted to either S3I or S45 current states, according to the setting of the S4_SELECT bit in the

SLP_ST_CFG register (see Section 9.3.31 on page 199).

●S5 is converted to the S45 current state; in this sleep state, the VSB power is ON but the VDD power supply is OFF.

If an active (optional) ACPI controller is located in an external device, the SLPS3 and SLPS5 signals are used to determine

the system sleep state. This option is selected by setting both the EXTSTMUX bit in the SIOCF3 register (see Section 3.7.4

on page 50) and the EXT_ST_SELECT bit in the SLP_ST_CFG register (see Section 9.3.31 on page 199) to ‘1’. Table 41

shows how the levels of the SLPS3 and SLPS5 signals are converted to current sleep states.

Note: The internal and external sleep state modes are mutually exclusive. The internal sleep state register

(PM1b_CNT_HIGH) should not be used when external sleep state mode is selected. Similarly, pins SLPS3 and SLPS5

should not be used when internal sleep state mode is selected.

The use of the external SLPS3 and SLPS5 signals to determine the current sleep state is enabled 1 second after the VSB

power is on. This prevents the selection of an erroneous current sleep state during VSB power-On transitions.

In Legacy Power Button mode, when the VDD power is on, an S45 current state is generated by a low-level signal at

PWBTIN.

9.2.4 Interrupt Signals

The SWC generates three system interrupts: IRQ (via SERIRQ), SMI (via SIOSMI) and SCI (via SIOSCI). The IRQ and SMI

interrupts are not related to the ACPI-compatible system control but are based on the external and internal events, each with

its status and enable bit in the SWC module. However, the status and enable bits for the GPIOE events (GPIOE10-17 and

GPIOE40-47) related to IRQ and SMI generation are located in the GPIO functional block (see Section 7.3 on page 136).

SCI is the Power Management interrupt defined by ACPI. Its status and enable bits are all located in the SWC module.

Table 41. SLPS3, SLPS5 Conversion to Current Sleep States

SLPS3 SLPS5 Current Sleep State

1 1 S12

0 1 S3I

0 0 S45

1 0 Reserved

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

167 www.national.com

IRQ Interrupt

The external and internal events processed by the SWC for IRQ generation set a status bit in the GPE1_STS_2 and

GPE1_STS_3 registers. Only those events that are allowed to be routed to the IRQ interrupt by the SWC have an associated

enable bit in the GPE1_2IRQ_LOW and GPE1_2IRQ_HIGH registers (see Sections 9.3.4 and 9.3.5 on pages180ff.). When

an enable bit is set, and if the corresponding status bit is set, an active IRQ is generated. The IRQ interrupt is independent

of the system sleep state.

SMI Interrupt

The external and internal events processed by the SWC for SMI generation set a status bit in the GPE1_STS_2 and

GPE1_STS_3 registers. Only those events that are allowed to be routed to the SMI interrupt by the SWC have an associated

enable bit in the GPE1_2SMI_LOW and GPE1_2SMI_HIGH registers (see Sections 9.3.6 and 9.3.7 on pages 182ff.). When

an enable bit is set, and if the corresponding status bit is set, an active SMI is generated. The SMI interrupt is independent

of the system sleep state.

SCI Interrupt

All external and internal events (including GPIOE) are exclusively processed by the SWC to generate the Power Manage-

ment interrupt, SCI. Each active event sets a status bit in the GPE1_STS_0 to GPE1_STS_3 registers. Three events, the

Power button event, the Sleep button event and the RTC event each have an additional status bit in the PM1b_STS_HIGH

PC8741x device is assigned the specific function by the ACPI software (see Sections 9.2.1 and 9.2.2 on pages 161ff.).

For each status bit, the SWC holds an enable bit in the GPE1_EN_0 to GPE1_EN_3 registers (see Sections 9.4.12 to 9.4.15

on pages 212ff.). A set status bit can cause the assertion of the SCI interrupt only when an enable bit is set. Each of the

three events mentioned in the previous paragraph also has additional enable bits in the PM1b_EN_HIGH register (see Sec-

tion 9.4.5 on page 206). Each additional enable and status bit is reset if the respective bit (PWRBTN_EV_DIS,

SLPBTN_EV_DIS or RTC_EV_DIS) in the ACPI_CFG register is reset (see Section 9.3.32 on page 200). This “dual control”

behavior is required for ACPI compatibility in case one of these events is implemented in an (optional) external ACPI con-

troller. An SCI from one of these dual control functions is generated if at least one enabled status bit (of the pair) is set.

The SCI interrupt is independent of the system sleep state with one exception,the Power button event. When the system is

in a sleep state (S1-S5), a set PWRBTN_STS bit generates an active SCI regardless of the value of the PWRBTN_EN bit.

S0 can be separated from the sleep states (S1-S5) only when the PC8741x device serves as an ACPI controller and the

software writes the system state (SLP_TYPx) in the PM1b_CNT_HIGH register. The bypass of the PWRBTN_EN bit during

sleep states (i.e., a set PWRBTN_STS bit generates SCI regardless of the PWRBTN_EN bit) is therefore available only if

the EXT_ST_SELECT bit in the SLP_ST_CFG register is reset (see Section 9.3.31 on page 199).

When the SCI interrupt is asserted and the system is in a sleep state (S1-S5), the WAK_STS bit of the PM1b_STS_HIGH

register is set. This feature, too, is available only if the EXT_ST_SELECT bit in the SLP_ST_CFG register is reset (the ACPI

controller is implemented by the PC8741x device).

Figure 49 shows the SCI generation by the dual control functions and the behavior of the Power button event as a function

of the sleep state.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

168

www.national.com

Figure 49. Dual Control Functions

9.2.5 Power Management Signals

The SWC generates two Power Management signals: ONCTL, for the VDD power supply control, and PWBTOUT, which is

used by an external ACPI controller. These signals are based on the external and internal events, each with its status and

enable bits in the SWC module (including GPIOE). ONCTL and the PWBTOUT are generated according to the current sleep

state.

Special Power Management functions, either required by the ACPI Specification or inherited from the Legacy Power Man-

agement, also affect the ONCTL and PWBTOUT outputs. These functions are described in Section 9.2.6.

Power Supply Control (ONCTL)

Each active external or internal event (including GPIOE) sets a status bit in the GPE1_STS_0 to GPE1_STS_3 registers.

Three events (Power button, Sleep button and RTC alarm) each have an additional status bit in the PM1b_STS_HIGH reg-

ister. Their behavior is described in the SCI Interrupt section (page 167).

ONCTL generation is independent of the enable bits in the GPE1_EN_0 to GPE1_EN_3 registers. It is also independent of

the three additional enable bits in the PM1b_EN_HIGH register (for Power button, Sleep button and RTC alarm events).

ONCTL is not affected by the WATCHDOG status bit (WDO_EVT_STS).

ONCTL is turned OFF (inactive: ONCTL = high level) according to the current sleep states, S3I and S45 (S12 is the active

state for the PC8741x device and does not inﬂuence ONCTL; see Section 9.2.3 on page 166). These current sleep states

are decoded from the value of the SLP_TYPx field of the PM1b_CNT_HIGH register (for EXT_ST_SELECT = 0 in the

SLP_ST_CFG register) or from the levels of the SLPS3 and SLPS5 signals (for EXT_ST_SELECT = 1 in the SLP_ST_CFG

current state is generated by a low-level signal at PWBTIN, overriding the decoded sleep states.

When the PC8741x device enters the S45 state, it turns the VDD power supply OFF by setting ONCTL = 1. The state of the

VDD power supply (ON or OFF) in S3I state depends on the setting of the S3I_VDD_ON bit in the SLP_ST_CFG register

(see Section 9.3.31 on page 199).

If the PC8741x device is the ACPI controller of the system (EXT_ST_SELECT = 0 in the SLP_ST_CFG register), ONCTL is

turned ON by an active wake-up event. This is possible only if the event is enabled for wake-up (in the WK_ST_EN register)

in the current sleep state.

Each external or internal event has its own Wake-Up State Enable register (WK_ST_EN), which is accessed by the software

writing its index value (see Table 48 on page 178) into the WKUPSEL field of the Wake-Up Event Select register

(WK_EVT_SEL −see Section 9.3.2). The currently accessed WK_ST_EN register selects the current sleep states for which

Enable

GPE1_STS_2/3

Status

Set

Enable

Status

Set

Reset

GPE1_STS_2/3

PM1b_STS_HIGH

PM1b_EN_HIGH

Detected Event

Disable

ACPI_CFG

Interrupt

SCI

State S0 Only for

Power Button Event

From Other

Enabled Events

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

169 www.national.com

the related event generates a wake-up (i.e., it turns the VDD power supply ON by setting ONCTL = 0). The ONCTL_EN_S3I

and ONCTL_EN_S45 bits enable or disable wake-up by the event when the PC8741x device is in S3I or in S45 current state,

respectively. Only two events lack a Wake-Up State Enable register (WK_ST_EN). These are:

—The WATCHDOG event (ﬂagged by the WDO_EVT_STS bit): this event does not affect ONCTL generation.

—The Power button event (ﬂagged by either the PWBT_EVT_STS bit or the PWRBTN_STS bit): this event uncondi-

tionally generates a wake-up (sets ONCTL = 0) when the PC8741x device is in S3I or S45 current states.

In addition, in Legacy Power Button mode (LEGACY_PWBT = 1 in the PWONCTL register), all wake-up events are ignored

(regardless of the bit value in their WK_ST_EN register) after the power supply has been turned OFF (by setting ONCTL =

1) in response to a Power button event. In this case, the next Power button event unconditionally generates a wake-up (sets

ONCTL = 0).

Optionally, the system ACPI controller can be located in an external device. To select this option, both the EXT_ST_SELECT

bit in the SLP_ST_CFG register (see Section 9.3.31 on page 199) and the EXTSTMUX bit in the SIOCF3 register (see Sec-

tion 3.7.4 on page 50) must be set to ‘1’. In this case, ONCTL is turned ON when the SLPS3 signal goes high (the system

is in S0 - S2 states). In this mode, ONCTL is independent of any wake-up event, including the Power button event (flagged

by either the PWBT_EVT_STS bit or the PWRBTN_STS bit).

Any valid wake-up event is disabled from reactivating the VDD power supply (by setting ONCTL = 0) for 1 second after the

power supply has been turned OFF (by setting ONCTL = 1). This feature protects the power supply from repeated on/off

switching if an event (such as Power button) is active for an extended period of time. If the Keyboard/Mouse Power Control

feature (VDDFELL; see Section 9.2.10 on page 173) is enabled by setting the VDDFLMUX bit to ‘1’ (in the SIOCF2 register;

see Section 3.7.3 on page 49), the Keyboard and Mouse wake-up events are disabled from reactivating the VDD for 2 sec-

onds after the power supply has been turned OFF (by setting ONCTL = 1).

Figure 50. ONCTL Control

Power Button Output (PWBTOUT)

The PWBTOUT function of the PC8741x device enables the (optional) external ACPI controller to synchronize its operation

to the wake-up events detected by the PC8741x device and to control the VDD power supply.

The Power button input (PWBTIN) is bridged to PWBTOUT regardless of any PC8741x device configuration bits, internal

state or wake-up event. This bridging is also independent of the status of the VDD power supply.

In addition, a wake-up mechanism can be enabled to trigger a 100 ms pulse at the PWBTOUT output on each valid wake-

up event. This wake-up mechanism is routed to the PWBTOUT pulse generator only if the PWBTOUT_MODE bit in the

ACPI_CFG register (see Section 9.3.32 on page 200) is reset.

GPE1_STS_0-3

Status

Set

Detected

S3I_

VDD_ON

ONCTL

State S3I

From Other

Enabled Events

State S45

ONCTL_

EN_S45

State S45

ONCTL_

EN_S3I

State S3I

Set

Reset

OFF

Power Button Override

Crowbar

1 Second

Pulse

Event

(one of 31

EXT_ST_

SELECT

SLPS3

Resume

from

Power Fail

SLPS5

events)

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

170

www.national.com

The PWBTOUT wake-up mechanism is similar to the one described for the ONCTL signal, as follows:

●It is based on status bits in the GPE1_STS_0 to GPE1_STS_3 registers and in the PM1b_STS_HIGH register (ex-

cept the PWBT_EVT_STS and the PWRBTN_STS bits).

●It is not affected by the WATCHDOG status bit (WDO_EVT_STS).

●It is independent of the enable bits in the GPE1_EN_0 to GPE1_EN_3 registers and in the PM1b_EN_HIGH register.

●It is dependent only on the S3I and S45 current sleep states.

●Its conﬁguration bits are also located in the WK_ST_EN register, which is accessed by writing the event index value

into the WKUPSEL field of the WK_EVT_SEL register.

The PWBT_EN_S3I and PWBT_EN_S45 bits control the generation of a wake-up pulse on PWBTOUT by an active event

(currently accessed through the WK_EVT_SEL register) when the PC8741x device is in S3I or in S45 current state, respec-

tively.

Any valid wake-up event is disabled from generating a wake-up pulse on PWBTOUT for 1 second after the power supply

has been turned OFF (by setting ONCTL = 1). If the Keyboard/Mouse Power Control feature (VDDFELL) is enabled by set-

ting the VDDFLMUX bit to ‘1’ (in the SIOCF2 register; see Section 3.7.3 on page 49), the Keyboard and Mouse wake-up

events are disabled from generating a wake-up pulse for 2 seconds after the power supply has been turned OFF (by setting

ONCTL = 1).

APWBTOUT pulse is generated only when the VDD power is not present or when a PWBTIN pulse occurred.

Figure 51. PWBTOUT Control

9.2.6 Special Power Management Functions

Three special Power Management functions are provided by the PC8741x device to respond to abnormal system behavior.

These are:

●Power Button Override, which forces the VDD power supply to be turned OFF when the software does not respond

to the SCI interrupt.

●Crowbar, which forces the ONCTL to release the ON request, thus protecting an overloaded VDD power supply that

refuses to turn on.

●Resume from Power Fail, which enables a system to return to a predetermined state when returning from Power Fail

(caused by the mechanical switch or by AC power failure).

These functions bypass the mechanisms described in Section 9.2.5 and thus directly control the ONCTL and PWBTOUT

outputs.

GPE1_STS_0-3

Status

Set

PWBTOUT

State S3I

From Other

Enabled Events

State S45

PWBT_

EN_S45

PWBT_

EN_S3I

OFF

Crowbar

1 Second

Pulse

Detected

Event

(one of 30

100 ms

Pulse

No_Vdd

PWBTIN

PWBTOUT

_MODE

Resume

from

Power Fail

4 s

Pulse

Status

Set

PWBTIN

events;

PWBTN is

separate)

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

171 www.national.com

Power Button Override

Whenever the Power button (PWBTIN) is pressed continuously for more than 3.9 seconds, the PC8741x device detects a

Power Button Override condition. The Power button pressing at PWBTIN is replicated at PWBTOUT during these 3.9 sec-

onds. PWBTOUT is then forced active for 0.2 seconds regardless of the actual level at PWBTIN. Thus, the pulse generated

at PWBTOUT has a width of minimum 4.1 seconds, allowing an (optional) external ACPI controller to detect this Power But-

ton Override condition. In addition, at the end of the 4.1 seconds, ONCTL is forced to inactive level (VDD power supply OFF).

A Power Button Override condition also resets the PWRBTN_STS bit in the PM1b_STS_HIGH register (set by the Power

button event) and updates the current sleep state of the PC8741x device to S45 (since the software is not capable of doing

it). In addition, it sets the PWR_OVR_STS bit in the SWC_CTL register.

This function bypasses the regular control on the ONCTL and PWBTOUT signals (see Figures 50 and 51).

After a Power Button Override condition, only an active Power button event is allowed to wake-up the system (by setting

ONCTL = 0 and generating a PWBTOUT pulse). However, in order to protect the power supply, ONCTL can go active

(ONCTL = 0) only 1 second after the power supply has been turned OFF (by setting ONCTL = 1).

In Legacy Power Button mode, when the VDD power is on, pressing the Power button (PWBTIN) forces ONCTL to inactive

level (VDD power supply OFF) before a Power Button Override condition is detected. In this case, the PWR_OVR_STS bit

is not set.

Crowbar

When a valid wake-up event or a high SLPS3 signal activates the VDD power supply (by setting ONCTL = 0), the PC8741x

device starts checking the presence of the VDD power. If the VDD power fails to resume for a time period longer than the

Crowbar timeout, the power-on request is aborted (by setting ONCTL = 1). Crowbar timeout is also started if the VDD power

falls while the VDD power supply is ON (ONCTL = 0). If the VDD power fails to resume before the timeout period expired, the

VDD power supply is turned OFF (by setting ONCTL = 1).

After turning the VDD power supply OFF (by setting ONCTL = 1), a 4 sec pulse is generated at the PWBTOUT output. This

pulse informs an (optional) external ACPI controller of the occurrence of the Crowbar timeout by simulating a Power Button

Override condition.

This function bypasses the regular control of the ONCTL and PWBTOUT signals (see Figures 50 and 51).

The Crowbar timeout value is selected by the CRBAR_TOUT field in the PWONCTL register (see Section 9.3.11 on

page 187). The equivalent timeout is in the range of 0.5 to 20 seconds (the default value is 20 seconds).

When a Crowbar event is detected, the CROWBAR_STS bit in the SWC_CTL register (see Section 9.3.10 on page 186) is

set.

OnlyanactivePower buttonevent is allowedto retry the activation of the VDD powersupply (bysetting ONCTL = 0). However,

no retry can take place for 5 seconds after the VDD power supply was turned OFF (by setting ONCTL = 1) because all wake-

up events (including Power button) are disabled for 1 second after the end of the PWBTOUT pulse.

Resume from Power Fail

Whenever a Power Fail condition is detected (i.e., when VDD and VSB power supplies are off), the value of the ONCTL signal

is saved in the LAST_ONCTL bit of the PWONCTL register (see Section 9.3.11 on page 187). When the system exits Power

Fail (i.e., when VSB power is back on), this read-only bit serves as a snapshot of the VDD power supply status before the

power was turned off (by an external agent, such as a mechanical switch).

The WAS_PFAIL bit in the PWONCTL register is set by VSB Power-Up reset (the system exits Power Fail), thus indicating

that a Resume from Power Fail condition occurred. This indication is used by the software to decide if the system woke up

from Power Fail or from a sleep state.

The Resume from Power Fail process starts 1 second after the VSB power is on. This prevents the selection of an erroneous

current sleep state during VSB power-On transitions.

The RESUME_MD field in the PWONCTL register controls the behavior of the ONCTL and PWBTOUT signals during a Re-

sume from Power Fail condition (see Table 49 on page 188):

•00b −The state of the ONCTL and PWBTOUT signals is controlled solely by the SLPS3 input generated by an (optional)

external ACPI controller.

If the sleep state control by SLPS3, SLPS5 option is selected by setting both the EXT_ST_SELECT bit in the

SLP_ST_CFG register and the EXTSTMUX bit in the SIOCF3 register to ‘1’, and if SLPS3 = 1 (no sleep), the VDD power

supply is turned on (ONCTL = 0). Otherwise, the VDD power supply remains off. Whenever ONCTL is asserted, a 100

ms pulse is also generated at the PWBTOUT output to inform an (optional) external ACPI controller of the new status of

the VDD power supply.

If the SLPS3, SLPS5 option is not selected (EXT_ST_SELECT bit in the SLP_ST_CFG register and EXTSTMUX bit in

the SIOCF3 register are both ‘0’), the VDD power supply remains off (“Silent mode”).

•01b − The PC8741x device behaves the same as in the 00b combination.

In addition, if an RTC Alarm event was active during the Power Fail, the VDD power supply is turned on (ONCTL = 0) and

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

172

www.national.com

a 100 ms pulse is generated at the PWBTOUT output. This happens regardless of the setting of the EXT_ST_SELECT

and EXTSTMUX bits or of the value of the SLPS3 input.

•10b −The state of the ONCTL and PWBTOUT signals is controlled solely by the LAST_ONCTL bit of the PWONCTL

If LAST_ONCTL = 1 (VDD power was on before Power Fail), the VDD power supply is turned on (ONCTL = 0) and a 100

ms pulse is generated at the PWBTOUT output. Otherwise, the VDD power supply remains off.

•11b − The PC8741x device behaves the same as in the 10b combination.

In addition, if an RTC Alarm event was active during the Power Fail, the VDD power supply is turned on (ONCTL = 0) and

a 100 ms pulse is generated at the PWBTOUT output. This happens regardless of the value of the LAST_ONCTL bit of

the PWONCTL register.

The Resume from Power Fail function bypasses the regular control on the ONCTL and PWBTOUT signals.

After the Resume from Power Fail process ends, the ONCTL and PWBTOUT signals behave as described in Section 9.2.5

and in the Power Button Override and Crowbar sections (page 171).

9.2.7 LED Control

The PC8741x devices support LED indicators for two purposes:

●Visual indication of the system power state or sleep state.

●General-purpose visual indication of the software status.

The LEDCFG bit selects the configuration of the LED connection. There are two possible configurations: two regular LEDs

are connected between each pin and ground or VSB (one at LED1 and the other at LED2 pins) or one dual-color LED is

connected between the LED1 and LED2 pins. The LEDPOL bit selects the polarity of the ON state at both pins (LED1 and

LED2). The LEDCFG and LEDPOL bits are located in the LEDCTL register (see Section 9.3.12 on page 189). The polarity

of the ON state at LED1 and LED2 pins depends on the setting of the LEDCFG and LEDPOL bits (see Table ).

The LED1BLNK and LED2BLNK fields in the LEDBLNK register control the ON/OFF state or the blinking rate of the LED1

and LED2 pins, respectively. For each LED pin, a different blink rate can be selected. Different blink rates can also be se-

lected for the dual-color LED mode (LEDCFG = 0).

The LEDMOD field in the LEDCTL register controls the behavior of the LED1 and LED2 pins in each power state or sleep

state (see Table 50 on page 189):

•00b −The behavior of the LED1 and LED2 pins is controlled by software only (through the setting of the LED1BLNK and

LED2BLNK fields), except for the Power Fail state (VSB and VDD off) when both LEDs are OFF.

•01b − The behavior of the LED1 and LED2 pins is controlled by the power states and by software.

In the Power Fail state (VSB and VDD off), both LEDs are OFF;

In the Power Off state (VSB on and VDD off), both LEDs blink at a 1 Hz rate, with a 50% duty cycle;

In the Power On state (VSB and VDD on), each LED behaves according to the setting of its LEDxBLNK field.

•10b − The behavior of the LED1 and LED2 pins is controlled by the S3I sleep state and by software.

In the Power Fail state (VSB and VDD off) and in the S45 sleep state, both LEDs are OFF;

In the Power On state (VSB and VDD on) and in the S3I sleep state, each LED behaves according to the setting of its

LEDxBLNK field.

•11b − The behavior of the LED1 and LED2 pins is controlled by the sleep states and by software.

In the Power Fail state (VSB and VDD off), both LEDs are OFF;

In the Power On state (VSB and VDD on) and in the S45 and S3I sleep states, each LED behaves according to the setting

of its LEDxBLNK field.

Table 42. LED ON Polarity as a Function of LEDCFG and LEDPOL

LEDCFG LEDPOL LED1 LED2 Connection

0 0 High Low LED1 to LED2

0 1 Low High LED2 to LED1

1 0 High High LED1 and LED2 to GND

1 1 Low Low LED1 and LED2 to VSB

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

173 www.national.com

9.2.8 Power Active Timers

The SWC includes two 32-bit Power Active timers: a VDD Active Timer, and a VSB Active Timer. Each timer is clocked by a

1 Hz internal clock derived from the battery-backed 32.768 kHz crystal clock generator.

These timers measure the cumulative amount of time (in seconds) that the VSB and the VDD power supplies are active (ON).

Each of them is enabled for counting when its related power supply is turned on and stops counting when the power supply

goes off.

Due to their 32-bit length, the timers do not need to be reset; however, a reset bit is available for each timer (VSB_TMR_RST

and VDD_TMR_RST) in the PWTMRCTL register (see Section 9.3.29 on page 198).

The timer count data of the VDD Active Timer is available to the software in the VDD_ON_TMR_0 to VDD_ON_TMR_3 read-

only registers (see Sections 9.3.21 to 9.3.24 on pages 195ff.), which are updated each second with the actual count value

of the timer. When VDD_ON_TMR_0 (the LSByte of the count data) is read, the updating of all four registers

(VDD_ON_TMR_0 to VDD_ON_TMR_3) is stopped, freezing the count value. The VDD_ON_TMR_1 and

VDD_ON_TMR_2 registers can then be read in any order. Finally, reading from the VDD_ON_TMR_3 register resumes the

registers updating with the actual count value of the timer. Therefore, the VDD_ON_TMR_0 register must be read first and

the VDD_ON_TMR_3 register last.

The same applies for the VSB Active Timer, whose timer count data is available to the software in the VSB_ON_TMR_0 to

VSB_ON_TMR_3 read-only registers (see Sections 9.3.25 to 9.3.28 on pages 196ff.).

9.2.9 WATCHDOG Function

The WATCHDOG includes an 8-bit timer clocked by a 1-minute internal clock that is derived from the battery-backed 32.768

KHz crystal clock generator. The timer is loaded with the WATCHDOG Time-Out Data value written in the WDTO register

(see Section 9.3.34 on page 201) and counts down to zero. This 8-bit data enables time-out values between 1 to 255 min-

utes to be programmed (00h is an invalid data value).

Five events can trigger the WATCHDOG by reloading the timer:

●Keyboard interrupt.

●Mouse interrupt.

●Serial Port 1 interrupt.

●Serial Port 2 interrupt.

●Software writing a ‘1’ to the SW_WD_TRG bit of the WDCTL register (see Section 9.3.33 on page 201).

Each event can be masked by an enable bit in the WDCFG register (see Section 9.3.35 on page 202). Whenever an active

edge of any enabled event is detected, the timer is restarted from the WATCHDOG Time-Out Data value. If no event occurs

before the timer reaches 00h, the WDO_EVT_STS status bit in the GPE1_STS_3 register (see Section 9.4.11 on page 210)

is set to ‘1’ and a 250 ms active low pulse is generated at the WDO pin. After a WATCHDOG time-out or when the Hardware

reset is active (LRESET), the timer is reloaded.

The WDO_EVT_STS status bit can be routed either to the SIOSMI pin by the WDO_EVT_2SMI bit in the GPE1_2SMI_HIGH

Section 9.4.15 on page 214).

After either VSB Power-up reset or VDD Power-up reset, the WATCHDOG is disabled. Its operation is enabled by setting the

WDEN bit in the WDCTL register (see Section 9.3.33 on page 201) to ‘1’. Once set, this bit cannot be cleared by software.

The VSB Power-up and VDD Power-up resets both de-assert the WDO signal before the 250 ms have passed. The

WDO_EVT_STS status bit is cleared by the VSB Power-up reset.

Usage Hints Before changing the WATCHDOG Time-Out Data value in the WDTO register, set all the enable bits of the

WATCHDOG trigger events to ‘0’ - disable (in the WDCFG register - see Section 9.3.35 on page 202). Re-enable the

WATCHDOG trigger events (set to ‘1’) after writing the new WATCHDOG Time-Out Data.

9.2.10 Miscellaneous Functions

Power Management Control

The SWC contains two Power Management registers, which allows the software to disable each Legacy module and to

TRI-STATE its outputs in a centralized manner.

The SWC Fast Disable register (SWCFDIS) provides a fast way for the Power Management software to disable one or

more Legacy modules without having to access the Activate register of each module (at index 30h) through the Index/Data

registers. The FDC, Parallel Port, Serial Port 1, Serial Port 2, Mouse Control and Keyboard Control logical devices can be

disabled through the SWCFDIS register (see Section 9.3.8 on page 184).

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

174

www.national.com

The SWC TRI-STATE register (SWCTRIS) also provides a fast way for the Power Management software to float the out-

puts of one or more Legacy modules without having to access their TRI-STATE Control bit in the Special Configuration reg-

ister at index F0h. The module outputs enter TRI-STATE only when the module is disabled. The FDC, Parallel Port, Serial

Port 1, Serial Port 2, Mouse and Keyboard Control module outputs can be TRI-STATED through the SWCTRIS register (see

Section 9.3.9 on page 185).

Keyboard/Mouse Power Control (VDDFELL)

If the VDDFLMUX bit in the SIOCF2 register (see Section 3.7.3 on page 49) is set to ‘1’, the SWC generates a 1 second,

active high pulse at the VDDFELL pin each time the VDD power supply is turned off (by setting the ONCTL signal to high

level). This signal can be used by the system to turn off VSB power to the Keyboard and Mouse devices, thus causing them

to reset their internal circuits.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

175 www.national.com

9.3 SWC REGISTERS

The SWC registers are organized in four banks. The offsets are related to the base address determined by the SWC Base

Address register at indexes 60h - 61h in the SWC device configuration. The lower 16 offsets (00h-0Fh) are common to the

four banks; the upper offsets (10h-1Fh) are divided as follows:

•Bank 0 holds registers related to the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector.

•Bank 1 holds registers related to the Power Active timers.

•Bank 2 holds registers related to sleep states and ACPI configuration.

•Bank 3 holds registers related to the WATCHDOG.

The active bank is selected through the BNK_SEL1-BNK_SEL0 bits in the Bank Select register (BANKSEL). For details, see

Section 9.3.15 on page 191.

The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:

●R/W = Read/Write.

●R = Read from a speciﬁc register (write to the same address is to a different register).

●W = Write (see above).

●RO = Read Only.

●WO = Write Only. Reading from the bit returns 0.

●R/W1C= Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.

●R/W1S = Read/Write 1 to Set. Writing 1 to a bit sets its value to 1. Writing 0 has no effect.

9.3.1 SWC Register Map

The following tables list the SWC registers. For the SWC register bitmap, see Section 9.5 on page 215. Most of the registers

are battery backed, however some are VSB powered.

Table 43. Banks 0, 1, 2 and 3 - Common Register Map

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type Power Well Section

00h WK_EVT_SEL Wake-Up Event Select R/W VPP 9.3.2

01h WK_ST_EN Wake-Up State Enable R/W VPP 9.3.3

02h GPE1_2IRQ_LOW GPE1_STS Events to IRQ Enable Low R/W VPP 9.3.4

03h GPE1_2IRQ_HIGH GPE1_STS Events to IRQ Enable High R/W VPP 9.3.5

04h GPE1_2SMI_LOW GPE1_STS Events to SMI Enable Low R/W VPP 9.3.6

05h GPE1_2SMI_HIGH GPE1_STS Events to SMI Enable High R/W VPP 9.3.7

06h SWCFDIS SWC Fast Disable R/W VSB 9.3.8

07h SWCTRIS SWC TRI-STATE R/W VSB 9.3.9

08h SWC_CTL SWC Miscellaneous Control Varies per bit VPP 9.3.10

09h PWONCTL Power ON Control Varies per bit VPP 9.3.11

0Ah LEDCTL LED Control R/W VPP 9.3.12

0Bh LEDBLNK LED Blinking Control R/W VPP 9.3.13

0Ch-0Dh Reserved

0Eh BIOSGPR BIOS General-Purpose Scratch R/W VPP 9.3.14

0Fh BANKSEL Bank Select R/W VPP 9.3.15

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

176

www.national.com

Table 44. Bank 0 - Keyboard/Mouse Wake-Up Detector Register Map

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type Power Well Section

10h-11h Reserved

12h KBDWKCTL Keyboard Wake-Up Control R/W VPP 9.3.16

13h PS2CTL PS2 Protocol Control R/W VPP 9.3.17

14h-15h Reserved

16h KDSR Keyboard Data Shift-Register RO VPP 9.3.18

17h MDSR Mouse Data Shift-Register RO VPP 9.3.19

18h PS2KEY0 PS2 Keyboard Key Data 0 R/W VPP 9.3.20

19h PS2KEY1 PS2 Keyboard Key Data 1 R/W VPP 9.3.20

1Ah PS2KEY2 PS2 Keyboard Key Data 2 R/W VPP 9.3.20

1Bh PS2KEY3 PS2 Keyboard Key Data 3 R/W VPP 9.3.20

1Ch PS2KEY4 PS2 Keyboard Key Data 4 R/W VPP 9.3.20

1Dh PS2KEY5 PS2 Keyboard Key Data 5 R/W VPP 9.3.20

1Eh PS2KEY6 PS2 Keyboard Key Data 6 R/W VPP 9.3.20

1Fh PS2KEY7 PS2 Keyboard Key Data 7 R/W VPP 9.3.20

Table 45. Bank 1 - Power Active Timers Register Map

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type Power Well Section

10h VDD_ON_TMR_0 VDD Active Timer 0 RO VPP 9.3.21

11h VDD_ON_TMR_1 VDD Active Timer 1 RO VPP 9.3.22

12h VDD_ON_TMR_2 VDD Active Timer 2 RO VPP 9.3.23

13h VDD_ON_TMR_3 VDD Active Timer 3 RO VPP 9.3.24

14h VSB_ON_TMR_0 VSB Active Timer 0 RO VPP 9.3.25

15h VSB_ON_TMR_1 VSB Active Timer 1 RO VPP 9.3.26

16h VSB_ON_TMR_2 VSB Active Timer 2 RO VPP 9.3.27

17h VSB_ON_TMR_3 VSB Active Timer 3 RO VPP 9.3.28

18h PWTMRCTL Power Active Timers Control Varies per bit VPP 9.3.29

19h-1Fh Reserved

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

177 www.national.com

9.3.2 Wake-Up Event Select Register (WK_EVT_SEL)

This register selects the wake-up event to be configured (i.e., which register is accessed via the Wake-Up State Enable reg-

ister). Since access to the Wake-Up State Enable register requires two transactions (first to WK_EVT_SEL and then to

WK_ST_EN) and since the LPC bus and ACCESS.bus access the module concurrently (PC87413 and PC87417), the

WK_EVT_SEL register is duplicated (one accessed by the host and one by the ACCESS.bus).This register is reset by hard-

ware to 00h.

The wake-up events selected through this register are active when either the bits of the GPE1_STS_0 to GPE1_STS_3 reg-

isters or the PM1b_STS_HIGH register are set. Table 48 shows the mapping of the WKUPSEL field value to each wake-up

event and the related status bit.

Power Well: VPP

Location: All Banks, Offset 00h

Type: R/W

Table 46. Bank 2 - Sleep States and ACPI Conﬁguration Register Map

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type Power Well Section

10h S0_SLP_TYP S0 Sleep Type Encoding R/W or RO VPP 9.3.30

11h S1_SLP_TYP S1 Sleep Type Encoding R/W or RO VPP 9.3.30

12h S2_SLP_TYP S2 Sleep Type Encoding R/W or RO VPP 9.3.30

13h S3_SLP_TYP S3 Sleep Type Encoding R/W or RO VPP 9.3.30

14h S4_SLP_TYP S4 Sleep Type Encoding R/W or RO VPP 9.3.30

15h S5_SLP_TYP S5 Sleep Type Encoding R/W or RO VPP 9.3.30

16h SLP_ST_CFG Sleep State Conﬁguration Varies per bit VPP 9.3.31

17h ACPI_CFG ACPI Conﬁguration R/W VPP 9.3.32

18h-1Fh Reserved

Table 47. Bank 3 - WATCHDOG Register Map

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type Power Well Section

10h WDCTL WATCHDOG Control Varies per bit VSB 9.3.33

11h WDTO WATCHDOG Time-Out R/W VSB 9.3.34

12h WDCFG WATCHDOG Conﬁguration R/W VSB 9.3.17

13h-1Fh Reserved

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved WKUPSEL

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-5 Reserved.

4-0 WKUPSEL (Wake-Up Event Select). These bits select a wake-up event to be conﬁgured through the

WK_ST_EN register (see Table 48).

00000: GPIOE10 Event Status (default)

00001 to 11111: Wake-up events (see Table 48)

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

178

www.national.com

Table 48. Wake-Up Event Select Field Map

WKUPSEL Wake-Up Event Name WK_ST_EN Class GPE1_STS_n Bit PM1b_STS_HIGH Bit Notes

00h GPIOE10 Event Status A GPIOE10_STS

01h GPIOE11 Event Status A GPIOE11_STS

02h GPIOE12 Event Status A GPIOE12_STS

03h GPIOE13 Event Status A GPIOE13_STS

04h GPIOE14 Event Status A GPIOE14_STS

05h GPIOE15 Event Status A GPIOE15_STS

06h GPIOE16 Event Status A GPIOE16_STS

07h GPIOE17 Event Status A GPIOE17_STS

08h GPIOE40 Event Status A GPIOE40_STS

09h GPIOE41 Event Status A GPIOE41_STS

0Ah GPIOE42 Event Status A GPIOE42_STS

0Bh GPIOE43 Event Status A GPIOE43_STS

0Ch GPIOE44 Event Status A GPIOE44_STS

0Dh GPIOE45 Event Status A GPIOE45_STS

0Eh GPIOE46 Event Status A GPIOE46_STS

0Fh GPIOE47 Event Status A GPIOE47_STS

10h RI1 Event Status A RI1_EVT_STS

11h RI2 Event Status A RI2_EVT_STS

12h Mouse Event Status A MS_EVT_STS

13h Keyboard Event 1 Status A KBD_EVT1_STS

14h Keyboard Event 2 Status A KBD_EVT2_STS

15h Keyboard Event 3 Status A KBD_EVT3_STS

16h Sleep Button Event Status A SLBT_EVT_STS SLPBTN_STS ORed bits

17h Reserved

18h RTC Alarm Event Status A RTC_EVT_STS RTC_STS ORed bits

19h Port P12 Event Status B P12_EVT_STS

1Ah Keyboard IRQ Event Status B KBD_IRQ_STS

1Bh Mouse IRQ Event Status B MS_IRQ_STS

1Ch Modules IRQ Event Status A MOD_IRQ_STS

1Dh Reserved

1Eh Software ON Event Status A SW_ON_STS

1Fh Software OFF Event Status A SW_OFF_STS

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

179 www.national.com

9.3.3 Wake-Up State Enable Register (WK_ST_EN)

This register configures the wake-up event selected by the Wake-Up Event Select register. Two different classes (A and B)

are defined for this register (see Table 48 on page 178). Both classes are reset by hardware to 00h.

The sleep states for which the outputs are enabled when the event is active are PC8741x device current states (see Section

9.2.3 on page 166).

Power Well: VPP

Location: All Banks, Offset 01h

Type: R/W

Class: A

Class: B

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved PWBT_EN

_S3I PWBT_EN

_S45 ONCTL_EN

_S3I ONCTL_EN

_S45

Reset 00000000

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved ONCTL_EN

_S3I ONCTL_EN

_S45

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-4 Reserved.

Class A PWBT_EN_S3I (PWBTOUT Pulse Enable in S3I). Enables generating a PWBTOUT pulse when the selected

event becomes active and the device is in S3I sleep state. The selected event affects the output regardless of

the setting of the related enable bit in the GPE1_EN_n register. However, for a PWBTOUT pulse to be

generated, the PWBTOUT_MODE bit in the ACPI_CFG register (see Section 9.3.32 on page 200) must be ‘0’.

0: Disable pulse (default)

1: Enable pulse in S3I state

Class A PWBT_EN_S45 (PWBTOUT Pulse Enable in S45). Enables generating a PWBTOUT pulse when the selected

event becomes active and the device is in S45 sleep state. The selected event affects the output regardless of

the setting of the related enable bit in the GPE1_EN_n register. However, for a PWBTOUT pulse to be

generated, the PWBTOUT_MODE bit in the ACPI_CFG register (see Section 9.3.32 on page 200) must be ‘0’.

0: Disable pulse (default)

1: Enable pulse in S45 state

3-2

Class B Reserved.

1ONCTL_EN_S3I (ONCTL Active Enable in S3I). Enables activation (turning the VDD power ON) of the

ONCTL output when the selected event becomes active and the device is in the S3I sleep state. The selected

event affects the output regardless of the setting of the related enable bit in the GPE1_EN_n register. This bit is

relevant only if the PC8741x device is the ACPI controller of the system (EXT_ST_SELECT = 0 in the

SLP_ST_CFG register).

0: Disable activation (default)

1: Enable activation in S3I state

0ONCTL_EN_S45 (ONCTL Active Enable in S45). Enables activation (turning the VDD power ON) of the

ONCTL output when the selected event becomes active and the device is in the S45 sleep state. The selected

event affects the output regardless of the setting of the related enable bit in the GPE1_EN_n register. This bit is

relevant only if the PC8741x device is the ACPI controller of the system (EXT_ST_SELECT = 0 in the

SLP_ST_CFG register).

0: Disable activation (default)

1: Enable activation in S45 state

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

180

www.national.com

9.3.4 GPE1_STS Events to IRQ Enable Low Register (GPE1_2IRQ_LOW)

This register enables the wake-up events contained in bits 16-23 of the GPE1_STS register to generate an IRQ. It is reset

by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: All Banks, Offset 02h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name PWBT_EVT

_2IRQ SLBT_EVT

_2IRQ KBD_EVT3

_2IRQ KBD_EVT2

_2IRQ KBD_EVT1

_2IRQ MS_EVT

_2IRQ RI2_EVT

_2IRQ RI1_EVT

_2IRQ

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7PWBT_EVT_2IRQ (Power Button Event to IRQ Enable). Enables the Power button pressing event to

generate an IRQ.

0: Disable IRQ (default)

1: Enable IRQ from Power button pressing event

6SLBT_EVT_2IRQ (Sleep Button Event to IRQ Enable). Enables the Sleep button pressing event to generate

an IRQ.

0: Disable IRQ (default)

1: Enable IRQ from Sleep button pressing event

5KBD_EVT3_2IRQ (Keyboard Event 3 to IRQ Enable). Enables the “PM Key 3” (keyboard) pressing event to

generate an IRQ.

0: Disable IRQ (default)

1: Enable IRQ from pressing “PM Key 3” on the keyboard

4KBD_EVT2_2IRQ (Keyboard Event 2 to IRQ Enable). Enables the “PM Key 2” (keyboard) pressing event to

generate an IRQ.

0: Disable IRQ (default)

1: Enable IRQ from pressing “PM Key 2” on the keyboard

3KBD_EVT1_2IRQ (Keyboard Event 1 to IRQ Enable). Enables the event of pressing any keyboard key, key

sequence or “PM Key 1” to generate an IRQ.

0: Disable IRQ (default)

1: Enable IRQ from pressing any key, key sequence or “PM Key 1” on the keyboard

2MS_EVT_2IRQ (Mouse Event to IRQ Enable). Enables a mouse event identiﬁed by the Keyboard/Mouse

Wake-up Detector to generate an IRQ.

0: Disable IRQ (default)

1: Enable IRQ from a mouse event identified by the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector

1RI2_EVT_2IRQ (RI2 Event to IRQ Enable). Enables a telephone ring event received at the Serial Port 2,

identiﬁed by the RI Wake-up Detector, to generate an IRQ.

0: Disable IRQ (default)

1: Enable IRQ from the telephone ring event received at the Serial Port 2

0RI1_EVT_2IRQ (RI1 Event to IRQ Enable). Enables a telephone ring event received at the Serial Port 1,

identiﬁed by the RI Wake-up Detector, to generate an IRQ.

0: Disable IRQ (default)

1: Enable IRQ from the telephone ring event received at the Serial Port 1

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

181 www.national.com

9.3.5 GPE1_STS Events to IRQ Enable High Register (GPE1_2IRQ_HIGH)

This register enables the wake-up events contained in 24-31 of the GPE1_STS register to generate an IRQ. It is reset by

hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: All Banks, Offset 03h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name SW_OFF

_2IRQ SW_ON

_2IRQ Reserved P12_EVT

_2IRQ Reserved

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7SW_OFF_2IRQ (Software OFF Event to IRQ Enable). Enables the event of the software writing a ‘1’ to the

SW_OFF_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register to generate an IRQ.

0: Disable IRQ (default)

1: Enable IRQ from the software writing a ‘1’ to the SW_OFF_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register

6SW_ON_2IRQ (Software ON Event to IRQ Enable). Enables the event of the software writing a ‘1’ to the

SW_ON_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register to generate an IRQ.

0: Disable IRQ (default)

1: Enable IRQ from the software writing a ‘1’ to the SW_ON_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register

5-2 Reserved.

1P12_EVT_2IRQ (Port P12 Event to IRQ Enable). Enables an active high signal generated at the P12 pin to

generate an IRQ.

0: Disable IRQ (default)

1: Enable IRQ from an active high signal generated at the P12 pin

0Reserved.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

182

www.national.com

9.3.6 GPE1_STS Events to SMI Enable Low Register (GPE1_2SMI_LOW)

This register enables the wake-up events contained in bits 16-23 of the GPE1_STS register to generate an SMI interrupt. It

is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: All Banks, Offset 04h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name PWBT_EVT

_2SMI SLBT_EVT

_2SMI KBD_EVT3

_2SMI KBD_EVT2

_2SMI KBD_EVT1

_2SMI MS_EVT

_2SMI RI2_EVT

_2SMI RI1_EVT

_2SMI

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7PWBT_EVT_2SMI (Power Button Event to SMI Enable). Enables the Power button pressing event to

generate an SMI interrupt.

0: Disable SMI (default)

1: Enable SMI from Power button pressing event

6SLBT_EVT_2SMI (Sleep Button Event to SMI Enable). Enables the Sleep button pressing event to generate

an SMI interrupt.

0: Disable SMI (default)

1: Enable SMI from Sleep button pressing event

5KBD_EVT3_2SMI (Keyboard Event 3 to SMI Enable). Enables the “PM Key 3” (keyboard) key pressing event

to generate an SMI interrupt.

0: Disable SMI (default)

1: Enable SMI from pressing “PM Key 3” on the keyboard

4KBD_EVT2_2SMI (Keyboard Event 2 to SMI Enable). Enables the “PM Key 2” (keyboard) key pressing event

to generate an SMI interrupt.

0: Disable SMI (default)

1: Enable SMI from pressing “PM Key 2” on the keyboard

3KBD_EVT1_2SMI (Keyboard Event 1 to SMI Enable). Enables the event of pressing any keyboard key, key

sequence or “PM Key 1” to generate an SMI interrupt.

0: Disable SMI (default)

1: Enable SMI from pressing any key, key sequence or “PM Key 1” on the keyboard

2MS_EVT_2SMI (Mouse Event to SMI Enable). Enables a mouse event, identiﬁed by the Keyboard/Mouse

Wake-up Detector, to generate an SMI interrupt.

0: Disable SMI (default)

1: Enable SMI from the mouse event identified by the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector

1RI2_EVT_2SMI (RI2 Event to SMI Enable). Enables a telephone ring event received at the Serial Port 2,

identiﬁed by the RI Wake-up Detector, to generate an SMI interrupt.

0: Disable SMI (default)

1: Enable SMI from the telephone ring event received at the Serial Port 2

0RI1_EVT_2SMI (RI1 Event to SMI Enable). Enables a telephone ring event received at the Serial Port 1,

identiﬁed by the RI Wake-up Detector, to generate an SMI interrupt.

0: Disable SMI (default)

1: Enable SMI from the telephone ring event received at the Serial Port 1

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

183 www.national.com

9.3.7 GPE1_STS Events to SMI Enable High Register (GPE1_2SMI_HIGH)

This register enables the wake-up events contained in bits 24-31 of the GPE1_STS register to generate an SMI interrupt. It

is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: All Banks, Offset 05h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name SW_OFF

_2SMI SW_ON

_2SMI WDO_EVT

_2SMI Reserved RTC_EVT

_2SMI

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7SW_OFF_2SMI (Software OFF Event to SMI Enable). Enables the event of the software writing a ‘1’ to the

SW_OFF_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register to generate an SMI interrupt.

0: Disable SMI (default)

1: Enable SMI from the software writing a ‘1’ to the SW_OFF_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register

6SW_ON_2SMI (Software ON Event to SMI Enable). Enables the event of the software writing a ‘1’ to the

SW_ON_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register to generate an SMI interrupt.

0: Disable SMI (default)

1: Enable SMI from the software writing a ‘1’ to the SW_ON_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register

5WDO_EVT_2SMI (WATCHDOG Event to SMI Enable). Enables a WATCHDOG time-out to generate an SMI

interrupt.

0: Disable SMI (default)

1: Enable SMI from WATCHDOG time-out

4-1 Reserved.

0RTC_EVT_2SMI (RTC Alarm Event to SMI Enable). Enables an RTC alarm to generate an SMI interrupt.

0: Disable SMI (default)

1: Enable SMI from RTC alarm

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

184

www.national.com

9.3.8 SWC Fast Disable Register (SWCFDIS)

This register provides a fast way for the Power Management software to disable one or more modules without having to

access the Activate register of each module (see Section 3.3.1 on page 42). It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: All Banks, Offset 06h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved KBDDIS MSDIS SER1DIS SER2DIS PARPDIS FDCDIS

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-6 Reserved.

5KBDDIS (Keyboard Controller Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Keyboard Controller module (Logical

Device 6) to be disabled (and its resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index

30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

4MSDIS (Mouse Controller Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Mouse Controller module (Logical Device

5) to be disabled (and its resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

3SER1DIS (Serial Port 1 Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Serial Port 1 module to be disabled (and its

resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

2SER2DIS (Serial Port 2 Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Serial Port 2 module to be disabled (and its

resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

1PARPDIS (Parallel Port Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Parallel Port module to be disabled (and its

resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

0FDCDIS (Floppy Disk Controller Disable). When set to 1, this bit forces the Floppy Disk Controller module to

be disabled (and its resources released) regardless of the actual setting of its Activation bit (index 30).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to Activation bit (default)

1: Disabled

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

185 www.national.com

9.3.9 SWC TRI-STATE Register (SWCTRIS)

This register provides a fast way for the Power Management software to float the outputs of one or more modules without

having to access their TRI-STATE Control bit in the Special Configuration register at index F0h. The module outputs enter

TRI-STATE only when the module is disabled (see Section 9.3.8). The register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: All Banks, Offset 07h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved KBMSTRIS SER1TRIS SER2TRIS PARPTRIS FDCTRIS

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-5 Reserved.

4KBMSTRIS (Keyboard and Mouse Outputs TRI-STATE). When set to 1 and the module is disabled, this bit

forces the outputs of the Keyboard and Mouse Controller to be in TRI-STATE regardless of bit 0 in the Keyboard

Conﬁguration register (see Section 3.13.3 on page 68).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to bit 0 in the Keyboard Configuration register (default)

1: Outputs in TRI-STATE

3SER1TRIS (Serial Port 1 Outputs TRI-STATE). When set to 1 and the module is disabled, this bit forces the

outputs of the Serial Port 1 module to be in TRI-STATE regardless of bit 0 in the Serial Port 1 Conﬁguration

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to bit 0 in the Serial Port 1 Configuration register (default)

1: Outputs in TRI-STATE

2SER2TRIS (Serial Port 2 Outputs TRI-STATE). When set to 1 and the module is disabled, this bit forces the

outputs of the Serial Port 2 module to be in TRI-STATE regardless of bit 0 in the Serial Port 2 Conﬁguration

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to bit 0 in the Serial Port 2 Configuration register (default)

1: Outputs in TRI-STATE

1PARPTRIS (Parallel Port Outputs TRI-STATE). When set to 1 and the module is disabled, this bit forces the

outputs of the Parallel Port module to be in TRI-STATE regardless of bit 0 in the Parallel Port Conﬁguration

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to bit 0 in the Parallel Port Configuration register (default)

1: Outputs in TRI-STATE

0FDCTRIS (Floppy Disk Controller Outputs TRI-STATE). When set to 1 and the module is disabled, this bit

forces the outputs of the Floppy Disk Controller module to be in TRI-STATE regardless of bit 0 in the FDC

Conﬁguration register (see Section 3.8.3 on page 58).

0: Enabled or Disabled, according to bit 0 in the FDC Configuration register (default)

1: Outputs in TRI-STATE

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

186

www.national.com

9.3.10 SWC Miscellaneous Control Register (SWC_CTL)

This register contains control and status bits for the SWC module. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: All Banks, Offset 08h

Type: Varies per bit

Bit 76543210

Name SW_OFF

_CTL SW_ON

_CTL PWB_OVR

_STS CROWBAR

_STS Reserved SWAP

_KBMS

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Type Description

7 R/W SW_OFF_CTL (Software OFF Control). Writing ‘1’ to this bit sets the SW_OFF_STS bit in the

GPE1_STS_3 register (see Section 9.4.11 on page 210), which requests a VDD power off sequence.

This bit then returns to ‘0’ (read always returns ‘0’).

0: Inactive (default)

1: Requests a VDD power off sequence

6 R/W SW_ON_CTL (Software ON Control). Writing ‘1’ to this bit sets the SW_ON_STS bit in the

GPE1_STS_3 register (see Section 9.4.11 on page 210), which requests a VDD power on sequence.

This bit then returns to ‘0’ (read always returns ‘0’). When the VDD power is off, this bit can be written

only through the ACCESS.bus (PC87413 and PC87417).

0: Inactive (default)

1: Requests a VDD power on sequence

5 R/W1C PWB_OVR_STS (Power Button Override Status). Indicates that the Power Button Override event has

occurred (Power button pressed for more than 4 seconds). In this condition the VDD power is

unconditionally turned off. Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive (default)

1: Power Button Override event has occurred

4 R/W1C CROWBAR_STS (Crowbar Status). Indicates that the Crowbar event has been detected (VDD

remained Off for longer than the Crowbar Timeout). In this condition the VDD power is turned off. Writing

‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive (default)

1: Crowbar event has been detected

3-1 Reserved.

0 R/W SWAP_KBMS (Swap Keyboard and Mouse Inputs). When this bit is set, the keyboard signals

(KBCLK and KBDAT) are swapped with the mouse signals (MCLK and MDAT). This bit must be set to

the same value as the Swap bit in the KBC Conﬁguration register (see Section 3.13.3 on page 68).

0: No swapping (default)

1: Swaps the keyboard and mouse signals

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

187 www.national.com

9.3.11 Power ON Control Register (PWONCTL)

This register controls the power-On process and the way the PC8741x device resumes operation after Power Fail. It is reset

by hardware to 87h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: All Banks, Offset 09h

Type: Varies per bit

Bit 76543210

Name WAS

_PFAIL LAST

_ONCTL RESUME_MD LEGACY

_PWBT1

1. This bit is powered from the VDD well and is reset either by VDD power-up reset or by hardware reset.

CRBAR_TOUT

Reset 1 0 0 00111

Bit Type Description

7 R/W1C WAS_PFAIL (Was Power Fail Status). Indicates that the device has woken up from a Power Fail

condition (VDD and VSB off). This bit is set by VSB Power-Up reset. Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’

is ignored.

0: Inactive

1: Wake-up from Power Fail (default)

6ROLAST_ONCTL (Last Value of ONCTL). This bit reﬂects the last value of the ONCTL signal when the

previous Power Fail condition (VDD and VSB off) occurred. Writing to this bit is ignored.

0: ONCTL inactive - VDD power off (default)

1: ONCTL active - VDD power on

5-4 R/W RESUME_MD (Resume Mode Control). These bits control the power state to which the PC8741x

device resumes after waking-up from a Power Fail condition (i.e., when VDD and VSB are off). Table 49

shows the behavior of the ONCTL and PWBTOUT signals in all four Resume modes.

3 R/W LEGACY_PWBT (Legacy Power Button). This bit allows the Power button to set ONCTL to inactive

level (VDD power supply OFF).

0: ACPI-compliant Power button - VDD power turned off by sleep state (written into SLP_TYPx field or

decoded from SLPS3 and SLPS5) or by a Power Button Override condition (default)

1: Legacy Power button - VDD power turned off by pressing the Power button (PWBTIN) when the VDD

power is on

2-0 R/W CRBAR_TOUT (Crowbar Timeout Conﬁguration). This ﬁeld controls the timeout value for the

Crowbar function (the time between the activation of ONCTL and its deactivation as a result of VDD

remaining off). After the Crowbar timeout, the PC8741x device waits another second before it accepts

a new Power button event.

Bits

2 1 0 Timeout (Seconds)

0 0 0 0.5

0 0 1 1

0 1 0 2

0 1 1 3

1 0 0 6

1 0 1 10

1 1 0 15

1 1 1 20 (default)

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

188

www.national.com

Table 49. ONCTL and PWBTOUT as a Function of the Power Fail Resume Mode

RESUME_MD EXT_ST_SELECT1SLPS3 Pin LAST_ONCTL RTC Alarm in

Power Fail2ONCTL Pin PWBTOUT Pin

(Default)

0XXX1-

10X X1 -

1 X X 0 (ON) Pulse3

0XX01-

10X 0 1 -

1 X X 0 (ON) Pulse3

X X X 1 0 (ON) Pulse3

10 XX0X1-

X X 1 X 0 (ON) Pulse3

XX001-

X X 1 X 0 (ON) Pulse3

X X X 1 0 (ON) Pulse3

1. EXT_ST_SELECT bit in the SLP_ST_CFG register (see Section 9.3.31 on page 199). The EXTSTMUX bit in

the SIOCF3 register (see Section 3.7.4 on page 50) has to be set to the same value as EXT_ST_SELECT.

2. RTC Alarm event active during Power Fail.

3. A pulse is generated only if the PWBTOUT_MODE bit in the ACPI_CFG register is ‘0’ (see Section 9.3.32 on

page 200).

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

189 www.national.com

9.3.12 LED Control Register (LEDCTL)

This register controls the operation mode of the two LEDs driven by the PC8741x device. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: All Banks, Offset 0Ah

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved LEDCFG LEDPOL Reserved LEDMOD

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-6 Reserved.

5LEDCFG (LED Configuration). This bit enables the use of either two regular LEDs, connected between each

pin (LED1, LED2) and ground or VSB, or one dual-colored LED, connected between the LED1 and LED2 pins.

0: One dual-colored LED (default)

1: Two regular LEDs

4LEDPOL (LED Polarity). This bit determines the polarity of LED1 and LED2 outputs. An active output,

according to this bit setting, turns the LED ON. For the dual-colored LED conﬁguration, changing the polarity

reverses the LED colors.

0: Active high - LED cathode connected to ground (default)

1: Active low - LED anode connected to VSB

3-2 Reserved.

1-0 LEDMOD (LED Operation Mode). These bits control the operation mode of LED1 and LED2 in each power

state. Table 50 shows the behavior of the LED1 and LED2 outputs as a function of the system power state.

Table 50. LED1 and LED2 as a Function of the Power State

LEDMOD Power Fail1

1. Power Fail: VSB and VDD OFF. Power OFF: VSB ON, VDD OFF. Power ON: VSB and VDD ON;

Power OFF1State S452

2. Sleep states S3I and S45 are PC8741x device current states (see Section 9.3.31 on page 199).

State S3I2Power ON1LED1 LED2

(default) Yes OFF OFF

NoXXXX

S/W13

3. Controlled by the value of LED1BLNK in the LEDBLNK register.

S/W24

4. Controlled by the value of LED2BLNK in the LEDBLNK register.

Yes OFF OFF

Yes X X Blink5

5. 1 Hz blink with 50% duty cycle.

Blink5

Yes S/W1 S/W2

Yes OFF OFF

X Yes OFF OFF

X Yes S/W1 S/W2

Yes S/W1 S/W2

Yes OFF OFF

X Yes S/W1 S/W2

Yes S/W1 S/W2

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

190

www.national.com

9.3.13 LED Blink Control Register (LEDBLNK)

This register controls the blinking rate of the two LEDs driven by the PC8741x device. It is reset by hardware to 70h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: All Banks, Offset 0Bh

Type: R/W

9.3.14 BIOS General-Purpose Scratch Register (BIOSGPR)

This register may be used by the BIOS for general-purpose battery-backed data storage. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: All Banks, Offset 0Eh

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved LED2BLNK Reserved LED1BLNK

Reset 0 1 1 10000

Bit Description

7Reserved.

6-4 LED2BLNK (LED2 Blink Rate). These bits control the blinking rate of LED2 output.

Bits

6 5 4 Rate (Hz) Duty Cycle

0 0 0 OFF Always inactive

0 0 1 0.25 12.5%

0 1 0 0.5 25%

0 1 1 1 50%

1 0 0 2 50%

1 0 1 3 50%

1 1 0 4 50%

1 1 1 ON Always active (default)

3Reserved.

2-0 LED1BLNK (LED1 Blink Rate). These bits control the blinking rate of LED1 output.

Bits

2 1 0 Rate (Hz) Duty Cycle

0 0 0 OFF Always inactive (default)

0 0 1 0.25 12.5%

0 1 0 0.5 25%

0 1 1 1 50%

1 0 0 2 50%

1 0 1 3 50%

1 1 0 4 50%

1 1 1 ON Always active

Bit 76543210

Name General-Purpose Scratch

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-0 General-Purpose Scratch

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

191 www.national.com

9.3.15 Bank Select Register (BANKSEL)

Thisregisterselectstheactivebankforthe upperoffsets (10h-1Fh). Since the access to registers at offsets 10h-1Fh requires

two transactions (first to BANKSEL and then to the specific register) and since the LPC bus and ACCESS.bus access the

module concurrently (PC87413 and PC87417), the BANKSEL register is duplicated (one is accessed by the host and one

by the ACCESS.bus).This register is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: All Banks, Offset 0Fh

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved BNK_SEL

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-2 Reserved.

1-0 BNK_SEL (Bank Select). This ﬁeld selects the active bank for the upper offsets (10h-1Fh).

Bits

1 0 Active Bank

0 0 Bank 0: holds registers related to the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector (default)

0 1 Bank 1: holds registers related to the Power Active timers

1 0 Bank 2: holds registers related to sleep states and ACPI configuration

1 1 Bank 3: holds registers related to WATCHDOG configuration and control

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

192

www.national.com

9.3.16 Keyboard Wake-Up Control Register (KBDWKCTL)

This register configures the keyboard events detected by the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector. It is reset by hardware

to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 0, Offset 12h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name KBDMODE Reserved EVT3CFG EVT2CFG EVT1CFG

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7KBDMODE (Keyboard Mode Select). This bit selects one of the keyboard wake-up modes for the

Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector.

0: Special Key Sequence or Password modes - configured by bits 3-0 of the PS2CTL register (default)

1: Power Management Key mode - configured by bits 5-0 of the KBDWKCTL register

6Reserved.

5-4 EVT3CFG (Keyboard Event 3 Configuration). These bits conﬁgure the keyboard data sequence for Keyboard

Event 3, which indicates that “PM Key 3” was pressed on the keyboard. The setting of the EVT3CFG ﬁeld is

relevant only if the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector is in Power Management Key mode (KBDMODE = 1).

The keyboard data sequence used to detect Keyboard Event 3 is stored in registers PS2KEY6 and PS2KEY7,

starting with PS2KEY6.

Bits

5 4 Sequence Length

0 0 0 bytes - Keyboard Event 3 disabled (default)

0 1 1 byte (PS2KEY6)

1 0 2 bytes (PS2KEY6, PS2KEY7)

1 1 Reserved

3-2 EVT2CFG (Keyboard Event 2 Configuration). These bits conﬁgure the keyboard data sequence for Keyboard

Event 2, which indicates that “PM Key 2” was pressed on the keyboard. The setting of the EVT2CFG ﬁeld is

relevant only if the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector is in Power Management Key mode (KBDMODE = 1).

The keyboard data sequence used to detect Keyboard Event 2 is stored in registers PS2KEY3 to PS2KEY5,

starting with PS2KEY3.

Bits

3 2 Sequence Length

0 0 0 bytes - Keyboard Event 2 disabled (default)

0 1 1 byte (PS2KEY3)

1 0 2 bytes (PS2KEY3, PS2KEY4)

1 1 3 bytes (PS2KEY3, PS2KEY4, PS2KEY5)

1-0 EVT1CFG (Keyboard Event 1 Configuration). These bits conﬁgure the keyboard data sequence for Keyboard

Event 1, which indicates that “PM Key 1” was pressed on the keyboard. The setting of the EVT1CFG ﬁeld is

relevant only if the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector is in Power Management Key mode (KBDMODE = 1).

The keyboard data sequence used to detect Keyboard Event 1 is stored in registers PS2KEY0 to PS2KEY2,

starting with PS2KEY0.

Bits

1 0 Sequence Length

0 0 0 bytes - Keyboard Event 1 disabled (default)

0 1 1 byte (PS2KEY0)

1 0 2 bytes (PS2KEY0, PS2KEY1)

1 1 3 bytes (PS2KEY0, PS2KEY1, PS2KEY2)

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

193 www.national.com

9.3.17 PS2 Protocol Control Register (PS2CTL)

This register configures the keyboard and mouse events detected by the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector. It is reset

by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 0, Offset 13h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name DISPAR MSEVCFG KBEVCFG

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7DISPAR (Disable Parity Check). This controls the parity checking of the keyboard and mouse data by the

Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector.

0: Enable parity check (default)

1: Disable parity check

6-4 MSEVCFG (Mouse Event Configuration). These bits conﬁgure the mouse data sequence for the Mouse event.

Before setting them to a new value, these bits must be cleared by writing a value of 000b.

Bits

6 5 4 Event Configuration

0 0 0 Disable mouse wake-up detection (default)

0 0 1 Wake-up on any mouse movement or button click

0 1 0 Wake-up on left button click

0 1 1 Wake-up on left button double-click

1 0 0 Wake-up on right button click

1 0 1 Wake-up on right button double-click

1 1 0 Wake-up on any button single-click (left, right or middle)

1 1 1 Wake-up on any button double-click (left, right or middle)

3-0 KBEVCFG (Keyboard Event Configuration). These bits conﬁgure the keyboard data sequence for the

Keyboard event, which indicates that any key or key sequence was pressed on the keyboard. The setting of the

KBEVCFG ﬁeld is relevant only if the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector is in either Special Key Sequence or

Password mode (KBDMODE = 0). The keyboard data sequence used to detect a Keyboard Event is stored in

registers PS2KEY0 to PS2KEY7, starting with PS2KEY0. Before setting them to a new value, the KBEVCFG

ﬁeld must be cleared by writing a value of 0000b.

Bits

3 2 1 0 Event Configuration

0 0 0 0 Disable keyboard wake-up detection (default)

0 0 0 1

to Special Key Sequence mode 2-8 PS/2 data bytes, “Make” and “Break” (including Shift and Alt keys)

0 1 1 1

1 0 0 0

to Password Enabled mode with 1-8 keys “Make” code (excluding Shift and Alt keys)

1 1 1 1

}

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

194

www.national.com

9.3.18 Keyboard Data Shift Register (KDSR)

When keyboard wake-up detection is enabled, this register stores the keyboard data shifted in from the keyboard during

transmission. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 0, Offset 16h

Type: RO

9.3.19 Mouse Data Shift Register (MDSR)

When mouse wake-up detection is enabled, this register stores the mouse data shifted in from the mouse during

transmission. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 0, Offset 17h

Type: RO

9.3.20 PS2 Keyboard Key Data 0 to 7 Registers (PS2KEY0 to PS2KEY7)

These eight registers (PS2KEY0-PS2KEY7) store the data bytes for Special Key Sequence or Password mode

(KBDMODE = 0) or for Power Management Key mode (KBDMODE = 1) of the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector.

In Special Key Sequence or in Password modes, the keyboard data is stored as follows:

●PS2KEY0 register stores the data byte for the ﬁrst key in the sequence.

●PS2KEY1 register stores the data byte for the second key in the sequence.

●PS2KEY2 - PS2KEY7 registers store data bytes for the third to eighth key in the sequence.

For keyboard data storage in Power Management Key mode, see Section 9.3.16 on page 192.

When one of these registers is set to 00h, it indicates that the value of the corresponding data byte is ignored (not compared).

These registers are reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well:VPP

Location: Bank 0, Offset 18h to 1Fh

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Keyboard Data

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-0 Keyboard Data.

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved Mouse Data

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-3 Reserved.

2-0 Mouse Data.

Bit 76543210

Name Data Byte of Key

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-0 Data Byte of Key.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

195 www.national.com

9.3.21 VDD Active Timer 0 Register (VDD_ON_TMR_0)

This register holds a copy of bits 0-7 of the VDD Active Timer. Whenever the VDD_ON_TMR_0 register is read, the

updating of all four VDD_ON_TMR_0 to VDD_ON_TMR_3 registers is stopped, freezing the count value. Therefore, this

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 1, Offset 10h

Type: RO

9.3.22 VDD Active Timer 1 Register (VDD_ON_TMR_1)

This register holds a copy of bits 8-15 of the VDD Active Timer. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 1, Offset 11h

Type: RO

9.3.23 VDD Active Timer 2 Register (VDD_ON_TMR_2)

This register holds a copy of bits 16-23 of the VDD Active Timer. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 1, Offset 12h

Type: RO

Bit 76543210

Name VDD Timer Data Bits 0-7

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-0 VDD Timer Data, bits 0-7. An LSBit is equivalent to 1 second of the VDD power being active (ON).

Bit 76543210

Name VDD Timer Data Bits 8-15

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-0 VDD Timer Data, bits 8-15.

Bit 76543210

Name VDD Timer Data Bits 16-23

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-0 VDD Timer Data, bits 16-23.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

196

www.national.com

9.3.24 VDD Active Timer 3 Register (VDD_ON_TMR_3)

This register holds a copy of bits 24-31 of the VDD Active Timer. Whenever the VDD_ON_TMR_3 register is read, the

updating of all four VDD_ON_TMR_0 to VDD_ON_TMR_3 registers is resumed. Therefore, this register must be read

last. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 1, Offset 13h

Type: RO

9.3.25 VSB Active Timer 0 Register (VSB_ON_TMR_0)

This register holds a copy of bits 0-7 of the VSB Active Timer. Whenever the VSB_ON_TMR_0 register is read, the

updating of all four VSB_ON_TMR_0 to VSB_ON_TMR_3 registers is stopped, freezing the count value. Therefore, this

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 1, Offset 14h

Type: RO

9.3.26 VSB Active Timer 1 Register (VSB_ON_TMR_1)

This register holds a copy of bits 8-15 of the VSB Active Timer. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 1, Offset 15h

Type: RO

Bit 76543210

Name VDD Timer Data Bits 24-31

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-0 VDD Timer Data, bits 24-31.

Bit 76543210

Name VSB Timer Data Bits 0-7

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-0 VSB Timer Data, bits 0-7. An LSBit is equivalent to 1 second of the VDD power being active (ON).

Bit 76543210

Name VSB Timer Data Bits 8-15

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-0 VSB Timer Data, bits 8-15.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

197 www.national.com

9.3.27 VSB Active Timer 2 Register (VSB_ON_TMR_2)

This register holds a copy of bits 16-23 of the VSB Active Timer. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 1, Offset 16h

Type: RO

9.3.28 VSB Active Timer 3 Register (VSB_ON_TMR_3)

This register holds a copy of bits 24-31 of the VSB Active Timer. Whenever the VSB_ON_TMR_3 register is read, the

updating of all four VSB_ON_TMR_0 to VSB_ON_TMR_3 registers is resumed. Therefore, this register must be read

last. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 1, Offset 17h

Type: RO

Bit 76543210

Name VSB Timer Data Bits 16-23

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-0 VSB Timer Data, bits 16-23.

Bit 76543210

Name VSB Timer Data Bits 24-31

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-0 VSB Timer Data, bits 24-31.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

198

www.national.com

9.3.29 Power Active Timers Control Register (PWTMRCTL)

This register controls the reset by software of the VDD and VSB Active Timers. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 1, Offset 18h

Type: Varies per bit

9.3.30 S0 to S5 Sleep Type Encoding Registers (S0_SLP_TYP to S5_SLP_TYP)

These registers hold the system Sleep Type encoding for each sleep state: Working (G0/S0), Sleeping (G1/S1-S4) and

Soft-off (G2/S5). The Sleep Type is deﬁned by the SLP_TYPx ﬁeld of the PM1b_CNT_HIGH register (see Section 9.4.7

on page 207). These registers are reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 2, Offset 10h to 15h

Type: R/W or RO

Bit 76543210

Name LOCK

_TMRRST Reserved VSB_TMR

_RST Reserved VDD_TMR

_RST

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Type Description

7 R/W1S LOCK_TMRRST (Lock Timers Reset). When set to 1, this bit locks the VSB_TMR_RST and

VDD_TMR_RST bits by disabling the writing to them (including to the LOCK_TMRRST bit itself). Once

set, this bit can be cleared either by VDD Power-Up reset (or Hardware reset) or by VSB Power-Up

reset, according to the VSBLOCK bit in the ACBLKCTL register (see Section 6.3.4 on page 127). In

addition, this bit is cleared by setting the UNLOCKS bit in the ACBLKCTL register (PC87413 and

PC87417).

0: R/W bits are enabled for write (default)

1: All bits are RO

6-3 Reserved.

2 R/W or

RO VSB_TMR_RST (VSB Active Timer Reset). Writing ‘1’ to this bit resets the VSB Active Timer (the timer

is reset within 1 second following the write). This bit then returns to ‘0’ (read always returns ‘0’).

0: Inactive (default)

1: Reset the VSB Active Timer

1Reserved.

0 R/W or

RO VDD_TMR_RST (VDD Active Timer Reset). Writing ‘1’ to this bit resets the VDD Active Timer (the timer

is reset within 1 second following the write). This bit then returns to ‘0’ (read always returns ‘0’).

0: Inactive (default)

1: Reset the VDD Active Timer

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved SLP_TYP_ENC

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7-3 Reserved.

2-0 SLP_TYP_ENC (Sleep Type Encoding). The value used by the system for the sleep state deﬁned by the

speciﬁc register. This value must always be set after VPP reset (default = 000b). For sleep states not supported

by the system, select an unused value.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

199 www.national.com

9.3.31 Sleep State Configuration Register (SLP_ST_CFG)

This register controls the operation of the Sleep Type encoding. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 2, Offset 16h

Type: Varies per bit

Bit 76543210

Name LOCK

_SLP_ENC Reserved EXT_ST

_SELECT S3I

_VDD_ON S4

_SELECT

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Type Description

7 R/W1S LOCK_SLP_ENC (Lock Sleep Type Encoding). When set to 1, this bit locks the S0_SLP_TYP to

S5_SLP_TYP and the SLP_ST_CFG registers by disabling the writing to them (including to the

LOCK_SLP_ENC bit itself). Once set, this bit can be cleared either by VDD Power-Up reset (or

Hardware reset) or by VSB Power-Up reset, according to the VSBLOCK bit in the ACBLKCTL register

(see Section 6.3.4 on page 127). In addition, this bit is cleared by setting the UNLOCKS bit in the

ACBLKCTL register (PC87413 and PC87417).

0: R/W bits are enabled for write (default)

1: All bits are RO

6-3 Reserved.

2 R/W or

RO EXT_ST_SELECT (External Sleep State Select). Selects the source of the current sleep states.

0: SLP_TYPx field in the PM1b_CNT_HIGH register (see Section 9.4.7 on page 207); (default)

1: SLPS3 and SLPS5 signals from an external ACPI controller (see also the EXTSTMUX bit in the

SIOCF3 register, Section 3.7.4 on page 50)

1 R/W or

RO S3I_VDD_ON (VDD-ON in S3I Select). Selects the state of the VDD power supply in the S3I current

sleep state.

0: VDD power supply OFF (default)

1: VDD power supply ON

0 R/W or

RO S4_SELECT (S4 Select). Selects whether the sleep state S4 (if supported) is included in either S3I or

S45 current sleep states.

0: S45 = S5 or S4 (default)

1: S3I = S3 or S4

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

200

www.national.com

9.3.32 ACPI Configuration Register (ACPI_CFG)

This register configures some of the ACPI wake-up events and the PWBTOUT operation mode. It is reset by hardware to

00h.

Power Well: VPP

Location: Bank 2, Offset 17h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name PWBTOUT

_MODE Reserved RTC_EV

_DIS SLPBTN

_EV_DIS PWRBTN

_EV_DIS

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Description

7PWBTOUT_MODE (PWBTOUT Mode). When reset, this bit enables the pulsing of the PWBTOUT pin whenever

an enabled wake-up event occurs.

0: PWBTOUT pulsed by (default):

—PWBTIN activation

—Crowbar condition

—Wake-Up events

1: PWBTOUT pulsed by:

—PWBTIN activation

—Crowbar condition

6-3 Reserved.

2RTC_EV_DIS (RTC Event Disable). Disables the RTC alarm event to the PM1b_STS_HIGH and

PM1b_EN_HIGH, ACPI registers (RTC_STS = 0, RTC_EN = 0). However, the RTC_EVT_STS bit in the

GPE1_STS_3 register and the RTC_EVT_EN bit in the GPE1_EN_3 register are not affected.

0: Disable event (default)

1: Enable the RTC alarm event

1SLPBTN_EV_DIS (Sleep Button Event Disable). Enables the Sleep button pressing event to the

PM1b_STS_HIGH and PM1b_EN_HIGH ACPI registers (SLPBTN_STS = 0, SLPBTN_EN = 0). The

SLBT_EVT_STS bit in the GPE1_STS_2 register and the SLBT_EVT_EN bit in the GPE1_EN_2 register are not

affected.

0: Disable event (default)

1: Enable Sleep button pressing event

0PWRBTN_EV_DIS (Power Button Event Disable). Enables the Power button pressing event to the

PM1b_STS_HIGH and PM1b_EN_HIGH ACPI registers (PWRBTN_STS = 0, PWRBTN_EN = 0). The

PWBT_EVT_STS bit in the GPE1_STS_2 register and the PWBT_EVT_EN bit in the GPE1_EN_2 register are

not affected.

0: Disable event (default)

1: Enable Power button pressing event

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

201 www.national.com

9.3.33 WATCHDOG Control Register (WDCTL)

This register contains the control bits for the WATCHDOG. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Bank 3, Offset 10h

Type: Varies per bit

9.3.34 WATCHDOG Time-Out Register (WDTO)

This register contains the WATCHDOG time-out period. It is reset by hardware to 01h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Bank 3, Offset 11h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name SW_WD

_TRG Reserved WDEN

Reset 0 0 0 00000

Bit Type Description

7 R/W SW_WD_TRG (Software WATCHDOG Trigger). Writing ‘1’ to this bit triggers the WATCHDOG to start

a new count. This bit then returns to ‘0’ (read always returns ‘0’).

0: Inactive (default)

1: Triggers a new WATCHDOG count

6-1 Reserved.

0 R/W1S WDEN (WATCHDOG Enable). When set to 1, this bit enables the WATCHDOG function. Once set, this

bit can be cleared either by VDD Power-Up reset, or by VSB Power-Up reset.

0: WATCHDOG disabled (default)

1: WATCHDOG enabled

Bit 76543210

Name WATCHDOG Time-Out Data

Reset 0 0 0 00001

Bit Description

7-0 WATCHDOG Time-Out Data. The load value for the WATCHDOG down counter. The value deﬁnes the time-

out in minutes for a span of: 1 to 255 minutes. The 00h value is reserved.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

202

www.national.com

9.3.35 WATCHDOG Configuration Register (WDCFG)

This register contains the enable bits for the WATCHDOG trigger sources. Reset all the bits before writing a new value to

the WDTO register. It is reset by hardware to 00h.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Bank 3, Offset 12h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name SW_WD

_TREN Reserved SER2_IRQ

_TREN SER1_IRQ

_TREN MS_IRQ

_TREN KBD_IRQ

_TREN

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7SW_WD_TREN (Software WATCHDOG Trigger Enable). Enables the event of the software writing a ‘1’ to the

SW_WD_TRG bit in the WDCTL register (see Section 9.3.33) to trigger the WATCHDOG to start a new count.

0: Disable trigger (default)

1: Enable trigger by the SW_WD_TRG bit in the WDCTL register

6-4 Reserved.

3SER2_IRQ_TREN (Serial Port 2 IRQ, WATCHDOG Trigger Enable). Enables an active IRQ from the Serial

Port 2 to trigger the WATCHDOG to start a new count.

0: Disable trigger (default)

1: Enable trigger by an active IRQ from the Serial Port 2

2SER1_IRQ_TREN (Serial Port 1 IRQ, WATCHDOG Trigger Enable). Enables an active IRQ from the Serial

Port 1 to trigger the WATCHDOG to start a new count.

0: Disable trigger (default)

1: Enable trigger by an active IRQ from the Serial Port 1

1MS_IRQ_TREN (Mouse IRQ, WATCHDOG Trigger Enable). Enables an active IRQ from the mouse interface

section of the KBC module to trigger the WATCHDOG to start a new count.

0: Disable trigger (default)

1: Enable trigger by an active IRQ from the mouse interface section of the KBC module

0KBD_IRQ_TREN (Keyboard IRQ, WATCHDOG Trigger Enable). Enables an active IRQ from the keyboard

interface section of the KBC module to trigger the WATCHDOG to start a new count.

0: Disable trigger (default)

1: Enable trigger by an active IRQ from the keyboard interface section of the KBC module

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

203 www.national.com

9.4 ACPI REGISTERS

The ACPI registers are organized in three groups, all of which are VSB powered. The offsets are related to the base address

determined by the Base Address registers at indexes 62h - 67h in the SWC device configuration.

The PC8741x devices support the following ACPI fixed register groups:

•PM1 Event Group (block b), containing the PM1b_STS and PM1b_EN registers, each with a length of two bytes.

•PM1 Control Group (block b), containing the PM1b_CNT register with a length of 2 bytes.

•General-Purpose Event 1 Group, containing the GPE1_STS and GPE1_EN registers, each with a length of four bytes.

The following abbreviations are used to indicate the Register Type:

●R/W = Read/Write.

●R = Read from a speciﬁc register (write to the same address is to a different register).

●W = Write (see above).

●RO = Read Only.

●WO = Write Only. Reading from the bit returns 0.

●R/W1C= Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.

●R/W1S = Read/Write 1 to Set. Writing 1 to a bit sets its value to 1. Writing 0 has no effect.

9.4.1 ACPI Register Map

The following table lists the ACPI registers. All these registers are VSB powered.

Base

Registers Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type Power Well Section

At index

62h, 63h 00h PM1b_STS_LOW PM1 Status Low Register RO VSB 9.4.2

01h PM1b_STS_HIGH PM1 Status High Register R/W1C VSB 9.4.3

02h PM1b_EN_LOW PM1 Enable Low Register RO VSB 9.4.4

03h PM1b_EN_HIGH PM1 Enable High Register R/W VSB 9.4.5

At index

64h, 65h 00h PM1b_CNT_LOW PM1 Control Low Register RO VSB 9.4.6

01h PM1b_CNT_HIGH PM1 Control High Register Varies per bit VSB 9.4.7

At index

66h, 67h 00h GPE1_STS_0 General-Purpose Status 1 Register 0 R/W1C VSB 9.4.8

01h GPE1_STS_1 General-Purpose Status 1 Register 1 R/W1C VSB 9.4.9

02h GPE1_STS_2 General-Purpose Status 1 Register 2 R/W1C VSB 9.4.10

03h GPE1_STS_3 General-Purpose Status 1 Register 3 R/W1C VSB 9.4.11

04h GPE1_EN_0 General-Purpose Enable 1 Register 0 R/W VSB 9.4.12

05h GPE1_EN_1 General-Purpose Enable 1 Register 1 R/W VSB 9.4.13

06h GPE1_EN_2 General-Purpose Enable 1 Register 2 R/W VSB 9.4.14

07h GPE1_EN_3 General-Purpose Enable 1 Register 3 R/W VSB 9.4.15

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

204

www.national.com

9.4.2 PM1 Status Low Register (PM1b_STS_LOW)

This register contains the eight low bits of the PM1_STS register. The PC8741x devices contain the block ‘b’ instance of the

PM1_STS register. This register belongs to the PM1 Event Group of the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

PM1_STS register bits that are specified by the ACPI but not implemented in the PC8741x devices have a ‘0’ value.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 00h

Type: RO

9.4.3 PM1 Status High Register (PM1b_STS_HIGH)

This register contains the eight high bits of the PM1_STS register. The PC8741x devices contain the block ‘b’ instance of

the PM1_STS register. This register belongs to the PM1 Event Group of the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

PM1_STS register bits that are specified by the ACPI but not implemented in the PC8741x devices have a ‘0’ value. All the

implemented status bits behave according to the Sticky Status Bit definition (the bit is set by the HIGH level of the hardware

signal and is only cleared by the software writing ‘1’ to it) in the ACPI Specification.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 01h

Type: R/W1C

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved GBL_STS BM_STS Reserved TMR_STS

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-6 Reserved.

5GBL_STS (Global Lock Status). Not implemented. Always at ‘0’.

4BM_STS (Bus Master Status). Not implemented. Always at ‘0’.

3-1 Reserved.

0TMR_STS (PM Timer Status). Not implemented. Always at ‘0’.

Bit 76543210

Name WAK_STS Reserved Ignored RTC_STS SLPBTN

_STS PWRBTN

_STS

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7WAK_STS (Wake-up Event Status). Indicates that a power management event, enabled to generate SCI, has

occurred. This bit is set only if the system is in a sleep state (S1-S5). Writing ‘1’ while the system is in the

working state (S0), clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored. When the system is in a sleep state (S1-S5) and an

enabled event is active, writing ‘1’ does not clear the WAK_STS bit.

0: Inactive (default)

1: At least one event enabled to SCI was active while the system was in a sleep state (S1-S5), since this bit was

last cleared

6-4 Reserved.

3Ignored. The data written is ignored; the data read is undeﬁned.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

205 www.national.com

9.4.4 PM1 Enable Low Register (PM1b_EN_LOW)

This register contains the eight low bits of the PM1_EN register. The PC8741x devices contain the block ‘b’ instance of the

PM1_EN register. This register belongs to the PM1 Event Group of the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

PM1_EN register bits that are specified by the ACPI but not implemented in the PC8741x devices have a ‘0’ value.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 02h

Type: RO

2RTC_STS (RTC Event Status). Indicates that an enabled RTC alarm has occurred. This bit is set by the RTC

alarm becoming active. Writing ‘1’ clears this bit and the RTC_EVT_STS bit in the GPE1_STS_3 register; writing

‘0’ is ignored. This bit is forced to ‘0’ when the RTC_EV_DIS bit in the ACPI_CFG register is reset to ‘0’, ignoring

any RTC alarm.

0: Inactive (default)

1: An RTC alarm has occurred

1SLPBTN_STS (Sleep Button Event Status). Indicates that the Sleep button was pressed. This feature is

compatible with the ACPI model for a two-button system. The SLBTIN signal is internally debounced. Writing ‘1’

clears this bit and the SLBT_EVT_STS bit in the GPE1_STS_2 register; writing ‘0’ is ignored. This bit is forced

to ‘0’ when the SLPBTN_EV_DIS bit in the ACPI_CFG register is reset to ‘0’, ignoring any Sleep button event.

0: Inactive (default)

1: The Sleep button was pressed

0PWRBTN_STS (Power Button Event Status). Indicates that the Power button was pressed. This feature is

compatible with the ACPI model for both a single-button and a two-button system. The PWBTIN signal is

internally debounced. Writing ‘1’ clears this bit and the PWBT_EVT_STS bit in the GPE1_STS_2 register; writing

‘0’ is ignored. This bit is forced to ‘0’ when the PWRBTN_EV_DIS bit in the ACPI_CFG register is reset to ‘0’,

ignoring any Power button event. This bit is also cleared in Legacy Power Button mode (LEGACY_PWBT = 1

in PWONCTL) when VDD is turned off by pressing the Power button.

0: Inactive (default)

1: The Power button was pressed

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved GBL_EN Reserved TMR_EN

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-6 Reserved.

5GBL_EN (Global Lock Enable). Not implemented. Always at ‘0’.

4-1 Reserved.

0TMR_EN (PM Timer Enable). Not implemented. Always at ‘0’.

Bit Description

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

206

www.national.com

9.4.5 PM1 Enable High Register (PM1b_EN_HIGH)

This register contains the eight high bits of the PM1_EN register. The PC8741x devices contain the block ‘b’ instance of the

PM1_EN register. This register belongs to the PM1 Event Group of the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

PM1_EN register bits that are specified by the ACPI but not implemented in the PC8741x devices have a ‘0’ value. All the imple-

mented enable bits behave according to the Enable Bit definition (the bit is read/write by software) in the ACPI Specification.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 03h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved RTC_EN SLPBTN

_EN PWRBTN

_EN

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-3 Reserved.

2RTC_EN (RTC Event Enable). Enables the RTC alarm to generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

This bit is forced to ‘0’ when the RTC_EV_DIS bit in the ACPI_CFG register is reset to ‘0’, disabling any RTC

alarm event.

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from RTC alarm

1SLPBTN_EN (Sleep Button Event Enable). Enables Sleep button pressing to generate a power management

interrupt (SIOSCI). This bit is forced to ‘0’ when the SLPBTN_EV_DIS bit in the ACPI_CFG register is reset to

‘0’, disabling any Sleep button event.

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from Sleep button pressing

0PWRBTN_EN (Power Button Event Enable). Enables Power button pressing to generate a power management

interrupt (SIOSCI) when the system is in the active state (S0). This bit does not inﬂuence SCI generation when

the system is in a sleep state (S1-S5). This bit is forced to ‘0’ when the PWRBTN_EV_DIS bit in the ACPI_CFG

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from Power button pressing

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

207 www.national.com

9.4.6 PM1 Control Low Register (PM1b_CNT_LOW)

This register contains the eight low bits of the PM1_CNT register. The PC8741x devices contain the block ‘b’ instance of the

PM1_CNT register. This register belongs to the PM1 Control Group of the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

PM1_CNT register bits that are specified by the ACPI but not implemented in the PC8741x devices have a ‘0’ value.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 00h

Type: RO

9.4.7 PM1 Control High Register (PM1b_CNT_HIGH)

This register contains the eight high bits of the PM1_CNT register. The PC8741x devices contain the block ‘b’ instance of

the PM1_CNT register. This register belongs to the PM1 Control Group of the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

PM1_CNT register bits that are specified by the ACPI but not implemented in the PC8741x devices have a ‘0’ value. All the

implemented control bits behave according to the Control bit definition (the bit is read/write by software) and Write-Only Con-

trol Bit definition (the bit is written by software; when read, it returns 0) in the ACPI Specification.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 01h

Type: Varies per bit

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved GBL_RLS BM_RLD SCI_EN

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7-3 Reserved.

2GBL_RLS (Global Lock Release). Not implemented. Always at ‘0’.

1BM_RLD (Bus Master Request Control). Not implemented. Always at ‘0’.

0SCI_EN (SCI Enable). Not implemented. Always at ‘0’.

Bit 76543210

Name Reserved SLP_EN SLP_TYPx Ignored Reserved

Reset 00000000

Bit Type Description

7-6 - Reserved.

5WOSLP_EN (Sleep Enable). Setting this bit causes the PC8741x device to accept the value of SLP_TYPx

as the system state code. This bit may be set in the same write cycle with a new SLP_TYPx value.

0: Inactive (default)

1: Update the system state code from the SLP_TYPx value

4-2 R/W SLP_TYPx (Sleep Type). This ﬁeld deﬁnes the system sleep state type (encoded). The states

supported by the PC8741x devices are: Working (G0/S0), Sleeping (G1/S1-S4) and Soft-off (G2/S5).

The encoding of the sleep state is programmed through the VPP-powered registers S0_SLP_TYP to

S5_SLP_TYP.

Bits Function

2 1 0

0 0 0 Encoded 3-bit value for state Sn(n= 0-5); (default)

x x x Encoded 3-bit value (except 000b) for the remaining 5 sleep states: Sn(n= 0-5)

1-Ignored. The data written is ignored; the data read is undeﬁned.

0-Reserved.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

208

www.national.com

9.4.8 General-Purpose Status 1 Register 0 (GPE1_STS_0)

This register contains bits 0-7 of the GPE1_STS register. This register belongs to the General-Purpose Event 1 Group of

the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

The status bits behave according to the Sticky Status Bit definition (the bit is set by the HIGH level of the hardware signal

and is only cleared by the software writing ‘1’ to it) in the ACPI Specification.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 00h

Type: R/W1C

9.4.9 General-Purpose Status 1 Register 1 (GPE1_STS_1)

This register contains bits 8-15 of the GPE1_STS register. This register belongs to the General-Purpose Event 1 Group of

the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

The status bits behave according to the Sticky Status Bit definition (the bit is set by the HIGH level of the hardware signal

and is only cleared by the software writing ‘1’ to it) in the ACPI Specification.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 01h

Type: R/W1C

Bit 76543210

Name GPIOE17

_STS GPIOE16

_STS GPIOE15

_STS GPIOE14

_STS GPIOE13

_STS GPIOE12

_STS GPIOE11

_STS GPIOE10

_STS

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7GPIOE17_STS (GPIOE17 Event Status). Indicates that an active event has been detected at pin 7 of the

GPIOE Port 1. The event has programmable polarity and the debounce option (see Section 7.3.1 on page 136).

The bit is set by an active level at the GPIOE17 pin. Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: An active event has occurred

6-0 GPIOE16_STS to GPIOE10_STS (GPIOE16 to GPIOE10 Event Status). Same as above for pins 6-0 of the

GPIOE Port 1.

Bit 76543210

Name GPIOE47

_STS GPIOE46

_STS GPIOE45

_STS GPIOE44

_STS GPIOE43

_STS GPIOE42

_STS GPIOE41

_STS GPIOE40

_STS

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7GPIOE47_STS (GPIOE47 Event Status). Indicates that an active event has been detected at pin 7 of the

GPIOE Port 4. The event has programmable polarity and the debounce option (see Section 7.3.1 on page 136).

The bit is set by an active level at the GPIOE47 pin. Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: An active event has occurred

6-0 GPIOE46_STS to GPIOE40_STS (GPIOE46 to GPIOE40 Event Status). Same as above for pins 6-0 of the

GPIOE Port 4.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

209 www.national.com

9.4.10 General-Purpose Status 1 Register 2 (GPE1_STS_2)

This register contains bits 16-23 of the GPE1_STS register. This register belongs to the General-Purpose Event 1 Group of

the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

The status bits behave according to the Sticky status bit definition (the bit is set by the HIGH level of the hardware signal

and is only cleared by the software writing ‘1’ to it) in the ACPI Specification.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 02h

Type: R/W1C

Bit 76543210

Name PWBT_EVT

_STS SLBT_EVT

_STS KBD_EVT3

_STS KBD_EVT2

_STS KBD_EVT1

_STS MS_EVT

_STS RI2_EVT

_STS RI1_EVT

_STS

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7PWBT_EVT_STS (Power Button Event Status). Indicates that the Power button was pressed. This bit is similar

to the PWRBTN_STS bit in the PM1b_STS_HIGH register. The PWBTIN signal is internally debounced. Writing

‘1’ clears this bit and the PWRBTN_STS bit in the PM1b_STS_HIGH register; writing ‘0’ is ignored. This bit is

also cleared in Legacy Power Button mode (LEGACY_PWBT = 1 in PWONCTL) when VDD is turned off by

pressing the Power button.

0: Inactive (default)

1: The Power button was pressed

6SLBT_EVT_STS (Sleep Button Event Status). Indicates that the Sleep button was pressed. This bit is similar

to the SLPBTN_STS bit in the PM1b_STS_HIGH register. The SLBTIN signal is internally debounced. Writing

‘1’ clears this bit and the SLPBTN_STS bit in the PM1b_STS_HIGH register; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive (default)

1: The Sleep button was pressed

5KBD_EVT3_STS (Keyboard Event 3 Status). Indicates that “PM Key 3” was pressed and that the event was

identiﬁed by the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector. This bit is set only if the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up

Detector is in the Power Management Key mode (see Section 9.3.16 on page 192). Writing ‘1’ clears this bit;

writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: The “PM Key 3” key was pressed on the keyboard

4KBD_EVT2_STS (Keyboard Event 2 Status). Indicates that “PM Key 2” was pressed and that the event was

identiﬁed by the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector. This bit is set only if the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up

Detector is in the Power Management Key mode (see Section 9.3.16 on page 192). Writing ‘1’ clears this bit;

writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: The “PM Key 2” key was pressed on the keyboard

3KBD_EVT1_STS (Keyboard Event 1 Status). This bit indicates that a keyboard event occurred and was

identiﬁed by the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector. The event type depends on the selected operation mode

for the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector (see Sections 9.3.16 and 9.3.17 on pages 192ff.):

●Pressing any key or a sequence of special keys in Special Key Sequence mode.

●Pressing a sequence of keys in Password mode.

●Pressing the “PM Key 1” in Power Management Key mode.

Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: A keyboard event occurred

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

210

www.national.com

9.4.11 General-Purpose Status 1 Register 3 (GPE1_STS_3)

This register contains bits 24-31 of the GPE1_STS register. This register belongs to the General-Purpose Event 1 Group of

the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

The status bits behave according to the Sticky Status Bit definition (the bit is set by the HIGH level of the hardware signal

and is only cleared by the software writing ‘1’ to it) in the ACPI Specification.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 03h

Type: R/W1C

2MS_EVT_STS (Mouse Event Status). Indicates that a mouse event occurred and was identiﬁed by the

Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector (see Section 9.3.17 on page 193). Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is

ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: A mouse event occurred

1RI2_EVT_STS (RI2 Event Status). Indicates that a telephone ring signal was received at Serial Port 2 and the

event was identiﬁed by the RI Wake-up Detector. This bit is set by a high-to-low transition at the RI2 pin (see

Section 9.2.1 on page 161). Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: A telephone ring signal was received at the Serial Port 2

0RI1_EVT_STS (RI1 Event Status). Indicates that a telephone ring signal was received at Serial Port 1 and the

event was identiﬁed by the RI Wake-up Detector. This bit is set by a high-to low transition at the RI1 pin (see

Section 9.2.1 on page 161). Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: A telephone ring signal was received at the Serial Port 1

Bit 76543210

Name SW_OFF

_STS SW_ON

_STS WDO_EVT

_STS MOD_IRQ

_STS MS_IRQ

_STS KBD_IRQ

_STS P12_EVT

_STS RTC_EVT

_STS

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7SW_OFF_STS (Software OFF Event Status). Indicates that the software wrote a ‘1’ to the SW_OFF_CTL bit

in the SWC_CTL register to request a VDD power off sequence. Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: ‘1’ was written to the SW_OFF_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register

6SW_ON_STS (Software ON Event Status). Indicates that the software wrote a ‘1’ to the SW_ON_CTL bit in

the SWC_CTL register to request a VDD power on sequence. When the VDD power is off, the SW_ON_CTL bit

can be written only through the ACCESS.bus (PC87413 and PC87417). Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is

ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: ‘1’ was written to the SW_ON_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register

5WDO_EVT_STS (WATCHDOG Event Status). Indicates that WATCHDOG time-out has occurred. Writing ‘1’

clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive (default)

1: An WATCHDOG time-out has occurred

Bit Description

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

211 www.national.com

4MOD_IRQ_STS (Modules IRQ Event Status). Indicates that an IRQ was generated by one of the Legacy

modules (FDC, Parallel Port, Serial Port 1 and 2) or by the XIRQ pin (PC87416 and PC87417). For Legacy

modules IRQ, this bit is set only if the IRQ is enabled for wake-up (bit 4 of the Standard conﬁguration register

at index 70h) and the related module is active (see Section 3.2.3 on page 39). For the XIRQ pin, this bit is set

only if XIRQ is enabled for wake-up by setting both the IRQEN and the PWUREN bits in the XIRQC register

(see Section 5.4.4 on page 109) to ‘1’. Writing ‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: An enabled IRQ, from one of the Legacy modules or from the XIRQ pin, is active

3MS_IRQ_STS (Mouse IRQ Event Status). Indicates that an IRQ was generated by the mouse interface section

of the KBC module. This bit is set only if the IRQ is enabled for wake-up (bit 4 of the Mouse Logical Device

conﬁguration register at index 70h) and the KBC module is active (see Section 3.2.3 on page 39). Writing ‘1’

clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: An enabled IRQ, from the mouse interface section of the KBC module, is active

2KBD_IRQ_STS (Keyboard IRQ Event Status). Indicates that an IRQ was generated by the keyboard interface

section of the KBC module. This bit is set only if the IRQ is enabled for wake-up (bit 4 of the Keyboard Logical

Device conﬁguration register at index 70h) and the KBC module is active (see Section 3.2.3 on page 39). Writing

‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: An enabled IRQ, from the keyboard interface section of the KBC module, is active

1P12_EVT_STS (Port P12 Event Status). Indicates that an active high signal was generated by the KBC

module, at the P12 pin. This bit is set only if the KBC module is active (see Section 3.2.3 on page 39). Writing

‘1’ clears this bit; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive since last cleared (default)

1: An active high signal at the P12 pin was generated by the KBC module

0RTC_EVT_STS (RTC Alarm Event Status). Indicates that an enabled RTC alarm has occurred. This bit is

similar to the RTC_STS bit in the PM1b_STS_HIGH register. Writing ‘1’ clears this bit and the RTC_STS bit in

the PM1b_STS_HIGH register; writing ‘0’ is ignored.

0: Inactive (default)

1: An RTC alarm has occurred

Bit Description

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

212

www.national.com

9.4.12 General-Purpose Enable 1 Register 0 (GPE1_EN_0)

This register contains bits 0-7 of the GPE1_EN register. This register belongs to the General-Purpose Event 1 Group of the

ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

The enable bits behave according to the Enable Bit definition (the bit is read/write by software) in the ACPI Specification.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 04h

Type: R/W

9.4.13 General-Purpose Enable 1 Register 1 (GPE1_EN_1)

This register contains bits 8-15 of the GPE1_EN register. This register belongs to the General-Purpose Event 1 Group of

the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

The enable bits behave according to the Enable Bit definition (the bit is read/write by software) in the ACPI Specification.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 05h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name GPIOE17

_EN GPIOE16

_EN GPIOE15

_EN GPIOE14

_EN GPIOE13

_EN GPIOE12

_EN GPIOE11

_EN GPIOE10

_EN

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7GPIOE17_EN (GPIOE17 Event Enable). Enables an active event at pin 7 of the GPIOE Port 1 to generate a

power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI

6-0 GPIOE16_EN to GPIOE10_EN (GPIOE16 to GPIOE10 Event Enable). Same as above for pins 6-0 of GPIOE

Port 1.

Bit 76543210

Name GPIOE47

_EN GPIOE46

_EN GPIOE45

_EN GPIOE44

_EN GPIOE43

_EN GPIOE42

_EN GPIOE41

_EN GPIOE40

_EN

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7GPIOE47_EN (GPIOE47 Event Enable). Enables an active event at pin 7 of the GPIOE Port 4 to generate a

power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI

6-0 GPIOE46_EN to GPIOE40_EN (GPIOE46 to GPIOE40 Event Enable). Same as above for pins 6-0 of the

GPIOE Port 4.

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

213 www.national.com

9.4.14 General-Purpose Enable 1 Register 2 (GPE1_EN_2)

This register contains bits 16-23 of the GPE1_EN register. This register belongs to the General-Purpose Event 1 Group of

the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

The enable bits behave according to the Enable Bit definition (the bit is read/write by software) in the ACPI Specification.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 06h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name PWBT_EVT

_EN SLBT_EVT

_EN KBD_EVT3

_EN KBD_EVT2

_EN KBD_EVT1

_EN MS_EVT

_EN RI2_EVT

_EN RI1_EVT

_EN

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7PWBT_EVT_EN (Power Button Event Enable). Enables Power button pressing to generate a power

management interrupt (SIOSCI). This bit is similar to the PWRBTN_EN bit in the PM1b_EN_HIGH register. It

should be enabled only if the system does not support the PM1b_EVT register block.

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from Power button pressing

6SLBT_EVT_EN (Sleep Button Event Enable). Enables Sleep button pressing to generate a power

management interrupt (SIOSCI). This bit is similar to the SLPBTN_EN bit in the PM1b_EN_HIGH register. It

should be enabled only if the system does not support the PM1b_EVT register block.

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from Sleep button pressing

5KBD_EVT3_EN (Keyboard Event 3 Enable). Enables the event of pressing “PM Key 3” (on the keyboard) to

generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from pressing the “PM Key 3” on the keyboard

4KBD_EVT2_EN (Keyboard Event 2 Enable). Enables the event of pressing “PM Key 2” (on the keyboard) to

generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from pressing the “PM Key 2” on the keyboard

3KBD_EVT1_EN (Keyboard Event 1 Enable). Enables the event of pressing any key, key sequence or “PM Key

1” (on the keyboard) to generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from pressing a sequence of keys or the “PM Key 1” on the keyboard

2MS_EVT_EN (Mouse Event Enable). Enables a mouse event identiﬁed by the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up

Detector to generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from mouse event identified by the Keyboard/Mouse Wake-up Detector

1RI2_EVT_EN (RI2 Event Enable). Enables a telephone ring received at the Serial Port 2 event, and identiﬁed

by the RI Wake-up Detector, to generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from telephone ring event received at the Serial Port 2

0RI1_EVT_EN (RI1 Event Enable). Enables a telephone ring received at the Serial Port 1 event, and identiﬁed

by the RI Wake-up Detector, to generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable event (default)

1: Enable SCI from telephone ring event received at the Serial Port 1

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

214

www.national.com

9.4.15 General-Purpose Enable 1 Register 3 (GPE1_EN_3)

This register contains bits 24-31 of the GPE1_EN register. This register belongs to the General-Purpose Event 1 Group of

the ACPI fixed-feature space registers.

The enable bits behave according to the Enable Bit definition (the bit is read/write by software) in the ACPI Specification.

Power Well: VSB

Location: Offset 07h

Type: R/W

Bit 76543210

Name SW_OFF

_EN SW_ON

_EN WDO_EVT

_EN MOD_IRQ

_EN MS_IRQ

_EN KBD_IRQ

_EN P12_EVT

_EN RTC_EVT

_EN

Reset 00000000

Bit Description

7SW_OFF_EN (Software OFF Event Enable). Enables the event of the software writing a ‘1’ to the

SW_OFF_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register to generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from the software writing a ‘1’ to the SW_OFF_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register

6SW_ON_EN (Software ON Event Enable). Enables the event of the software writing a ‘1’ to the SW_ON_CTL

bit in the SWC_CTL register to generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from the software writing a ‘1’ to the SW_ON_CTL bit in the SWC_CTL register

5WDO_EVT_EN (WATCHDOG Event Enable). Enables an WATCHDOG time-out event to generate a power

management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from WATCHDOG time-out

4MOD_IRQ_EN (Modules IRQ Event Enable). Enables an active IRQ from one of the Legacy modules or from

the XIRQ pin (PC87413 and PC87417) to generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI by an active IRQ from one of the Legacy modules or from the XIRQ pin

3MS_IRQ_EN (Mouse IRQ Event Enable). Enables an IRQ generated by the mouse interface section of the

KBC module to generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from an IRQ generated by the mouse interface section of the KBC module

2KBD_IRQ_EN (Keyboard IRQ Event Enable). Enables an IRQ generated by the keyboard interface section of

the KBC module to generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from an IRQ generated by the keyboard interface section of the KBC module

1P12_EVT_EN (Port P12 Event Enable). Enables an IRQ by an active high signal generated at the P12 pin to

generate a power management interrupt (SIOSCI).

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from an active high signal generated at the P12 pin

0RTC_EVT_EN (RTC Alarm Event Enable). Enables an RTC alarm to generate a power management interrupt

(SIOSCI). This bit is similar to the RTC_EN bit in the PM1b_EN_HIGH register. It should be enabled only if the

system does not support the PM1b_EVT register block.

0: Disable SCI (default)

1: Enable SCI from RTC alarm

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

215 www.national.com

9.5 SYSTEM WAKE-UP CONTROL REGISTERS BITMAP

Table 51. Banks 0, 1, 2 and 3 - Common Register Map

Offset Mnemonic 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

00h WK_EVT_SEL Reserved WKUPSEL

01h WK_ST_EN Reserved PWBT_EN

_S3I PWBT_EN

_S45 ONCTL

_EN_S3I ONCTL

_EN_S45

02h GPE1_2IRQ

_LOW PWBT_

EVT_2IRQ SLBT_

EVT_2IRQ KBD_EVT3

_2IRQ KBD_EVT2

_2IRQ KBD_EVT1

_2IRQ MS_EVT

_2IRQ RI2_EVT

_2IRQ RI1_EVT

_2IRQ

03h GPE1_2IRQ

_HIGH SW_OFF

_2IRQ SW_ON

_2IRQ Reserved P12_EVT

_2IRQ Reserved

04h GPE1_2SMI

_LOW PWBT_

EVT_2SMI SLBT_

EVT_2SMI KBD_EVT3

_2SMI KBD_EVT2

_2SMI KBD_EVT1

_2SMI MS_EVT

_2SMI RI2_EVT

_2SMI RI1_EVT

_2SMI

05h GPE1_2SMI

_HIGH SW_OFF

_2SMI SW_ON

_2SMI WDO_EVT

_2SMI Reserved RTC_EVT

_2SMI

06h SWCFDIS Reserved KBDDIS MSDIS SER1DIS SER2DIS PARPDIS FDCDIS

07h SWCTRIS Reserved KBMSTRIS SER1TRIS SER2TRIS PARPTRIS FDCTRIS

08h SWC_CTL SW_OFF

_CTL SW_ON

_CTL PWB_OVR

_STS CROWBAR

_STS Reserved SWAP

_KBMS

09h PWONCTL WAS

_PFAIL LAST

_ONCTL RESUME_MD LEGACY

_PWBT CRBAR_TOUT

0Ah LEDCTL Reserved LEDCFG LEDPOL Reserved LEDMOD

0Bh LEDBLNK Reserved LED2BLNK Reserved LED1BLNK

0Ch-

0Dh Reserved

0Eh BIOSGPR General-Purpose Scratch

0Fh BANKSEL Reserved BNK_SEL

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

216

www.national.com

Table 52. Bank 0 - Keyboard/Mouse Wake-Up Detector Register Map

Offset Mnemonic 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

10h-

11h Reserved

12h KBDWKCTL KBDMODE Reserved EVT3CFG EVT2CFG EVT1CFG

13h PS2CTL DISPAR MSEVCFG KBEVCFG

14h-

15h Reserved

16h KDSR Keyboard Data

17h MDSR Reserved Mouse Data

18h PS2KEY0 Data Byte of Key

19h PS2KEY1 Data Byte of Key

1Ah PS2KEY2 Data Byte of Key

1Bh PS2KEY3 Data Byte of Key

1Ch PS2KEY4 Data Byte of Key

1Dh PS2KEY5 Data Byte of Key

1Eh PS2KEY6 Data Byte of Key

1Fh PS2KEY7 Data Byte of Key

Table 53. Bank 1 - Power Active Timers Register Map

Offset Mnemonic 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

10h VDD_ON_

TMR_0 VDD Timer Data Bits 0-7

11h VDD_ON_

TMR_1 VDD Timer Data Bits 8-15

12h VDD_ON_

TMR_2 VDD Timer Data Bits 16-23

13h VDD_ON_

TMR_3 VDD Timer Data Bits 24-31

14h VSB_ON_

TMR_0 VSB Timer Data Bits 0-7

15h VSB_ON_

TMR_1 VSB Timer Data Bits 8-15

16h VSB_ON_

TMR_2 VSB Timer Data Bits 16-23

17h VSB_ON_

TMR_3 VSB Timer Data Bits 24-31

18h PWTMRCTL LOCK

_TMRRST Reserved VSB_TMR

_RST Reserved VDD_TMR

_RST

19h-

1Fh Reserved

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

217 www.national.com

Table 54. Bank 2 - Sleep States and ACPI Conﬁguration Register Map

Offset Mnemonic 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

10h S0_SLP_TYP Reserved SLP_TYP_ENC

11h S1_SLP_TYP Reserved SLP_TYP_ENC

12h S2_SLP_TYP Reserved SLP_TYP_ENC

13h S3_SLP_TYP Reserved SLP_TYP_ENC

14h S4_SLP_TYP Reserved SLP_TYP_ENC

15h S5_SLP_TYP Reserved SLP_TYP_ENC

16h SLP_ST_CFG LOCK_

SLP_ENC Reserved EXT_ST

_SELECT S3I

_VDD_ON S4

_SELECT

17h ACPI_CFG PWBTOUT

_MODE Reserved RTC_EV

_DIS SLPBTN

_EV_DIS PWRBTN

_EV_DIS

18h-

1Fh Reserved

Table 55. Bank 3 - WATCHDOG Register Map

Offset Mnemonic 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

10h WDCTL SW_WD

_TRG Reserved WDEN

11h WDTO WATCHDOG Time-Out Data

12h WDCFG SW_WD

_TREN Reserved SER2_IRQ

_TREN SER1_IRQ

_TREN MS_IRQ

_TREN KBD_IRQ

_TREN

13h-

1Fh Reserved

Table 56. ACPI Register Map with Base Address at Index 62h, 63h

Offset Mnemonic 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

00h PM1b_STS

_LOW Reserved GBL_STS BM_STS Reserved TMR_STS

01h PM1b_STS

_HIGH WAK_STS Reserved Ignored RTC_STS SLPBTN

_STS PWRBTN

_STS

02h PM1b_EN_

LOW Reserved GBL_EN Reserved TMR_EN

03h PM1b_EN_

HIGH Reserved RTC_EN SLPBTN

_EN PWRBTN

_EN

9.0 System Wake-Up Control (SWC) (Continued)

218

www.national.com

Table 57. ACPI Register Map with Base Address at Index 64h, 65h

Offset Mnemonic 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

00h PM1b_CNT

_LOW Reserved GBL_RLS BM_RLD SCI_EN

01h PM1b_CNT

_HIGH Reserved SLP_EN SLP_TYPx Ignored Reserved

Table 58. ACPI Register Map with Base Address at Index 66h, 67h

Offset Mnemonic 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0

00h GPE1_STS

_0 GPIOE17

_STS GPIOE16

_STS GPIOE15

_STS GPIOE14

_STS GPIOE13

_STS GPIOE12

_STS GPIOE11

_STS GPIOE10

_STS

01h GPE1

_STS_1 GPIOE47

_STS GPIOE46

_STS GPIOE45

_STS GPIOE44

_STS GPIOE43

_STS GPIOE42

_STS GPIOE41

_STS GPIOE40

_STS

02h GPE1

_STS_2 PWBT_

EVT_STS SLBT_

EVT_STS KBD_

EVT3_STS KBD_

EVT2_STS KBD_

EVT1_STS MS_EVT

_STS RI2_EVT

_STS RI1_EVT

_STS

03h GPE1

_STS_3 SW_OFF

_STS SW_ON

_STS WDO_

EVT_STS MOD_IRQ

_STS MS_IRQ

_STS KBD_IRQ

_STS P12_EVT

_STS RTC_EVT

_STS

04h GPE1

_EN_0 GPIOE17

_EN GPIOE16

_EN GPIOE15

_EN GPIOE14

_EN GPIOE13

_EN GPIOE12

_EN GPIOE11

_EN GPIOE10

_EN

05h GPE1

_EN_1 GPIOE47

_EN GPIOE46

_EN GPIOE45

_EN GPIOE44

_EN GPIOE43

_EN GPIOE42

_EN GPIOE41

_EN GPIOE40

_EN

06h GPE1

_EN_2 PWBT_EV

T_EN SLBT_

EVT_EN KBD_EVT

3_EN KBD_EVT

2_EN KBD_EVT

1_EN MS_EVT

_EN RI2_EVT

_EN RI1_EVT

_EN

07h GPE1

_EN_3 SW_OFF

_EN SW_ON

_EN WDO_

EVT_EN MOD_IRQ

_EN MS_IRQ

_EN KBD_IRQ

_EN P12_EVT

_EN RTC_EVT

_EN

219 www.national.com

10.0 Legacy Functional Blocks

This chapter briefly describes the following blocks, which provide legacy device functions:

●Floppy Disk Controller (FDC).

●Parallel Port (PP).

●Serial Port 1 and 2 (SP1 and SP2).

●Keyboard and Mouse Controller (KBC).

The description of each Legacy block includes the sections listed below. For details on the general implementation of each

legacy block, see the SuperI/O Legacy Functional Blocks datasheet.

●General Description.

●Register Map table(s).

●Bitmap table(s).

The register maps in this chapter use the following abbreviations for Type:

●R/W = Read/Write.

●R = Read from a speciﬁc register (write to the same address is to a different register).

●W = Write (see above).

●RO = Read Only.

●WO = Write Only. Reading from the bit returns 0.

●R/W1C= Read/Write 1 to Clear. Writing 1 to a bit clears it to 0. Writing 0 has no effect.

●R/W1S = Read/Write 1 to Set. Writing 1 to a bit sets its value to 1. Writing 0 has no effect.

10.1 FLOPPY DISK CONTROLLER (FDC)

10.1.1 General Description

The generic FDC is a standard FDC with a digital data separator and is DP8473 and N82077 software compatible. The PC8741x

FDC supports 14 of the 17 standard FDC signals described in the generic Floppy Disk Controller (FDC) chapter, including:

•FM and MFM modes are supported. To select either mode, set bit 6 of the first command byte when writing to/reading

from a diskette, where:

—0 = FM mode

—1 = MFM mode

•A logic 1 is returned during LPC I/O read cycles by all register bits, reflecting the state of floating (TRI-STATE) FDC pins.

Exceptions to standard FDC are:

•Automatic media sense using the MSEN1 signal is not supported.

•DRATE1 is not supported.

Table 59 lists the FDC functional block registers. All registers are VDD powered.

Table 59. FDC Registers

Offset1Mnemonic Register Name Type

00h SRA Status A RO

01h SRB Status B RO

02h DOR Digital Output R/W

03h TDR Tape Drive R/W

04h MSR Main Status R

DSR Data Rate Select W

05h FIFO Data (FIFO) R/W

10.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)

220

www.national.com

10.1.2 FDC Bitmap Summary

The FDC supports two system operation modes: PC-AT mode and PS/2 mode. Unless specifically indicated otherwise, all

fields in all registers are valid in both drive modes.

06h N/A X

07h DIR Digital Input R

CCR Conﬁguration Control W

1. From the 8-byte aligned FDC base address.

Offset Mnemonic 76543210

00h SRA1

1. Applicable only in PS/2 Mode.

IRQ

Pending Reserved Step TRK0 Head

Select INDEX WP Head

Direction

01h SRB1Reserved Drive

Select 0

Status WDATA RDATA WGATE MTR1 MTR0

02h DOR Motor

Enable 3 Motor

Enable 2 Motor

Enable 1 Motor

Enable 0 DMAEN Reset Con-

troller Drive Select

03h TDR Reserved Tape Drive Select 1,0

TDR2

2. Applicable only in Enhanced TDR Mode.

Reserved

(must be 1) MSEN0 Drive ID Information Logical Drive

Exchange Tape Drive Select 1,0

04h MSR RQM Data I/O

Direction Non-DMA

Execution Command

in Progress Drive 3

Busy Drive 2

Busy Drive 1

Busy Drive 0

Busy

DSR Software

Reset Low Power Reserved Precompensation Delay Select Data Transfer Rate

Select

05h FIFO Data Bits

07h DIR3

3. Applicable only in PC-AT Compatible Mode.

DSKCHG Reserved

DIR1DSKCHG Reserved DRATE 1,0 Status High

Density

07h CCR Reserved DRATE1,0

Table 59. FDC Registers (Continued)

Offset1Mnemonic Register Name Type

10.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)

221 www.national.com

10.2 PARALLEL PORT

10.2.1 General Description

The Parallel Port supports all IEEE1284 standard communication modes:

●Compatibility (known also as Standard or SPP).

●Bi-directional (known also as PS/2).

●FIFO.

●EPP (known also as Mode 4).

●ECP (with an optional Extended ECP mode).

10.2.2 Parallel Port Register Map

The Parallel Port includes two groups of runtime registers, as follows:

•A group of 21 registers at first level offset, sharing 14 entries. Three of these registers (at offsets 403h, 404h and 405h)

are used only in the Extended ECP mode.

•A group of four registers, used only in the Extended ECP mode, accessed by a second level offset.

EPP and second level offset registers are available only when the base address is 8-byte aligned.

The desired mode is selected by the ECR runtime register (offset 402h). The selected mode determines which runtime reg-

isters are used and which address bits are used for the base address. See Tables 60 and 61 for a listing of all registers, their

offset addresses and the associated modes. All registers are VDD powered.

Table 60. Parallel Port Registers at First Level Offset

Offset Mnemonic Mode(s) Register Name Type

00h DATAR 0,1 Data R/W

AFIFO 3 ECP FIFO (Address) W

DTR 4 Data (for EPP) R/W

01h DSR 0,1,2,3 Status RO

STR 4 Status (for EPP) RO

02h DCR 0,1,2,3 Control R/W

CTR 4 Control (for EPP) R/W

03h ADDR 4 EPP Address R/W

04h DATA0 4 EPP Data Port 0 R/W

05h DATA1 4 EPP Data Port 1 R/W

06h DATA2 4 EPP Data Port 2 R/W

07h DATA3 4 EPP Data Port 3 R/W

400h CFIFO

DFIFO

TFIFO

CNFGA

PP Data FIFO

ECP Data FIFO

Test FIFO

Conﬁguration A

R/W

401h CNFGB 7 Conﬁguration B RO

402h ECR 0,1,2,3 Extended Control R/W

403h EIR1

1. These registers are extended to the standard IEEE1284 registers. They

are only accessible when enabled by bit 4 of the Parallel Port Conﬁguration

0,1,2,3 Extended Index R/W

404h EDR10,1,2,3 Extended Data R/W

405h EAR10,1,2,3 Extended Auxiliary Status R/W

10.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)

222

www.national.com

10.2.3 Parallel Port Bitmap Summary

The Parallel Port functional block bitmaps are grouped according to first and second level offsets.

Table 61. Parallel Port Registers at Second Level Offset

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type

00h Control0 Extended Control 0 R/W

02h Control2 Extended Control 1 R/W

04h Control4 Extended Control 4 R/W

05h PP Confg0 Conﬁguration 0 R/W

Table 62. Parallel Port Bitmap Summary for First Level Offset

Offset Mnemonic 76543210

000h DATAR Data Bits

AFIFO Address Bits

001h DSR Printer

Status ACK

Status PE Status SLCT

Status ERR

Status Reserved EPP Time-

out Status

002h DCR Reserved Direction

Control Interrupt

Enable PP Input

Control

Printer

Initialization

Control

Automatic

Line Feed

Control

Data

Strobe

Control

003h ADDR EPP Device or Register Selection Address Bits

004h DATA0 EPP Device or R/W Data

005h DATA1 EPP Device or R/W Data

006h DATA2 EPP Device or R/W Data

007h DATA3 EPP Device or R/W Data

400h CFIFO Data Bits

400h DFIFO Data Bits

400h TFIFO Data Bits

400h CNFGA Reserved Bit 7 of PP

Confg0 Reserved

401h CNFGB Reserved Interrupt

Request

Value Interrupt Select Reserved DMA Channel Select

402h ECR ECP Mode Control ECP

Interrupt

Mask

ECP DMA

Enable

ECP

Interrupt

Service FIFO Full FIFO

Empty

403h EIR Reserved Second Level Offset

404h EDR Data Bits

405h EAR FIFO Tag Reserved

10.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)

223 www.national.com

Table 63. Parallel Port Bitmap Summary for Second Level Offset

Second

Level

Offset Mnemonic 76543210

00h Control0 Reserved DCR

Live Freeze Bit Reserved

EPP Time-

out

Interrupt

Mask

02h Control2 SPP Com-

patibility

Channel

Address

Enable Reserved Revision

1.7 or 1.9

Select Reserved

04h Control4 Reserved PP DMA Request Inactive Time Reserved PP DMA Request Active Time

05h PP

Confg0 Bit 3 of

CNFGA

Demand

DMA

Enable ECP IRQ Channel Number

Internal

Pull-up or

Pull-down

ECP DMA Channel

Number

10.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)

224

www.national.com

10.3 UART FUNCTIONALITY (SP1 AND SP2)

10.3.1 General Description

Both SP1 and SP2 provide UART functionality. The generic SP1 and SP2 support serial data communication with remote

peripheral device or modem, using a wired interface. The functional blocks can function as a standard 16450 or 16550 or

as an Extended UART.

10.3.2 UART Mode Register Bank Overview

Four register banks, each containing eight registers, control UART operation. All registers use the same 8-byte address

spaceto indicateoffsets 00hthrough 07h.The BSRregisterselects theactive bankand iscommon toallbanks(seeFigure 52).

Figure 52. UART Mode Register Bank Architecture

10.3.3 SP1 and SP2 Register Maps for UART Functionality

All registers are VDD powered.

Table 64. Bank 0 Register Map

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type

00h RXD Receiver Data Port RO

00h TXD Transmitter Data Port W

01h IER Interrupt Enable R/W

02h EIR Event Identiﬁcation (Read Cycles) RO

FCR FIFO Control (Write Cycles) W

03h LCR1

1. When bit 7 of this register is set to 1, bits 6-0 of BSR select the bank.

Line Control R/W

BSR1Bank Select

04h MCR Modem/Mode Control R/W

05h LSR Link Status RO

06h MSR Modem Status RO

07h SPR/ASCR Scratchpad/Auxiliary Status and Control R/W

BANK 0

BANK 1

BANK 2

BANK 3

Offset 07h

Offset 06h

Offset 05h

Offset 04h

LCR/BSR

Offset 02h

Offset 01h

Offset 00h

Common

Throughout

All Banks

16550 Banks

10.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)

225 www.national.com

Table 65. Bank Selection Encoding

BSR Bits Bank

Selected Functionality

76543210

0xxxxxxx 0

UART

(SP1 + SP2)

10xxxxxx 1

11xxxx1x 1

11xxxxx1 1

11100000 2

11100100 3

Table 66. Bank 1 Register Map

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type

00h LBGD(L) Legacy Baud Generator Divisor Port (Low Byte) R/W

01h LBGD(H) Legacy Baud Generator Divisor Port (High Byte) R/W

02h Reserved

03h LCR/BSR Line Control/Bank Select R/W

04h - 07h Reserved

Table 67. Bank 2 Register Map

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type

00h BGD(L) Baud Generator Divisor Port (Low Byte) R/W

01h BGD(H) Baud Generator Divisor Port (High Byte) R/W

02h EXCR1 Extended Control1 R/W

03h LCR/BSR Line Control/Bank Select R/W

04h EXCR2 Extended Control2 R/W

05h Reserved

06h TXFLV TX_FIFO Level R/W

07h RXFLV RX_FIFO Level R/W

Table 68. Bank 3 Register Map

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type

00h MRID Module Revision ID RO

01h SH_LCR Shadow of LCR (Read Only) RO

02h SH_FCR Shadow of FIFO Control (Read Only) RO

03h LCR/BSR Line Control/Bank Select R/W

04h-07h Reserved

10.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)

226

www.national.com

10.3.4 SP1 and SP2 Bitmap Summary for UART Functionality

Table 69. Bank 0 Bitmap

Offset Mnemonic 76543210

00h RXD Receiver Data Bits

TXD Transmitter Data Bits

01h IER1

1. Non-Extended Mode.

Reserved MS_IE LS_IE TXLDL_IE RXHDL_IE

IER2

2. Extended Mode.

Reserved TXEMP_IE Reserved MS_IE LS_IE TXLDL_IE RXHDL_IE

02h

EIR1FEN1 FEN0 Reserved RXFT IPR1 IPR0 IPF

EIR2Reserved TXEMP_EV Reserved MS_EV LS_EV or

TXHLT_EV TXLDL_EV RXHDL_EV

FCR RXFTH1 RXFTH0 TXFTH1 TXFTH0 Reserved TXSR RXSR FIFO_EN

03h LCR3

3. When bit 7 of this register is set to 1, bits 6-0 of BSR select the bank, as shown in Table 65 on page 225.

BKSE SBRK STKP EPS PEN STB WLS1 WLS0

BSR3BKSE Bank Select

04h MCR1Reserved LOOP ISEN or

DCDLP RILP RTS DTR

MCR2Reserved TX_DFR Reserved RTS DTR

05h LSR ER_INF TXEMP TXRDY BRK FE PE OE RXDA

06h MSR DCD RI DSR CTS DDCD TERI DDSR DCTS

07h SPR1Scratch Data

ASCR2Reserved RXF_TOUT

10.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)

227 www.national.com

Table 70. Bank 1 Bitmap

Offset Mnemonic 76543210

00h LBGD(L) Legacy Baud Generator Divisor (Least Signiﬁcant Bits)

01h LBGD(H) Legacy Baud Generator Divisor (Most Signiﬁcant Bits)

02h Reserved

03h LCR/BSR Same as Bank 0

04h-

07h Reserved

Table 71. Bank 2 Bitmap

Offset Mnemonic 76543210

00h BGD(L) Baud Generator Divisor Low (Least Signiﬁcant Bits)

01h BGD(H) Baud Generator Divisor High (Most Signiﬁcant Bits)

02h EXCR1 BTEST Reserved ETDLBK LOOP Reserved EXT_SL

03h LCR/BSR Same as Bank 0

04h EXCR2 LOCK Reserved PRESL1 PRESL0 Reserved

05h Reserved

06h TXFLV Reserved TFL4 TFL3 TFL2 TFL1 TFL0

07h RXFLV Reserved RFL4 RFL3 RFL2 RFL1 RFL0

Table 72. Bank 3 Bitmap

Offset Mnemonic 76543210

00h MRID Module ID (MID 7-4) Revision ID (RID 3-0)

01h SH_LCR BKSE SBRK STKP EPS PEN STB WLS1 WLS0

02h SH_FCR RXFTH1 RXFTH0 TXFHT1 TXFTH0 Reserved TXSR RXSR FIFO_EN

03h LCR/BSR Same as Bank 0

04h-

07h Reserved

10.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)

228

www.national.com

10.4 KEYBOARD AND MOUSE CONTROLLER (KBC)

10.4.1 General Description

The KBC is implemented physically as a single hardware module and houses two separate logical devices: a mouse con-

troller (Logical Device 5) and a keyboard controller (Logical Device 6). The KBC is functionally equivalent to the industry

standard 8042A keyboard controller. The 8042A datasheet can be used as a detailed technical reference for the KBC.

The hardware KBC module is integrated to provide the following pin functions: P12, P16, P17, KBRST (P20), GA20 (P21),

KBDAT, KBCLK, MDAT and MCLK. KBRST and GA20 are implemented as bi-directional open-drain pins. The keyboard

and mouse interfaces are implemented as bi-directional open-drain pins. P12, P16 and P17 are implemented as quasi-bidi-

rectional pins. Their internal connections are shown in Figure 53.

P10, P11, P13-P15 and P22-P27 of the KBC core are not available on dedicated pins; neither are T0 and T1. P10, P11,

P22, P23, P26, P27, T0 and T1 are used to implement the keyboard and mouse interface.

Internal pull-ups are implemented only on P12, P16 and P17.

The KBC executes a program fetched from an on-chip 2Kbyte ROM. The code programmed in this ROM is user-customiz-

able. The KBC has two interrupt request signals: one for the keyboard and one for the mouse. The interrupt requests are

implemented using ports P24 and P25 of the KBC core. The interrupt requests are controlled exclusively by the KBC firm-

ware, except for the type and number, which are affected by configuration registers (see Section 3.2.3 on page 39).

The interrupt requests are implemented as bi-directional signals. When an I/O port is read, all unused bits return the value

latched in the output registers of the ports.

For KBC firmware that implements interrupt-on-OBF schemes, the following is the recommended implementation:

1. Put the data in DBBOUT.

2. Set the appropriate port bit to issue an interrupt request.

Figure 53. Keyboard and Mouse Interfaces

KBD IRQ

Mouse IRQ

KBC

KBCLK

KBDAT

P10

MCLK

MDAT

P11

P26

P27

P23

P22

STATUS

DBBIN

DBBOUT

Matrix P24

P25

P20

P21

P12

Internal Interface Bus

KBRST

GA20

P12

P17

P16 P16

10.0 Legacy Functional Blocks (Continued)

229 www.national.com

10.4.2 KBC Register Map

All registers are VDD powered.

10.4.3 KBC Bitmap Summary

Offset Mnemonic Register Name Type

00h DBBOUT Read KBC Data R

DBBIN Write KBC Data W

04h STATUS Read Status R

DBBIN Write KBC Command W

Offset Mnemonic 76543210

00h DBBOUT KBC Data Bits (For Read cycles)

DBBIN KBC Data Bits (For Write cycles)

04h STATUS General-Purpose Flags F1 F0 IBF OBF

DBBIN KBC Command Bits (For Write cycles)

230

www.national.com

11.0 Device Characteristics

11.1 GENERAL DC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

11.1.1 Recommended Operating Conditions

11.1.2 Absolute Maximum Ratings

Absolute maximum ratings are values beyond which damage to the device may occur. Unless otherwise specified, all volt-

ages are relative to ground.

11.1.3 Capacitance

Symbol Parameter Min Typ Max Unit

VDD Supply Voltage 3.0 3.3 3.6 V

VSB Standby Voltage 3.0 3.3 3.6 V

VBAT Battery Backup Supply Voltage 2.4 3.0 3.6 V

TAOperating Temperature 0 +70 °C

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

VSUP Supply Voltage1

1. VSUP is VDD, VSB or VBAT.

−0.5 +6.5 V

VIInput Voltage All other pins −0.5 5.5 V

LCLK, LAD3-0, LFRAME, LRESET,

SERIRQ, CLKRUN, 32KX1_32KCLKIN −0.5 VDD + 0.5 V

VOOutput Voltage All other pins −0.5 5.5 V

LAD3-0, LDRQ, SERIRQ, CLKRUN,

32KX2 −0.5 VDD + 0.5 V

TSTG Storage Temperature −65 +165 °C

PDPower Dissipation 1W

TLLead Temperature Soldering (10 s) +260 °C

ESD Tolerance CZAP = 100 pF

RZAP = 1.5 KΩ2

2. Value based on test complying with RAI-5-048-RA human body model ESD testing.

2000 V

Symbol Parameter Min2Typ1

1. TA = 25°C, f = 1 MHz.

Max2

2. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

Unit

CIN Input Pin Capacitance 4 5 pF

CIN1 Clock Input Capacitance3

3. LCLK, CLKIN.

5 8 12 pF

CIO I/O Pin Capacitance 8 10 pF

COOutput Pin Capacitance 6 8 pF

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

231 www.national.com

11.1.4 Power Consumption under Recommended Operating Conditions

11.1.5 Voltage Thresholds

Symbol Parameter Conditions1

1. All parameters speciﬁed for 0°C≤TA≤70°C; VDD and VSB = 3.3V ±10%, unless otherwise speciﬁed.

Typ Max Unit

IDD VDD Average Main Supply Current VIL = 0.5V, VIH = 2.4V

No Load 21 30 mA

IDDLP VDD Quiescent Main Supply Current in

Low Power Mode2

2. All the modules disabled; clock outputs disabled; no LPC or ACCESS.bus activity.

VIL =V

SS,V

IH =V

No Load 0.5 0.8 mA

ISB VSB Average Main Supply Current VIL = 0.5V, VIH = 2.4V

No Load 14 20 mA

ISBLP VSB Quiescent Main Supply Current in

Low Power Mode2VIL =V

SS,V

IH =V

No Load 58mA

IBAT VBAT Battery Supply Current VDD,V

SB =0V,

VBAT =3V 0.9 1.5 µA

Symbol Parameter1

1. All parameters speciﬁed for 0° C ≤ TA≤ 70° C.

Min2

2. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

Typ Max2Unit

VDDON VDD Detected as Power-on 2.3 2.6 2.9 V

VDDOFF VDD Detected as Power-off 2.2 2.5 2.8 V

VDDHY VDD Hysteresis (VDDON −VDDOFF) 0.1 V

VSBON VSB Detected as Power-on 2.3 2.6 2.9 V

VSBOFF VSB Detected as Power-off 2.2 2.5 2.8 V

VSBHY VSB Hysteresis (VSBON −VSBOFF) 0.1 V

VBATDTC Battery Detected 1.0 1.2 V

VLOWBAT Low Battery Voltage 1.3 1.9 V

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

232

www.national.com

11.2 DC CHARACTERISTICS OF PINS, BY I/O BUFFER TYPES

The following tables summarize the DC characteristics of all device pins described in Section 1.2 on page 19. The charac-

teristics describe the general I/O buffer types defined in Table 1 on page 19. For exceptions, refer to Section 11.2.9 on

page 234. The DC characteristics of the LPC Interface meet the PCI Local Bus Specification (Rev 2.2 December 18, 1998)

for 3.3V DC signaling. The DC characteristics of the ACCESS.bus Interface meet the SMBus (Rev 1.1 Dec. 11, 1998) and

ACCESS.bus (Rev. 3.0 Sep. 1995) speciﬁcations for on-board devices.

11.2.1 Input, CMOS Compatible with Schmitt Trigger

Symbol: INCS

11.2.2 Input, PCI 3.3V

Symbol: INPCI

11.2.3 Input, SMBus Compatible

Symbol: INSM

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

VIH Input High Voltage 0.75 VSUP1

1. VSUP is VDD, VSB or VPP according to the input power well.

5.52

2. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

VIL Input Low Voltage −0.511.1 V

VHY Input Hysteresis 2003

3. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

IIL Input Leakage Current 0 < VIN <V

SUP ±14

4. Maximum 10 µA for all pins together. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

µA

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

VIH Input High Voltage 0.5 VDD VDD + 0.51

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

VIL Input Low Voltage −0.510.3 VDD V

lIL2

2. Input leakage current includes the output leakage of the bi-directional buffers with TRI-STATE outputs.

Input Leakage Current 0 < VIN <V

DD ±13

3. Maximum 10 µA for all pins together. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

µA

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

VIH Input High Voltage 1.4 5.51

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

VIL Input Low Voltage −0.510.8 V

IIL2

2. Input leakage current includes the output leakage of the bi-directional buffers with TRI-STATE outputs.

Input Leakage Current 0 < VIN <V

SB ±13

3. Maximum 10 µA for all pins together. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

µA

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

233 www.national.com

11.2.4 Input, TTL Compatible

Symbol: INT

11.2.5 Input, TTL Compatible with Schmitt Trigger

Symbol: INTS

11.2.6 Output, TTL Compatible Push-Pull Buffer

Symbol: Op/n

Output, TTL Compatible, rail-to-rail Push-Pull buffer that is capable of sourcing pmA and sinking n mA

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

VIH Input High Voltage 2.0 5.51

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

VIL Input Low Voltage −0.510.8 V

IIL2

2. Input leakage current includes the output leakage of the bi-directional buffers with TRI-STATE outputs.

Input Leakage Current 0<V

IN <V

SUP3

3. VSUP is VDD, VSB or VPP according to the input power well.

±14

4. Maximum 10 µA for all pins together. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

µA

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

VIH Input High Voltage 2.0 5.51

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

VIL Input Low Voltage −0.510.8 V

VHY Input Hysteresis 2002

2. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

IIL3

3. Input leakage current includes the output leakage of the bi-directional buffers with TRI-STATE outputs.

Input Leakage Current 0<V

IN <V

SUP4

4. VSUP is VDD, VSB or VPP according to the input power well.

±15

5. Maximum 10 µA for all pins together. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

µA

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

VOH Output High Voltage IOH =−pmA 2.4 V

IOH =−50 µAVSUP −0.21

1. VSUP is VDD, VSB or VPP according to the output power well.

VOL Output Low Voltage IOL =nmA 0.4 V

IOL =50µA 0.2 V

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

234

www.national.com

11.2.7 Output, Open-Drain Buffer

Symbol: ODn

Output, TTL Compatible Open-Drain output buffer capable of sinking nmA. Output from these signals is open-drain and

is never forced high.

11.2.8 Output, PCI 3.3V

Symbol: OPCI

11.2.9 Exceptions

1. All pins are back-drive protected except for the output pins with PCI (OPCI) and oscillator (OOSC) Buffer Types.

2. The following pins have an internal static pull-up resistor (when enabled) and therefore may have leakage current to

VSUP (when VIN = 0): ACK, AFD_DSTRB, ERR, INIT, PE, SLIN_ASTRB, STB_WRITE, PPDIS, P12, P16, P17, ACBCLK,

ACBDAT, PWBTIN, SLBTIN, PWBTOUT, GPIO00-07, GPIOE10-17, GPIO20-27, GPIO30-37, GPIOE40-47, GPIO50-55

and GPIO60-64.

3. The following pins have an internal static pull-down resistor (when enabled) and therefore may have leakage current to

VSS (when VIN = VSUP): BUSY_WAIT, PE and SLCT.

4. The following strap pins have an internal static pull-down resistor enabled during power-up reset and therefore may have

leakage current to VSS (when VIN = VSUP): BADDR, TRIS, CKIN48, XCNF2-0 and ACBSA.

5. When VDD = 0V, the following pins present a DC load to VSS of 30 KΩminimum (not tested, guaranteed by design) for

a pin voltage of 0V to 3.6V: CTS1, CTS2, DCD1, DCD2, DSR1, DSR2, DTR1_BOUT1, DTR2_BOUT2, RI1, RI2, RTS1,

RTS2, SIN1, SIN2, SOUT1, SOUT2.

6. Output from SLCT, BUSY_WAIT (and PE if bit 2 of PP Confg0 register is 0) is open-drain in all SPP modes except in

SPP-Compatible mode when the setup mode is ECP-based FIFO and bit 4 of the Control2 parallel port register is 1.

Otherwise, output from these signals is level 2. External 4.7 KΩ pull-up resistors should be used.

7. Output from ACK, ERR (and PE if bit 2 of PP Confg0 register is set to 1) is open-drain in all SPP modes except in SPP-

Compatible mode when the setup mode is ECP-based FIFO and bit 4 of the Control2 parallel port register is set to 1.

Otherwise, output from these signals is level 2. External 4.7 KΩ pull-up resistors should be used.

8. Output from STB, AFD, INIT and SLIN is open-drain in all SPP modes, except in SPP-Compatible mode when the setup

mode is ECP-based (FIFO). Otherwise, output from these signals is level 2. External 4.7 KΩpull-up resistors should be

used.

9. IOH is valid for a GPIO pin only when it is not configured as open-drain.

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

VOL Output Low Voltage IOL =nmA 0.4 V

IOL =50µA 0.2 V

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

VOH Output High Voltage lout =−500 µA 0.9 VDD V

VOL Output Low Voltage lout =1500 µA 0.1 VDD V

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

235 www.national.com

11.3 INTERNAL RESISTORS

DC Test Conditions

Figure 54. Internal Resistor Test Conditions, TA=0°Cto70°C, VSUP = 3.3V

Figure 55. Internal Pull-Down Resistor for Straps, TA=0°Cto70°C, VSUP = 3.3V

Notes for Figures 54 and 55:

1. VSUP is VDD or VSB according to the pin power well.

1. The equivalent resistance of the pull-up resistor is calculated by RPU = (VSUP − VPIN) / IPU.

2. The equivalent resistance of the pull-down resistor is calculated by RPD = VPIN / IPD.

3. The external pull-up resistor is 4.7KΩ for the TRIS strap.

Device

Under

Test RPU

Pull-Up Resistor Test Circuit Pull-Down Resistor Test Circuit

VSUP

Pin A

IPU

VPIN

Device

Under

Test

RPD

VSUP

Pin A

IPD

VPIN

VSUP

Pull-Down Resistor for Straps

Device

Under

Test

RPD

VSUP

Pin A

IPD

VPIN

VSUP

Device

Under

Test

RPD

VSUP

Pin A

IPD

VPIN

VSUP

10µA

VPIN < VIL

VPIN > VIH

10µA

10KΩ

(Note 3)

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

236

www.national.com

11.3.1 Pull-Up Resistor

Symbol: PUnn

11.3.2 Pull-Down Resistor

Symbol: PDnn

Symbol Parameter Conditions1

1. TA = 0 °C to 70 °C, VSUP = 3.3V.

Min2

2. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

Typical Max2Unit

RPU Pull-up equivalent resistance VPIN =0V nn−30% nn nn+30% KΩ

Symbol Parameter Conditions1

1. TA = 0 °C to 70 °C, VSUP = 3.3V.

Min2

2. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

Typical Max2Unit

RPD Pull-down equivalent resistance VPIN =V

SUP nn−30% nn nn+30% KΩ

VPIN = 0.17 VSUP3

3. For strap pins only.

nn−50% KΩ

VPIN = 0.8 VSUP3nn−48% KΩ

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

237 www.national.com

11.4 AC ELECTRICAL CHARACTERISTICS

11.4.1 AC Test Conditions

Figure 56. AC Test Conditions, TA=0°Cto70°C, VSUP = 3.3V ±10%

Notes:

1. VSUP is VDD, VSB or VPP according to the pin power well.

1. CL = 50 pF for all output pins except the following pin groups:

CL = 100 pF for Serial Port 1 and 2 (see Section 1.4.4 on page 23), Parallel Port (see Section 1.4.5) and

Floppy Disk Controller (see Section 1.4.6) pins;

CL = 40 pF for HFCKOUT pin;

CL = 400 pF for ACCESS.bus pins (see Section 1.4.2 on page 22);

These values include both jig and oscilloscope capacitance.

2. S1 = Open for push-pull output pins.

S1 = VSUP for high impedance to active low and active low to high impedance transition measurements.

S1 = GND for high impedance to active high and active high to high impedance transition measurements.

RL = 1.0 KΩ for all the pins.

3. For the FDC open-drain interface pins, S1 = VDD and RL = 150 Ω.

Device

Under

Test

0.1 µf

Input Output

Load Circuit AC Testing Input, Output Waveform

VSUP

2.4

0.4

2.0

0.8 Test Points 2.0

0.8

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

238

www.national.com

11.4.2 Reset Timing

VSB Power-Up Reset

Figure 57. Internal VSB Power-Up Reset (No VBAT)

Symbol Figure Description Reference Conditions Min1

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

Max1

tLRST 57 Minimum LRESET active

time Power stable to end of

LRESET 2048 *t32KOSC

tIRST 57 Internal power-on reset time Power stable to end of

internal reset 8192 *t32KOSC2

2. Valid VBAT; the 32 KHz internal clock is running while VSB is OFF (see Low Frequency Clock Timing on

page 241).

t32KW3+

8192 *t32KOSC

3. No VBAT; the 32 KHz internal clock is stopped while VSB is OFF (see Low Frequency Clock Timing on

page 241).

tIPLV 57 Internal strap pull-down

resistors, valid time4

4. Active on VSB Power-Up reset only.

Before end of internal reset 512 *t32KOSC tIRST

tEPLV 57 External strap pull-up

resistors, valid time Before end of internal reset 512 *t32KOSC tIRST

VSB (Power)

32 KHz Clock

(Internal)

tIRST

Internal Straps tIPLV

VSBONmin

External Straps

tEPLV

t32KOSC

(Internal)

(Pull-Down)

(Pull-Up)

t32KW

LRESET

VSB Power-Up Reset tLRST

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

239 www.national.com

VDD Power-Up Reset

Figure 58. Internal VDD Power-Up Reset

Hardware Reset

Figure 59. Hardware Reset

Symbol Figure Description Reference Conditions Min1

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

Max1

tLRST 58 Minimum LRESET active

time Power stable to end of

LRESET 2048 *t32KOSC

tIRST 58 Internal Power-Up reset time Power stable to end of

internal reset 8192 *t32KOSC 8704 *t32KOSC

tIPLV 58 Internal strap pull-down

resistors, valid time2

2. Active on VDD Power-Up reset only.

Before end of internal reset 512 *t32KOSC tIRST

tEPLV 58 External strap pull-up

resistors, valid time Before end of internal reset 512 *t32KOSC tIRST

Symbol Figure Description Reference Conditions Min Max

tWRST 59 LRESET pulse width 100 ns

VDD (Power)

32 KHz Clock

(Internal)

tIRST

Internal Straps tIPLV

VDDONmin

External Straps

tEPLV

t32KOSC

(Internal)

(Pull-Down)

(Pull-Up)

LRESET

VDD Power-Up Reset tLRST

Internal Clock

LRESET

tWRST

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

240

www.national.com

11.4.3 Clock Timing

High Frequency Clock Timing

Figure 60. External High Frequency Clock Timing

Symbol Clock Input Parameter CLKIN (48 MHz)

Min Typ Max Unit

tCH Clock High Pulse Width28.2 ns

tCL Clock Low Pulse Width28.2 ns

tCP Clock Period2(50%-50%) 20 20.83 21.5 ns

tCR Clock Rise Time2(20%-80%) 2.5 ns

tCF Clock Fall Time2(80%-20%) 2.5 ns

Symbol Clock Output Parameter HFCKOUT (48 MHz) HFCKOUT (40 MHz)

Min Typ Max Min Typ Max Unit

tCH Clock High Pulse Width1,4

1. CL = 15 pF.

8.2 10.3 ns

tCL Clock Low Pulse Width1,4 8.2 10.3 ns

tCP Clock Period2

(50%-50%)

2. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

t48TYP −

32KTOL3−

50ppm

3. t32KCLKIN tolerance.

20.83 t48TYP +

32KTOL3+

50ppm

t40TYP −

32KTOL3−

150ppm

25 t40TYP +

32KTOL3+

150ppm ns

tCR Clock Rise Time4

(20%-80%)

4. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

CL= 15 pF 2.5 2.5 ns

CL=40pF 5 5 ns

tCF Clock Fall Time4

(80%-20%) CL= 15 pF 2.5 2.5 ns

CL=40pF 5 5 ns

VIL

VIH

CLKIN

tCL

tCP

tCH

HFCKOUT

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

241 www.national.com

Low Frequency Clock Timing

Figure 61. Low Frequency Clock Waveforms

Figure 62. Internal Clock Waveforms

Symbol Figure Description Reference Conditions Min Typ Max Units

Clock Input Timing

t32KCLKIN – Required clock period for

32KCLKIN1

1. Recommended for RTC timekeeping accuracy and for HFCKOUT, LFCKOUT frequency accuracy.

From RE to RE of

32KCLKIN. 30.5145

(t32TYP −

100ppm)

30.517578

(t32TYP)30.5206

(t32TYP +

100ppm)

µs

Clock Output Timing

t32KOSC 61 Clock period of the internal

oscillator2

2. Determined by the values of the external crystal circuit components.

From RE to RE of

LFCKOUT. 30.517578

(t32TYP)µs

t32KW 61 32K oscillator wake-up time3

3. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

After VSB >V

SBON 1 sec

t32KD 62 Internally generated

40/48 MHz clock delay time3After VSB >V

SBON 33 ms

32KX2

t32KW

32KX1/32KCLKIN

t32KOSC

VBAT

VSB

VSB t32KD

Internally Generated

40/48 MHz Clock

VBAT 0V

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

242

www.national.com

11.4.4 LPC Interface Timing

The AC characteristics of the LPC Interface meet the PCI Local Bus Specification (Rev 2.2 December 18, 1998) for 3.3V

DC signaling.

LCLK and LRESET

Symbol Parameter Min Max Units

tCYC1

1. The PCI may have any clock frequency between nominal DC and 33 MHz. Device operational

parameters at frequencies under 16 MHz are guaranteed by design rather than by testing. The

clock frequency may be changed at any time during the operation of the system as long as the

clock edges remain “clean” (monotonic) and the minimum cycle high and low times are not vio-

lated. The clock may only be stopped in a low state.

LCLK Cycle Time 30 ns

tHIGH LCLK High Time2

2. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

11 ns

tLOW LCLK Low Time211 ns

-LCLK Slew Rate2,3

3. Rise and fall times are speciﬁed in terms of the edge rate measured in V/ns. This slew rate must

be met across the minimum peak-to-peak portion of the clock wavering (0.2 VDD to 0.6 VDD)as

shown below.

1 4 V/ns

-LRESET Slew Rate2,4

4. The minimum LRESET slew rate applies only to the rising (de-assertion) edge of the reset sig-

nal and ensures that system noise cannot make an otherwise monotonic signal appear to

bounce in the switching range.

50 mV/ns

tHIGH tLOW

tCYC

0.6 VDD

0.2 VDD

0.5 VDD

0.4 VDD

0.3 VDD

0.4 VDD p-to-p

(minimum)

VDD = 3.3V ±10%

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

243 www.national.com

SERIRQ and LPC Signals

Symbol Figure Description Reference Conditions Min Max Unit

tVAL Output Output Valid Delay After RE CLK 11 ns

tON Output Float to Active Delay After RE CLK 21

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

tOFF Output Active to Float Delay After RE CLK 281ns

tSU Input Input Setup Time Before RE CLK 7 ns

tHL Input Input Hold Time After RE CLK 0 ns

Leakage Only

0.285 VDD

0.615 VDD

0.4 VDD 0.4 VDD

LCLK

LAD3-LAD0,

LDRQ, SERIRQ

Outputs

tVAL

tON tOFF

VDD = 3.3V ±10%

tVAL

LAD3-LAD0,

SERIRQ Output Enabled

0.4 VDD

LCLK

LAD3-LAD0, LFRAME

LRESET, SERIRQ

Inputs

VDD = 3.3V ±10%

tHL

tSU

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

244

www.national.com

11.4.5 X-Bus Extension Timing (PC87416 and PC87417)

Symbol Figure Description Reference Conditions Min Max Unit

tVAL Outputs Output Valid Delay After RE Internal Clock 201

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

tON Outputs Float to Active Delay After RE Internal Clock 02

2. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

tOH Outputs Output Hold time After RE Internal Clock 02ns

tOFF Outputs Active to Float Delay After RE Internal Clock 301ns

tSU Inputs Input Setup Time Before RE Internal Clock 151ns

tHL Inputs Input Hold Time After RE Internal Clock 01ns

tCSDV Mode 0 Turbo

Read Transaction Chip Select active to Data Valid Read from External Device 75 ns

tON

Outputs

tVAL

tOFF

XRD_XEN, XWR_XRW,

(for reference only;

XA11-0, XD7-0,

Internal Clock

tOH

not available off chip)

XSTB2-0, XCS3-0

Internal Clock

XD7-0

tSU tHL

Input

Valid

Inputs

(for reference only:

XRDY, XIRQ

not available off chip)

XD7-0

tCSDV

Data

Valid

Mode 0 Turbo Read Transaction

XCS3-0

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

245 www.national.com

11.4.6 ACCESS.bus Timing (PC87413 and PC87417)

Figure 63. ACCESS.bus Signals (ACBCLK and ACBDAT) Rising Time and Falling Time

Symbol Figure Description Type of

Requirement1

1. An “Input” type is a value the PC8741x device expects from the system; an “Output” type is a value the

PC8741x device provides to the system.

Min Max Unit

tACBR 63 Rise time (ACBCLK and ACBDAT) Input2

2. Test conditions: RL = 1 KΩ to VSB = 3.3V, CL = 400 pF to GND.

10003

3. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

tACBF 63 Fall time (ACBCLK and ACBDAT) Input 3003ns

Output22504

4. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

tACBCKL 63 Clock low period (ACBCLK) Input 4.7 µs

tACBCKH 63 Clock high period (ACBCLK) Input 4 µs

tACBCY 64 Clock cycle (ACBCLK) Input 10 µs

tACBDS 64 Data setup time (before clock rising edge) Input 250 ns

Output2250 ns

tACBDH 64 Data hold time (after clock falling edge) Input 0 ns

Output2300 ns

tACBPS 65 Stop condition setup time (clock before data) Input 4 µs

tACBSH 65 Start condition hold time (clock after data) Input 4 µs

tACBBUF 65 Bus free time between Stop and Start

conditions (ACBDAT) Input 4.7 µs

tACBRS 66 Restart condition setup time (clock before

data) Input 4.7 µs

tACBRH 66 Restart condition hold time (clock after data) Input 4 µs

tACBLEX - Cumulative clock low extend time from Start

to Stop (ACBCLK) Output 253ms

tACBTO - Clock low time-out (ACBCLK) Input 253,5

5. The PC8741x device detects a time-out condition if ACBCLK is held low for more than tACBTO.

Output 353,6

6. Upon detection of a time-out condition, the PC8741x device resets the ACCESS.bus Interface no later than

tACBTO.

tACBR

2.5V

0.4V

tACBF

3.0V

0.4V

2.5V

0.4V 0.4V

tACBCKH

tACBCKL

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

246

www.national.com

Figure 64. ACCESS.bus Data Bit Timing

Figure 65. ACB Start and Stop Condition Timing

Figure 66. ACB Restart Condition TIming

ACBDAT

ACBCLK

tACBCY

tACBDH tACBDS

ACBDAT

ACBCLK

tACBPS tBUF

tACBDS

tACBSH

Start Condition

Stop Condition

ACBDAT

ACBCLK

tACBRS

tACBDS

Restart Condition

tACBRH

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

247 www.national.com

11.4.7 FDC Timing

FDC Write Data Timing

tDRP tICP tWDW Values

Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit

tHDH HDSEL Hold from WGATE Inactive1

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

100 µs

tHDS HDSEL Setup to WGATE Active1100 µs

tWDW Write Data Pulse Width1See tDRP,t

ICP and tWDW values in table below

Data Rate tDRP tICP tICP Nominal tWDW tWDW Minimum Unit

1 Mbps 1000 6xt

CP1

1. tCP is the clock period defined for CLKIN in Clock Timing on page 240.

125 2 x tICP 250 ns

500 Kbps 2000 6xt

CP1125 2 x tICP 250 ns

300 Kbps 3333 10 x tCP1208 2 x tICP 375 ns

250 Kbps 4000 12 x tCP1250 2 x tICP 500 ns

tHDS tHDH

tWDW

HDSEL

WGATE

WDATA

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

248

www.national.com

FDC Drive Control Timing

FDC Read Data Timing

Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit

tDST DIR Setup to STEP Active1

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

6µs

tIW Index Pulse Width 100 ns

tSTD DIR Hold from STEP Inactive tSTR ms

tSTP STEP Active High Pulse Width18µs

tSTR STEP Rate Time10.5 ms

Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit

tRDW Read Data Pulse Width 50 ns

tIW

tSTP

tDST

tSTR

tSTD

DIR

STEP

INDEX

tRDW

RDATA

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

249 www.national.com

11.4.8 Parallel Port Timing

Standard Parallel Port Timing

Typical Data Exchange

Enhanced Parallel Port Timing

Symbol Parameter Conditions Typ Max Unit

tPDH Port Data Hold These times are system dependent

and therefore are not tested. 500 ns

tPDS Port Data Setup These times are system dependent

and therefore are not tested. 500 ns

tSW Strobe Width These times are system dependent

and therefore are not tested. 500 ns

Symbol Parameter Min Max EPP 1.7 EPP 1.9 Unit

tWW19a WRITE Active from WAIT Low 45 ✔ns

tWW19ia WRITE Inactive from WAIT Low 45 ✔ns

tWST19a DSTRB or ASTRB Active from WAIT Low 65 ✔ns

tWEST DSTRB or ASTRB Active after WRITE Active 10 ✔✔ns

tWPDH PD7-0 Hold after WRITE Inactive 0 ✔✔ns

tWPDS PD7-0 Valid after WRITE Active 15 ✔✔ns

tEPDW PD7-0 Valid Width 80 ✔✔ns

tEPDH PD7-0 Hold after DSTRB or ASTRB Inactive 0 ✔✔ns

tPDS tPDH

tSW

BUSY

ACK

PD7-0

STB

WRITE

DSTRB

ASTRB

PD7-0

WAIT

Valid

tWW19ia

tWPDH tEPDH

tEPDW

tWW19a

tWST19a

tWPDS

tWEST

tWST19a

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

250

www.national.com

Extended Capabilities Port (ECP) Timing

Forward Mode

Reverse Mode

Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit

tECDSF Data Setup before STB Active 0 ns

tECDHF Data Hold after BUSY Inactive 0 ns

tECLHF BUSY Active after STB Active 75 ns

tECHHF STB Inactive after BUSY Active1

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

01s

tECHLF BUSY Inactive after STB Active1035ms

tECLLF STB Active after BUSY Inactive 0 ns

Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit

tECDSR Data Setup before ACK Active 0 ns

tECDHR Data Hold after AFD Active 0 ns

tECLHR AFD Inactive after ACK Active 75 ns

tECHHR ACK Inactive after AFD Inactive1

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

035ms

tECHLR AFD Active after ACK Inactive101s

tECLLR ACK Active after AFD Active 0 ns

PD7-0

STB

BUSY tECHHF

tECHLF

tECLLF

tECDSF

tECLHF

tECDHF

AFD

PD7-0

ACK

AFD tECHHR

tECHLR

tECLLR

tECDSR

tECLHR

tECDHR

BUSY

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

251 www.national.com

11.4.9 Serial Ports 1 and 2 Timing

Serial Port Data Timing

Modem Control Timing

Symbol Parameter Conditions Min Max Unit

tBT Single Bit Time in Serial Port1

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

Transmitter tBTN −252

2. tBTN is the nominal bit time in the Serial Port; it is determined by the setting of the Baud Generator Divisor reg-

isters.

tBTN +25

2ns

Receiver tBTN −2%2tBTN +2%

2ns

Symbol Parameter Min Max Unit

tLRI2,1 Low Time110 ns

tHRI2,1 High Time1

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by characterization.

10 ns

tSIM Delay to Set IRQ from Modem Input 40 ns

tBT

SIN1, SIN2

SOUT1, SOUT2

CTS, DSR, DCD

INTERRUPT

(Read MSR)

tSIM tSIM

tSIM

(Read MSR)

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

252

www.national.com

11.4.10 SWC Timing

Inputs at VSB Power Switching

Figure 67. Inputs at VSB Power Switching (No VBAT)

Symbol Figure Description Reference Conditions Min Max

tEWIV 67 External Wake-up inputs

valid1

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

At VSB power ON, after the

32 KHz clock is stable2

2. No VBAT; the 32 KHz internal clock is stopped while VSB is OFF (see Low Frequency Clock Timing on

page 241).

1 s 1.25 s

tPBOP 68 PWBTOUT pulse time1Resume by SLPS3, SLPS5

after Power Fail 100 ms3,

3. Except when generated by PWBTIN pulse.

100.03 ms

VSB (Power)

RI1, RI2

GPIOE10-17, tEWIV

GPIOE40-47

KBCLK, MCLK

VSBOFF VSBON

KBDAT, MDAT

(Internal)

VSB Power-Up Reset

32 KHz Clock

(internal)

t32KW

tIRST

PWBTIN, SLBTIN

XIRQ

SLPS3, SLPS5

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

253 www.national.com

Figure 68. Resume by SLPS3, SLPS5, After Power Fail (No VBAT)

Wake-Up Inputs at VDD Power Switching

Figure 69. Wake-Up Inputs at VDD Power Switching (VDDFELL Enabled)

Symbol Figure Description Reference Conditions Min Max

tEWIV 69 External Wake-up inputs

valid1

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

After VDD power ON 1 s 1.25 s

tVDFH 69 VDDFELL high time1After VDD power OFF 1 s 1.25 s

tKBMID 69 Keyboard and Mouse Wake-

up inputs disable1After VDD power OFF, if

VDDFELL is enabled 2 s 2.25 s

VSB (Power)

tEWIV

VSBOFF VSBON

(Internal)

VSB Power-Up Reset

32 KHz Clock

(internal)

t32KW

tIRST

SLPS3, SLPS5

ONCTL TRI-STATE

PWBTOUT TRI-STATE

tPBOP

VDD (Power)

VDDFELL

GPIOE10-17, tEWIV

GPIOE40-47

KBCLK, MCLK

VDDOFF VDDON

tVDFH

tKBMID

KBDAT, MDAT

(VDDLOAD = 1)

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

254

www.national.com

Power Button Override

Figure 70. Power Button Override Timing

Symbol Figure Description Reference Conditions Min Max

tPBOV 70 Power Button Override1

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

After PWBTIN active 3.89 s 3.92 s

tOVEX 70 Power Button Override

Extension1After the end of tPBOV 0.2 s 0.24 s

tPBID 70 PWBTIN disable time1After a Power-OFF event 1 s 1.25 s

tPBOV

PWBTIN

PWBTOUT

ONCTL

tOVEX tPBID

11.0 Device Characteristics (Continued)

255 www.national.com

Crowbar

Figure 71. Power-ON Crowbar Timing

Figure 72. Power-Fall Crowbar Timing

Symbol Figure Description Reference Conditions Min Max

tCBTO 71, 72 Crowbar Timeout1

1. Not tested. Guaranteed by design.

After ONCTL active, or VDD

power fall 0.5 s2

2. Set by CRBAR_TOUT (see Section 9.3.11 on page 187).

20 s2

tCBPBO 71, 72 Crowbar generated,

PWBTOUT pulse time1After completion of Crowbar

Timeout 4 s 4.25 s

tPBID 71, 72 PWBTIN disable time1After a Power-OFF event 1 s 1.25 s

tCBTO

PWBTIN

PWBTOUT

ONCTL

VDD (Power)

tCBPBO

tPBID

tCBTO

PWBTIN

PWBTOUT

ONCTL

VDD (Power)

tCBPBO

tPBID

www.national.com

PC87413, PC87414, PC87416, PC87417 LPC ServerI/O for Servers and Workstations

Physical Dimensions

All dimensions are in millimeters

Plastic Quad Flatpack (PQFP), JEDEC

Order Number PC8741x-xxx/VLA

NS Package Number VLA128A

LIFE SUPPORT POLICY

NATIONAL’S PRODUCTS ARE NOT AUTHORIZED FOR USE AS CRITICAL COMPONENTS IN LIFE SUPPORT

DEVICES OR SYSTEMS WITHOUT THE EXPRESS WRITTEN APPROVAL OF THE PRESIDENT AND GENERAL

COUNSEL OF NATIONAL SEMICONDUCTOR CORPORATION. As used herein:

1. Life support devices or systems are devices or

systems which, (a) are intended for surgical implant

into the body, or (b) support or sustain life, and whose

failure to perform, when properly used in accordance

with instructions for use provided in the labeling, can

be reasonably expected to result in a signiﬁcant injury

to the user.

2. A critical component is any component of a life

support device or system whose failure to perform can

be reasonably expected to cause the failure of the life

support device or system, or to affect its safety or

effectiveness.

National does not assume any responsibility for use of any circuitry described, no circuit patent licenses are implied and National reserves the right at any time without notice to change said circuitry and specifications.

National Semiconductor

Corporation

Americas

Email: new.feedback@nsc.com

National Semiconductor

Europe

Fax: +49 (0) 180-530 85 86

Email: europe.support@nsc.com

Deutsch Tel: +49 (0) 69 9508 6208

English Tel: +44 (0) 870 24 0 2171

Français Tel: +33 (0) 1 41 91 87 90

National Semiconductor

Asia Pacific Customer

Response Group

Tel: 65-2544466

Fax: 65-2504466

Email: ap.support@nsc.com

National Semiconductor

Japan Ltd.

Tel: 81-3-5639-7560

Fax: 81-3-5639-7507

Email: nsj.crc@jksmtp.nsc.com